ShiftSync

Auto-Invoice Generation

Automatically generate invoices based on pre-defined terms and task completion milestones using smart contracts. This feature eliminates manual invoicing, reducing errors and saving time for freelancers and business owners.

Requirements

Auto-Invoice Trigger

"As a freelancer, I want invoices to be generated automatically upon task completion so that I can save time and ensure timely billing without the risk of human error."

Description

The Auto-Invoice Trigger requirement entails the automatic generation of invoices once specific pre-defined conditions are met, such as task completion milestones and contractual agreements. This functionality will integrate with the smart contract framework within ShiftSync and facilitate real-time invoicing without manual intervention, significantly reducing the risk of errors associated with manual inputs. The integration will streamline the billing process for both freelancers and business owners, making it easier to track completed work and ensure timely payments. The expected outcome is a more efficient invoicing process, lower administrative costs, and improved cash flow for users, enhancing overall satisfaction with the ShiftSync platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Auto-Invoice Generation upon Task Completion Milestone

Given that a task's completion milestone is reached, when the task is marked as complete in the ShiftSync platform, then an invoice should automatically be generated based on the agreed terms in the smart contract and sent to the freelancer via email.

Automatic Invoice Creation for Recurring Tasks

Given that a recurring task has predefined billing terms in the smart contract, when the task completes for a given cycle, then the system should automatically generate and send an invoice for each completed instance of the task without manual intervention.

Invoice Accuracy Validation

Given that an invoice is generated automatically, when the user reviews the invoice, then all line items, amounts, and calculations must match the task completion criteria specified in the smart contract, and discrepancies must trigger an alert for review.

Integration with Payment Gateway

Given that an invoice is generated, when the recipient (freelancer) receives the invoice, then they must be able to make the payment directly through a secure payment gateway link provided in the invoice.

Error Handling for Failed Invoices

Given that an issue occurs during the invoice generation process (e.g., a task is misconfigured), when the system fails to generate the invoice, then it must log the error, notify the user, and provide corrective action steps.

Reporting and Invoice History Access

Given that invoices are generated automatically, when a user accesses their account, then they should be able to view a history of all generated invoices and their statuses (paid/unpaid) within the reporting dashboard.

Notification of Generated Invoices

Given that an invoice has been generated successfully, when the invoice is created and sent, then the system should notify both the freelancer and the business owner via email about the invoice status and provide the invoice details.

Customizable Invoice Templates

"As a business owner, I want to customize my invoice templates so that my invoices reflect my brand and professionalism, making a better impression on my clients."

Description

The Customizable Invoice Templates requirement will allow users to create and modify invoice formats according to their branding and business specifications. Users will have the ability to select from various layouts, add logos, and customize the information included in invoices. This feature is essential for maintaining a professional appearance and ensuring that invoices meet the branding standards of both freelancers and businesses. In addition, users can save templates for future use, enhancing productivity and ensuring consistency across invoicing practices. This capability will create a more personalized experience and strengthen the brand identity of users.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a customizable invoice template from the available options to generate an invoice for completed tasks, incorporating personal branding elements such as logos and specific color schemes.

Given the user is on the invoice creation page, when they navigate to the template selection section and choose a customizable template, then the template should reflect the selected layout and branding elements accurately.

User saves a customized invoice template for future use after making modifications to the layout and content of an existing template.

Given the user has customized an invoice template, when they click on the 'Save Template' button, then the system should store the template and make it available in the user's template library for future use.

User modifies an existing invoice template by changing the logo and adding additional fields for specific information such as payment terms.

Given the user is editing an existing invoice template, when they update the logo and add new fields, then the modified template should maintain the layout integrity and display the new additions correctly.

User previews the customizable invoice template before finalizing and sending it to clients, ensuring all elements appear as intended.

Given the user has customized an invoice template, when they select the 'Preview' option, then the preview should accurately represent the finalized invoice with all branding and information correctly displayed.

User applies multiple branding elements, such as fonts and colors, to match their business identity when customizing an invoice template.

Given the user is customizing an invoice template, when they choose different fonts and color schemes, then the modified template should reflect the selected styles consistently throughout the document.

Invoice Payment Tracking

"As a freelance worker, I want to track the payment status of my invoices so that I know when to expect payments and manage my finances effectively."

Description

The Invoice Payment Tracking requirement involves developing a system that allows users to track the status of their invoices in real-time. This will include notifications for when an invoice is viewed, paid, or overdue. Integration with payment gateways will facilitate instantaneous updates on payment status, providing users with transparency regarding their receivables. This feature aims to enhance financial foresight for freelancers and businesses by allowing them to manage cash flow more effectively. The anticipated outcome is improved organization in financial tracking and reduced instances of delayed payments due to increased awareness of invoice statuses.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can receive real-time notifications for invoice status changes.

Given a user has sent an invoice, when the recipient views the invoice, then the sender should receive a notification indicating that the invoice has been viewed.

Users can see the current status of their invoices in a dashboard.

Given a user is on the invoice tracking dashboard, when they view their invoices, then each invoice should display its current status (Pending, Paid, Overdue).

Users receive alerts for overdue invoices.

Given a user has an invoice that is overdue, when the due date has passed, then the user should receive a notification alerting them that the invoice is overdue.

Users can track payments in real-time through integrated payment gateways.

Given a user has connected their payment gateway, when a payment is processed, then the invoice status should automatically update to 'Paid' in real-time.

Users can generate reports based on invoice statuses over a specified time period.

Given a user requests a report on invoice statuses, when they specify a date range, then the generated report should show the number of invoices in each status category (Pending, Paid, Overdue) during that period.

Users can filter invoices by status in the invoice tracking section.

Given a user is viewing their invoices, when they apply a filter for a specific status (e.g., Overdue), then only invoices that match that status should be displayed.

Multi-Currency Billing

"As a freelancer, I want to invoice my international clients in their local currency so that I can simplify transactions and avoid confusion over exchange rates."

Description

The Multi-Currency Billing requirement will introduce functionality that allows users to bill clients in their preferred currency. This feature will include automatic conversion based on real-time exchange rates and support for various global currencies. The integration of this capability is essential given the global nature of the gig economy, enabling freelancers to work with international clients without the added complexity of currency conversion. Benefits include improved customer satisfaction, ease of transactions for users from different regions, and the potential for expanded business opportunities across borders.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects the option to create an invoice for an international client and chooses to bill in their preferred currency during the invoice generation process.

Given the user is creating an invoice, When they select a preferred currency, Then the system correctly displays the converted amount based on real-time exchange rates and includes it in the generated invoice.

User receives a payment notification for an invoice billed in a different currency, confirming the amount converted and the currency exchange rate applied.

Given the invoice has been paid, When the user views the payment notification, Then they should see the original invoice amount, the converted amount received, and the exchange rate used for the transaction.

A freelancer checks their account to view past invoices created in multiple currencies and ensure proper record-keeping for financial reporting.

Given the user accesses their invoice history, When they filter invoices by currency, Then the system should display all invoices corresponding to the selected currency accurately with the conversion details.

A user utilizes the auto-invoice generation feature to set up regular billing for a recurring client in their preferred currency, adjusting for exchange rates if needed.

Given the user has set up a recurring invoice, When the scheduled invoicing occurs, Then the system generates the invoice with the correct currency and updated exchange rate for each period.

A freelancer sets up their profile to enable multi-currency billing options for clients from various countries based on their preferences.

Given the user is in the billing settings section, When they select multiple currencies and save their preferences, Then the system should allow invoicing in those selected currencies seamlessly during invoice creation.

An admin reviews user activity logs to monitor the usage of multi-currency billing to ensure compliance with financial regulations.

Given the admin accesses the usage reports, When they filter by multi-currency transactions, Then the report should accurately display all relevant activities and transactions in the selected time frame.

Recurring Invoice Setup

"As a business owner, I want to set up recurring invoices so that I can automate billing for my ongoing services and maintain consistent cash flow."

Description

The Recurring Invoice Setup requirement will allow users to create invoices that are automatically generated at scheduled intervals (e.g., weekly, monthly). This functionality is particularly beneficial for freelancers and businesses with ongoing contracts or subscription services. Users will have the flexibility to define the frequency, amount, and services associated with these recurring invoices. This feature will streamline revenue operations, reduce the administrative workload, and ensure consistent cash flow for users by making billing predictable and automated.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a weekly recurring invoice for their freelance graphic design services, defining the amount and services provided.

Given the user is authenticated, when they navigate to the invoice setup page and select 'Create Recurring Invoice', then the system should present fields to enter frequency, amount, and services. Upon filling out these fields and submitting, the invoice must be created and displayed in the user's invoice list.

A user modifies the frequency of an existing recurring invoice from monthly to bi-weekly.

Given the user has an existing recurring invoice, when they access the invoice edit option and change the frequency setting to bi-weekly, then the system must update the invoice schedule accordingly and confirm the change with a success message.

The system sends out a reminder notification to the user before the next recurring invoice is generated.

Given that there is a recurring invoice set up for the user, when the date of the next invoice generation approaches (e.g., 3 days before), then the system should send an email notification reminding the user of the upcoming invoice generation.

User cancels a recurring invoice before the next billing cycle.

Given the user has a recurring invoice set up, when they choose to cancel the invoice and confirm their decision, then the system must remove the invoice from the schedule and notify the user of the cancellation success.

A user tries to generate a recurring invoice without specifying mandatory details like amount or service.

Given the user is on the create recurring invoice page, when they leave mandatory fields blank and attempt to submit, then the system should display error messages indicating which fields must be filled in before proceeding.

The user views a history of all generated recurring invoices and their statuses.

Given the user navigates to the invoice history section, when they select the recurring invoices tab, then the system must display a list of all past recurring invoices along with their payment statuses (e.g., paid, pending, failed).

User wants to adjust the amount of their existing recurring invoice.

Given the user has an active recurring invoice, when they access the edit option and change the amount, then the system must update the invoice with the new amount and reflect the change in the next scheduled invoice.

Instant Payment Release

Trigger instant payment releases through the smart contract once tasks are marked as complete by both parties. This ensures that freelancers receive payment immediately, enhancing cash flow and financial predictability.

Requirements

Smart Contract Integration

"As a freelancer, I want instant payment releases triggered by smart contracts so that I can receive payments immediately upon task completion, ensuring I maintain a healthy cash flow."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing robust smart contract functionality that automatically triggers payment releases. The smart contract will be executed upon verification that the task has been completed to the satisfaction of both parties. This ensures transparency and security in payment processes, enhancing trust between freelancers and businesses. The successful integration of smart contracts will streamline the payment workflow, significantly reducing delays and administrative burdens associated with manual payment processes. Additionally, it will allow for customizable conditions regarding task completion and approval, improving flexibility in the gig economy.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer marks a task as complete in ShiftSync.

User Approval Workflow

"As a business owner, I want an approval workflow for tasks completed by freelancers so that I can ensure the quality of the work meets my expectations before releasing payment."

Description

This requirement involves designing a user approval mechanism that allows both parties (freelancer and business) to confirm task completion before payment is released. This feature ensures that there is mutual agreement on the work delivered, reducing disputes and enhancing satisfaction. The workflow will provide notifications and confirmations to both users, allowing them to review task outcomes and approve payment within the ShiftSync platform. By fostering accountability and communication, this capability will contribute to stronger working relationships and improved project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Both freelancer and business user interface displays a task completion notification that includes options to approve or reject the task.

Given a task has been marked as complete by the freelancer, When the business user logs into ShiftSync and navigates to the task completion section, Then the business user should see a notification with options to approve or reject the task.

Freelancer receives a notification when the business approves the task completion.

Given the business has approved the task completion, When the approval is processed, Then the freelancer should receive a notification confirming the approval and the release of payment.

The system must provide a history of task approvals for both parties to review at any time.

Given the completion of tasks over time, When either party accesses the task approval history section, Then they should see a complete log of all tasks approved or rejected, including timestamps and user identities.

Both users should have the ability to dispute a task before payment is released.

Given a task marked as complete, When either the freelancer or business opts to dispute the task, Then the system should prompt a dispute form, allowing them to provide a reason and any supporting evidence.

The approval workflow should include an automated timeout for unaddressed approvals.

Given a task is marked complete, When the business user has not approved or rejected the task within 48 hours, Then an automated notification should be sent to remind the business user of the pending approval.

Successful completion of the approval process triggers the instant payment release to the freelancer.

Given that both parties approve the task completion, When the approval is confirmed in the system, Then an instant payment should be released to the freelancer's account.

Notifications should be sent to both parties for every stage of the approval process.

Given that a task is marked complete, When the status of the task changes (approved, rejected, disputed), Then notifications should be sent to both the freelancer and the business user detailing the current status and next steps.

Real-Time Payment Status Updates

"As a freelancer, I want real-time updates on my payment status so that I can track when I will receive my earnings after completing a task and feel assured about the process."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of a real-time payment status tracker that keeps both freelancers and businesses informed about the payment process. Users will receive updates at each stage of the payment execution, from completion of the task to final release of funds. This feature enhances transparency, allowing users to track their payment status and receive notifications about any issues or delays. By providing clear visibility into the payment process, it supports user confidence and satisfaction with the ShiftSync platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Tracking of Payment Status for Completed Tasks

Given a freelancer has marked a task as complete, when the task status transitions to 'Completed', then the payment status tracker should display 'Payment Processing' within 1 minute and notify both parties via in-app notification.

Notification Delivery for Payment Processing Updates

Given a payment status update occurs, when the status changes to 'Funds Released', then both the freelancer and business should receive instant push notifications and email alerts confirming the payment release.

Error Handling for Payment Issues

Given an error occurs during the payment release process, when the system detects the error, then an alert should be generated and sent to both parties detailing the issue within 5 minutes of detection.

User Interface Updates for Payment Status

Given a user is viewing the payment status tracker, when the payment status changes, then the user interface should refresh the payment status display automatically without requiring a page refresh.

Performance Metrics for Payment Status Updates

Given a user requests payment status updates, when the user accesses the payment status tracker, then the average time to retrieve and display status updates should not exceed 2 seconds.

Accessibility of Payment Status Updates

Given that different users have varying accessibility needs, when users access the payment status tracker, then the tracker should conform to WCAG 2.1 AA accessibility standards for color contrast and screen reader compatibility.

Historical Payment Status Tracking

Given a user wants to review past payment statuses, when selecting a specific payment transaction, then the system should display a full history of payment status changes for that transaction, with timestamps, clearly visible within 3 seconds.

Automated Payment Processing

"As a freelancer, I want my payments to be processed automatically after task approval so that I can focus on my work without worrying about payment delays or manual processing."

Description

The automated payment processing requirement will streamline financial transactions between freelancers and businesses by ensuring that once a task is approved and completed, the payment is executed without manual intervention. This feature will support multiple payment methods, including credit cards, bank transfers, and digital wallets, making it easier for users to receive and make payments. Implementing automated payment processing will minimize errors and reduce the administrative effort required in financial transactions, fostering a smoother operational workflow within ShiftSync.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer completes a task and marks it as done within the ShiftSync platform, initiating an automated payment process upon approval from the business side.

Given the freelancer marks the task as completed, when the business approves the task, then the payment should be processed automatically without manual intervention.

A business requests a payment for a completed task through the ShiftSync platform, triggering the automated payment process.

Given the business requests payment for a completed task, when the required conditions for payment are met, then the payment is executed instantly through the selected payment method.

Multiple payment methods (credit card, bank transfer, digital wallet) are available for both freelancers and businesses to use in the ShiftSync platform.

Given a user selects a payment method, when the user completes the transaction, then the system should successfully process the payment and provide a confirmation receipt.

A freelancer needs to view the payment status for their completed tasks within the ShiftSync platform.

Given the freelancer checks their payment history, when they view the payment status, then they should see accurate and up-to-date information regarding completed tasks and payment status.

The system detects an error in the payment processing for a completed task and conveys this to the user effectively.

Given there is an error in processing a payment, when the error is detected, then the system should notify the user with a clear error message and suggested next steps for resolution.

A business needs to change the payment method for an upcoming automatic payment.

Given the business wants to update their payment method, when they select the new payment option and save the changes, then the system should validate and confirm the updated payment method before the next transaction.

Payment Dispute Resolution

"As a business owner, I want a payment dispute resolution feature so that I can address any issues that arise regarding task payments with freelancers quickly and effectively, ensuring fair treatment for both parties involved."

Description

This requirement is focused on building a payment dispute resolution system that assists users in resolving conflicts over payments. This system will identify issues related to task completion, dissatisfaction, or any discrepancies in payment executions. The feature will incorporate a reporting mechanism where users can submit disputes and access help resources to facilitate a resolution. Establishing clear guidelines and a transparent process for dispute resolution will help maintain trust and integrity within the platform, ensuring a positive experience for all users.

Acceptance Criteria

Payment Dispute Initiation by a Freelancer

Given a freelancer believes that they did not receive the correct payment for a completed task, when they navigate to the 'Payment Dispute' section and submit a dispute along with supporting evidence, then the system should confirm the receipt of the dispute and send a notification to both the freelancer and the client.

Client Review and Response to Payment Dispute

Given the client receives a notification of a payment dispute from a freelancer, when they access the dispute details and provide their response within the stipulated time frame, then the system should log the client's response and notify the freelancer accordingly.

Resolution of Payment Dispute by Support Team

Given a payment dispute has been submitted by a freelancer and a response has been received from the client, when the support team reviews the evidence and responses from both parties, then they should be able to mark the dispute as 'Resolved' or 'Unresolved' and notify both parties of the decision.

User Access to Dispute Resolution Resources

Given a user is in the Payment Dispute section, when they click on the 'Help Resources' link, then the system should display a list of articles and FAQs related to dispute resolution to assist users in understanding the process.

Tracking the Status of a Payment Dispute

Given a user has initiated a payment dispute, when they navigate to their account dashboard, then they should see a dedicated section displaying the status of their disputes, including 'Pending', 'Resolved', or 'Unresolved'.

Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard

"As a business owner or freelancer, I want access to a reporting dashboard so that I can analyze my payment history and manage my cash flow more effectively."

Description

The comprehensive reporting dashboard requirement aims to provide users with insights into payment activities, including transaction histories, pending payments, and completed tasks. This dashboard will enable both freelancers and businesses to monitor their finances effectively, track performance, and assess cash flow over time. Users can customize their reports based on various criteria, helping them make informed decisions about their work or business practices. By integrating this feature, ShiftSync will empower users with data-driven insights, enhancing overall operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard Displays Payment Activities

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the reporting dashboard, then the dashboard should display an overview of payment activities including transaction histories, pending payments, and completed tasks.

Customizable Report Filters

Given the user is on the reporting dashboard, when they select criteria to filter their reports by date, freelancer, or project, then the dashboard should update to reflect only the relevant data according to the selected filters.

Exporting Reports

Given the user has generated a report on the dashboard, when they click the 'Export' button, then the report should be downloadable in CSV and PDF formats without any data loss or formatting errors.

Real-Time Data Updates

Given the user is viewing the reporting dashboard, when a payment is completed or a task is marked as complete, then the dashboard should automatically refresh to include the latest data without requiring a manual refresh.

Performance Analytics Feature

Given the user is on the reporting dashboard, when they select the performance analytics option, then the dashboard should display insights on freelancers' performance trends over time with graphical representations.

User Permission Settings for Reports

Given the user is an administrator, when they set user permissions, then only users with appropriate permissions should be able to view or edit sensitive financial reports on the dashboard.

Mobile Accessibility of Dashboard

Given the user is accessing ShiftSync from a mobile device, when they navigate to the reporting dashboard, then the dashboard should be fully responsive and maintain functionality across different screen sizes.

Transaction Transparency

Provide a decentralized ledger view of all transactions related to invoicing, enabling both freelancers and clients to verify each step in the process. This transparency builds trust and reduces disputes over payments.

Requirements

Decentralized Ledger Access

"As a freelancer, I want to access a transparent ledger of all my transaction history with clients so that I can verify payments and resolve any discrepancies promptly."

Description

The Decentralized Ledger Access requirement entails creating a user-friendly interface for both freelancers and clients to view all transactions related to invoicing. This includes historical data, transaction statuses, and timestamps for each step of the invoicing process. By implementing this feature, ShiftSync will enhance user trust and minimize revenue disputes, as all parties can independently verify transaction details. The ledger will also be integrated seamlessly with the existing invoicing system to ensure real-time updates and accuracy in financial reporting, thereby facilitating clearer communication between parties and reducing chances of misunderstandings.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer views historical transactions in the decentralized ledger upon logging into ShiftSync.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, When they navigate to the decentralized ledger section, Then they should see their complete historical transaction data displayed with correct timestamps and statuses.

Client successfully verifies a transaction in the decentralized ledger related to a recent invoice.

Given a client has received an invoice from a freelancer, When they access the decentralized ledger, Then they can locate the specific transaction corresponding to the invoice and verify its status and timestamp.

Real-time updates reflect on the decentralized ledger as transactions are completed.

Given a transaction status is updated in the invoicing system, When the change is made, Then the decentralized ledger should reflect this update within 5 seconds.

Both freelancers and clients can independently view the transaction details without assistance.

Given a freelancer or a client accesses their dashboard, When they select a transaction in the decentralized ledger, Then they should be able to view detailed information, including amounts, timestamps, and status without any errors.

The decentralized ledger interface is user-friendly and mobile-responsive for ease of access.

Given a user accesses the decentralized ledger on a mobile device, When they interact with the interface, Then they should be able to easily scroll, filter transactions, and view details without navigation issues.

Users can filter the transaction records by date, status, and amount in the decentralized ledger.

Given a user wants to find specific transactions in the ledger, When they apply filters for date, status, or amount, Then the list of transactions should update accordingly to match the selected criteria.

Transaction Verification Alerts

"As a client, I want to receive alerts for any changes to transaction records so that I can stay informed and manage my invoices without delays."

Description

The Transaction Verification Alerts requirement involves developing a notification system that prompts both freelancers and clients whenever a new transaction is recorded or modified in the decentralized ledger. These notifications would ensure that all parties are immediately aware of any changes, fostering a culture of transparency and proactive communication. Alerts would be customizable, allowing users to choose their preferred method of notification (email, in-app notification, SMS), and would include essential details about the transaction, such as amount, involved parties, and relevant dates. This establishes a reliable monitoring mechanism that enhances trust and accountability in the invoicing process.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer receives a notification for a new transaction recorded in the decentralized ledger.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when a new transaction is recorded, then they should receive an immediate notification through their selected method (email, in-app, SMS) with details including transaction amount, involved parties, and date.

Client is notified whenever a transaction involving their account is modified.

Given a client has enabled notifications for transaction modifications, when any transaction they are involved in is modified, then they should receive an immediate alert through their chosen notification method, detailing the changes made.

User customizes their notification preferences for transaction alerts.

Given a user is in the notification settings section, when they select their preferred notification method and save changes, then their preferences should be updated and reflected in future transaction alerts.

Both freelancers and clients can view the history of received transaction alerts.

Given a user accesses their transaction alerts history, when they navigate to the alerts section, then they should see a list of all alerts received for the specified time period, including details of each transaction.

System sends alerts only during specified hours set by the user.

Given a user has set specific hours for receiving notifications, when a transaction alert is triggered outside of these hours, then the system should suppress the alert until the start of the next defined notification period.

System logs all user interactions with the notification feature for compliance and audit purposes.

Given the notification system is active, when a user interacts with their alerts, then the system should log the date, time, user ID, and action taken for compliance tracking.

Dispute Resolution Workflow

"As a freelancer, I want a clear process for disputing payment issues so that I can quickly resolve any misunderstandings and maintain a professional working relationship with my clients."

Description

The Dispute Resolution Workflow requirement aims to create a structured process for handling payment disputes that arise from discrepancies in the decentralized ledger. This feature will include predefined steps for both freelancers and clients to raise concerns, provide evidence, and communicate decisions within the platform. The workflow will be integrated with the existing messaging system in ShiftSync, allowing for real-time discussions and documentation of exchanges related to the dispute. By formalizing the dispute process, this requirement aims to minimize resolution time, enhance user satisfaction, and strengthen professional relationships.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer initiates a payment dispute due to a missing transaction entry in the ledger.

Given a freelancer views their transaction history, When they identify a missing entry related to a completed task, Then they can select the entry, click 'Dispute', attach evidence, and submit the dispute for review.

Client reviews a dispute raised by a freelancer regarding a transaction.

Given a client receives a notification of a dispute from a freelancer, When they access the dispute details within the messaging system, Then they can see all evidence provided, reply with their own evidence, and communicate their decision directly within the dispute thread.

Admin resolves a payment dispute after evaluating the submitted evidence from both parties.

Given an admin reviews the dispute details, including all communications and evidence from both freelancer and client, When they make a decision on the dispute, Then the outcome is logged in the transaction history, and both parties receive a notification of the resolution.

Freelancer checks the status of their dispute after submission.

Given a freelancer has submitted a dispute, When they view the 'My Disputes' section, Then they can see the current status of their dispute (e.g., 'Under Review', 'Resolved', 'Rejected') and any comments from the admin.

Client and freelancer communicate during a dispute via the messaging system.

Given a dispute is ongoing, When either party sends a new message in the dispute thread, Then it is logged in the dispute history and both parties receive a notification of the new message.

System sends automated reminders to both parties if a dispute remains unresolved for a specified period.

Given a dispute has been pending for more than 48 hours, When the time threshold is met, Then the system sends reminder notifications to both the freelancer and client to encourage resolution.

Freelancer closes a dispute after reaching an agreement with the client.

Given a freelancer and a client have agreed on a resolution, When the freelancer clicks 'Close Dispute', Then a form appears to summarize the agreed resolution, and upon confirmation, the status is updated to 'Closed' in the dispute record.

Comprehensive Transaction History Reports

"As a client, I want to generate and download transaction history reports so that I can analyze my payment patterns and budgeting accurately."

Description

The Comprehensive Transaction History Reports requirement will enable users to generate detailed reports summarizing all transactions over a selected period. These reports can be customized based on various filters, such as date range, client name, or transaction amount. Users will have the option to export these reports in multiple formats (PDF, CSV, etc.) for easy sharing with stakeholders or for accounting purposes. This feature will provide valuable insights into earnings and payment patterns, helping freelancers and clients to manage their finances better and plan future collaborations more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

As a freelancer, I want to generate a comprehensive transaction history report so that I can review all my earnings and expenses over the last month.

Given I have access to the transaction history feature, when I select a date range of the last month, then I should see a detailed report of all transactions for that period, including total earnings and expenses.

As a client, I need to customize my transaction report by client name to assess financial contributions over the past year.

Given I am on the transaction report generation screen, when I apply a filter for a specific client and select the date range of the past year, then the report should only display transactions associated with the selected client.

As a user, I would like to export my transaction history report in a PDF format to share with my accountant easily.

Given I have generated a transaction history report, when I choose to export the report and select PDF as the format, then a PDF file containing the report should be downloaded successfully without any errors.

As a freelancer, I want to generate a report to analyze my transaction patterns for the last quarter, to better plan my financial strategy.

Given I have entered the filters for the last quarter, when I click on 'Generate Report', then I should receive a report summarizing the number of transactions, total earnings, and average transaction amount for that quarter.

As a client, I want to view and verify each transaction in the generated report for accuracy before finalizing my budget.

Given I have generated a transaction report, when I click on any individual transaction listed in the report, then I should be able to see the detailed view of that transaction, including invoice number and date of service.

As a user, I need the transaction history report to display in a user-friendly manner, highlighting key information for quick understanding.

Given I have generated the transaction report, when it is displayed on the screen, then the report should clearly present total earnings, expenses, and a breakdown of each transaction in a visually accessible format.

User-Friendly Help Center for Transactions

"As a user, I want access to a help center related to transactions so that I can find solutions to my questions without requiring direct support from customer service."

Description

The User-Friendly Help Center for Transactions requirement involves creating a dedicated section within ShiftSync that provides users with easy access to guides, FAQs, and troubleshooting resources related to transaction processes. This online help center will cover topics such as ledger access, dispute resolution methods, and understanding transaction alerts. The goal is to empower users to navigate their transaction-related queries independently and enhance their overall experience on the platform. Additionally, it will include a feedback form to continually improve resources based on user suggestions and inquiries.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Help Center to find answers regarding the transaction ledger access process.

Given the user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the Help Center and search for 'ledger access', then they should see a relevant guide and a direct link to the ledger overview page.

User uses the Help Center to submit a question about a payment dispute.

Given the user is in the Help Center, when they click on the 'Submit a Query' button and fill in the dispute form, then their query should be successfully recorded and a confirmation message displayed.

A user is looking for FAQs related to transaction alerts.

Given the user is in the Help Center, when they select the 'FAQs' section, then they should be able to view a list of FAQs specifically about transaction alerts, organized by topic.

User searching for troubleshooting steps for payment processing issues in the Help Center.

Given the user is in the Help Center, when they search for 'payment processing issues', then they should see a clearly defined troubleshooting guide with step-by-step instructions.

User provides feedback after navigating through the Help Center.

Given the user has accessed multiple articles in the Help Center, when they click on the 'Feedback' link and submit their suggestions, then their feedback should be successfully submitted and a confirmation displayed.

User encounters a broken link in the Help Center articles.

Given the user is reading an article in the Help Center, when they click on a link that is supposed to direct them to another resource and it does not function, then an error message should be displayed, allowing users to report the broken link.

User accesses the Help Center on a mobile device to resolve a transaction-related query.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they access the Help Center, then the content should render responsively and allow for easy navigation through guides and FAQs without layout issues.

Mobile Compatibility for Transaction Features

"As a freelancer, I want to manage my transaction records from my mobile device so that I can efficiently handle my invoicing and payments while I’m on the move."

Description

The Mobile Compatibility for Transaction Features requirement ensures that all functionalities related to transaction transparency—such as ledger access, alerts, and dispute resolution—are fully optimized for use on mobile devices. This feature will include responsive design elements and the development of a mobile application that provides users with instant access to their transaction data while on the go. With the increasing trend of remote work, this requirement is critical for enabling freelancers and clients to manage their transactions flexibly and effectively, thus enhancing the overall usability and adoption of ShiftSync.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Transaction Ledger on Mobile Device

Given a user is logged into the mobile application, when they navigate to the transaction ledger section, then they can view a complete and updated list of all transactions with relevant details.

Receiving Alerts for Transaction Updates

Given a user has the mobile application installed, when a transaction status changes (e.g., payment received, dispute raised), then the user receives a push notification alerting them of the change.

Resolving Disputes via Mobile App

Given a user accesses a disputed transaction on their mobile device, when they choose to resolve the dispute, then they can submit necessary documentation and receive confirmation of their submission via the app.

Responsive Design for Ledger Access

Given a user is accessing the transaction ledger on a variety of mobile devices, when they resize or rotate their screen, then the layout adjusts responsively without loss of functionality.

Searching Transactions on Mobile

Given a user is on the transaction ledger screen of the mobile application, when they input search criteria (date, amount, client name), then the application displays filtered results in real-time.

Viewing Transaction History

Given a user selects the transaction history feature on their mobile device, when they choose a specific date range, then they can view all transactions within that timeframe including details such as amount and status.

Compliance Automation

Automatically check and verify compliance with local tax regulations and invoicing standards before payments are executed. This feature reduces risk for businesses and ensures freelancers are paid in accordance with legal requirements.

Requirements

Automated Compliance Verification

"As a business owner, I want an automated compliance verification system so that I can ensure freelancers are paid in accordance with local tax laws and invoicing standards without manual intervention."

Description

This requirement involves implementing an automated system for verifying compliance with local tax regulations and invoicing standards. It will integrate seamlessly with the ShiftSync platform, allowing for real-time checks before any payments are executed. The functionality will reduce risks associated with tax compliance, ensure that freelancers are compensated according to legal requirements, and enhance the trustworthiness of the platform. By automatically checking compliance, the requirement will facilitate smoother transactions, decrease manual oversight, and provide peace of mind for businesses engaging with gig workers.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Compliance Verification for Freelancer Payments

Given a logged-in user initiates a payment for a freelancer, when the compliance verification system checks the freelancer's invoicing against local tax regulations, then the payment should only be executed if all compliance criteria are met without errors.

Real-Time Notification of Compliance Status

Given a user requests a payment, when the compliance verification is performed, then the user should receive a notification indicating whether the payment is approved, pending further information, or denied due to compliance issues.

Audit Trail of Compliance Checks

Given that a payment has been processed, when an admin user accesses the payment records, then the system should display a complete audit trail showing the compliance verification result and any issues encountered.

Integration with Local Tax Databases

Given that the compliance automation system is operational, when the system checks a freelancer's invoice, then it should integrate with the latest local tax databases to ensure up-to-date compliance verification.

Reporting Compliance Check Failures

Given that a payment has been rejected due to compliance issues, when an admin requests a report, then the report should detail the specific compliance failures and suggestions for resolution.

User Interface for Compliance Alerts

Given a user is on the payment interface, when compliance-related alerts arise, then the user should see a clear, actionable alert highlighting the issue and how to resolve it before proceeding with the payment.

Batch Payment Compliance Verification

Given an employer initiates a batch payment process, when the system performs compliance checks, then all freelancers in the batch should be checked individually, and the payment should be executed only if all pass compliance verification.

Real-time Compliance Alerts

"As a freelancer, I want to receive real-time alerts about compliance issues so that I can correct any discrepancies before my payment is processed."

Description

This requirement aims to develop a feature that sends real-time alerts to users whenever compliance issues are detected during the verification process. It will provide details on the specific compliance failures and suggest corrective actions. This proactive approach will empower businesses to address issues before payments are made, fostering accountability and minimizing potential legal repercussions.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time alerts for compliance issues detected during invoicing processes.

Given a user is processing an invoice, When compliance issues are detected, Then a real-time alert should be generated detailing the specific compliance failures and suggesting corrective actions.

Ensuring alerts are delivered to the appropriate business users promptly after detection.

Given a compliance issue is detected, When the alert is triggered, Then the relevant users should receive the alert through their registered communication channels (e.g., email, SMS) within 2 minutes.

Verifying the accuracy of the compliance alerts generated.

Given a compliance issue is identified, When an alert is generated, Then the details in the alert must match the specific compliance failure documented in the system.

Testing the user interface for alert visibility and actionability.

Given a user receives an alert, When they view the alert on the interface, Then the alert should be clearly visible, and options for corrective action should be prominently displayed.

Confirming that alerts can be disabled or acknowledged by users.

Given a user has received a compliance alert, When they decide to acknowledge or disable the alert, Then the system should allow them to do so and update the alert status accordingly.

Assessing the help content associated with compliance alerts.

Given a user receives a compliance alert, When they seek assistance, Then help documentation should be accessible, providing detailed information on resolving the compliance issues mentioned in the alert.

Monitoring the frequency of compliance alerts over time to identify trends.

Given multiple compliance alerts have been generated, When analyzing the alert data, Then the system should provide statistical insights into the most common compliance issues identified over the last 30 days.

Comprehensive Compliance Reporting

"As a finance manager, I want access to comprehensive compliance reports so that I can analyze our compliance trends and prepare for audits effectively."

Description

The requirement focuses on creating a robust reporting system that generates detailed reports on compliance status for each transaction processed through ShiftSync. These reports will include historical data, compliance adherence rates, and areas needing improvement, enabling businesses to analyze and improve their compliance processes over time. Additionally, this feature will serve as a documentation tool for audits and verifications.

Acceptance Criteria

Generating a Compliance Report for a Transaction

Given a transaction has been processed, when the user requests a compliance report, then the system must generate a report that includes the transaction's compliance status, historical data, and adherence rate.

Analyzing Compliance Adherence Rates Over Time

Given multiple compliance reports have been generated, when the user accesses the compliance analysis dashboard, then the system must display historical adherence rates and highlight trends over selected periods.

Identifying Areas Needing Improvement in Compliance

Given a compliance report has been generated, when the user reviews the report, then the system should clearly indicate areas that did not meet compliance standards with suggested actions for improvement.

Exporting Compliance Reports for Auditing Purposes

Given a compliance report is viewed, when the user selects the export option, then the system must allow the report to be exported in multiple formats (PDF, CSV) for auditing and record-keeping.

Verifying Compliance with Local Tax Regulations

Given a transaction is processed, when the compliance check feature is executed, then the system must verify that all local tax regulations and invoicing standards are adhered to before finalizing payment.

Providing Notifications for Compliance Failures

Given a compliance check has identified a failure, when the system completes the check, then the user must receive a notification outlining the failures and recommended corrective actions.

Integrating Compliance Data into Business Analytics

Given compliance reports are generated, when the user accesses the analytics dashboard, then the compliance data should be integrated and displayed alongside other business metrics for comprehensive analysis.

User-Friendly Compliance Dashboard

"As a user of ShiftSync, I want an intuitive compliance dashboard so that I can easily monitor my compliance status and take necessary actions when needed."

Description

This requirement entails the design and implementation of a user-friendly dashboard that aggregates all compliance-related information in one place. It will display current compliance status, past compliance checks, and action items needed for various transactions, thus making it easy for users to track their compliance status at a glance. The dashboard will enhance user experience by providing clear visibility of compliance processes and outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the compliance dashboard to view their current compliance status before approving any payments to freelancers, ensuring they have the necessary insights to make informed decisions regarding compliance requirements.

Given the user is logged in, When they navigate to the compliance dashboard, Then they should see an overview of their current compliance status with clear indicators for each category and action items for any issues.

A compliance officer reviews the historical compliance checks on the dashboard to prepare for an upcoming audit, looking for any discrepancies or areas needing attention.

Given the compliance officer is on the compliance dashboard, When they filter the compliance checks by date range, Then they should see a list of compliance checks with detailed results and alerts for any non-compliance issues

A user receives an alert in the dashboard notifying them of pending action items related to compliance that must be addressed before payments are processed.

Given the user is on the compliance dashboard, When there are action items pending, Then they should receive a visible alert at the top of the dashboard with a summary of the action items and a link to resolve them immediately.

A user wants to export their compliance status and historical checks for record-keeping or sharing with stakeholders, requiring an easy export functionality within the dashboard.

Given the user is on the compliance dashboard, When they select the export option, Then they should be able to download a report in a predefined format (CSV/PDF) that includes their current compliance status and historical checks

A user updates their compliance information (such as tax ID or invoicing standards) and needs to confirm that the dashboard reflects these changes accurately.

Given the user has updated their compliance information, When they return to the compliance dashboard, Then the updated information should be displayed in real-time without the need for page refresh

A user accesses the compliance dashboard on a mobile device to track compliance status while on the go.

Given the user is logged in through a mobile device, When they access the compliance dashboard, Then the dashboard should be fully responsive and display all compliance information clearly without any loss of functionality.

A compliance manager needs to identify trends in compliance over time based on historical data displayed in the dashboard to inform decision-making and strategy adjustments.

Given the compliance manager is viewing the compliance dashboard, When they select a visualization option for historical compliance data, Then they should see trends over time represented in a clear and interpretable format (e.g., graphs or charts).

Integration with Government Compliance Databases

"As a business owner, I want to integrate ShiftSync with government compliance databases so that I can automate the verification process with the most current regulations available."

Description

This requirement involves establishing integrations with local and regional government compliance databases to ensure that the automated verification system has access to the most up-to-date regulations and standards. This seamless integration will ensure that compliance checks are reflective of the latest legal requirements, thus minimizing risks of outdated compliance checks.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Local Tax Compliance Database for Real-Time Validation.

Given a user initiates a payment to a freelancer, when the compliance automation system accesses the local tax compliance database, then the system must verify that the freelancer's tax identification and invoicing details comply with local regulations before executing the payment.

Accessing Updated Compliance Regulations during Payment Processing.

Given that the compliance automation system is integrated with regional government databases, when a check for compliance is triggered during the payment process, then the system must successfully retrieve and verify against the latest compliance regulations within a 2-second response time.

Handling Non-Compliant Invoices Automatically.

Given a freelancer submits an invoice, when the compliance automation system identifies that the invoice does not meet local invoicing standards, then the system must notify the freelancer of non-compliance and provide specific corrective actions before the payment is processed.

Monitoring Changes in Compliance Regulations Post-Invoice Submission.

Given the integration with government compliance databases, when new regulations are released after an invoice has been submitted, then the system must alert the admin user of potential compliance issues with all pending invoices within 24 hours of the regulation update.

Testing Compliance Database Integration for Minimum Downtime.

Given the compliance automation feature is in use, when the local compliance database experiences downtime, then the system must default to the last known compliance check data and maintain at least a 95% uptime rate for all compliance verifications.

Dispute Resolution Mechanism

Integrate a built-in dispute resolution feature within the smart contract framework to handle any disagreements over task completion or payments. This functionality ensures a fair and prompt resolution, promoting peace of mind for both parties.

Requirements

Dispute Initiation Interface

"As a freelancer, I want to easily initiate a dispute through the platform so that I can address any issues with task completion or payment delays in a timely manner."

Description

The Dispute Initiation Interface allows users to initiate a dispute directly through the ShiftSync dashboard. This interface should include easy navigation, clear instructions, and predefined categories for disputes (e.g., task completion issues, payment delays). Offering a straightforward way to raise concerns will enhance user confidence and facilitate quick resolution actions. Integration with existing task and payment records is vital to provide context and streamline the dispute management process, ultimately leading to improved user satisfaction and trust in the platform's capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

Dispute Initiation by User in Task Management

Given a user is logged into their ShiftSync account, when they click the 'Initiate Dispute' button on the dashboard, then they are presented with a clear interface that allows them to select a predefined category for their dispute (e.g., task completion issues, payment delays).

User Guidance for Dispute Submission

Given a user selects a dispute category, when they access the dispute submission form, then they must see clear instructions and required fields to complete the dispute submission.

Integration with Task and Payment Records

Given a user is filling out the dispute submission form, when they review their task and payment history, then the system should automatically populate relevant details to provide context for the dispute.

Confirmation of Dispute Submission

Given a user has submitted a dispute, when the submission is successful, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their dispute has been successfully initiated along with a reference number.

User Notification of Dispute Status

Given a user who has initiated a dispute, when they log back into their account, then they should be able to view the current status of their ongoing disputes and any responses from the involved parties.

User-Friendly Design of the Dispute Initiation Interface

Given the dispute initiation interface, when users interact with it, then all elements must be intuitive and accessible, ensuring that over 90% of users can successfully navigate and submit a dispute without assistance.

Automated Notification System

"As a business owner, I want to receive timely notifications about the status of disputes so that I can stay informed and take necessary actions promptly."

Description

An Automated Notification System will inform users of key updates related to disputes, such as initiation confirmations, status changes, and resolution updates. By keeping users informed at each stage of the dispute resolution process, the system not only enhances transparency but also reduces anxiety and uncertainty associated with unresolved issues. Notifications can be sent via email or through the app, and the system should allow users to customize their preferences for receiving updates. This feature is crucial for maintaining user engagement and trust in the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification upon the initiation of a dispute.

Given a user has initiated a dispute, when the dispute is confirmed, then an email and app notification should be sent to the user immediately.

User is updated on the status of an ongoing dispute.

Given a dispute is in progress, when the status of the dispute changes, then an update notification should be sent to the user reflecting the new status.

User receives a resolution update on their dispute.

Given a dispute has been resolved, when the resolution decision is made, then an email and app notification should be sent to the user detailing the outcome of the dispute.

User customizes their notification preferences for dispute updates.

Given a user accesses notification settings, when they update their preferences for emails or app notifications, then the system should save these preferences and apply them to future notifications.

System sends notifications within defined response timeframes.

Given a dispute event occurs, when the system triggers a notification, then it must be sent within 5 minutes of the event.

User can view a history of notifications related to disputes.

Given a user navigates to the dispute history section, when they select a specific dispute, then all relevant notifications regarding that dispute should be displayed in chronological order.

User can opt-out of certain types of dispute notifications.

Given a user is reviewing notification settings, when they choose to opt-out of specific notification types, then the system should stop sending those notifications as per the user’s request.

Dispute Resolution Workflow

"As a project manager, I want a clear workflow for dispute resolution so that my team can handle disagreements efficiently and fairly without confusion."

Description

The Dispute Resolution Workflow will define the processes and steps involved in managing disputes from initiation through resolution. This workflow should include timelines for each stage, roles for involved parties, and escalation procedures if necessary. Integrating this workflow into the ShiftSync platform will ensure that disputes are handled efficiently, following predefined protocols that promote fairness and transparency. It will also provide useful analytics on dispute handling efficiency, contributing to continuous improvement of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Dispute Initiation by a User

Given a user initiates a dispute regarding a task, when they submit the dispute through the ShiftSync platform, then the system must log the dispute with a timestamp, notify the involved parties, and provide a unique dispute ID for tracking.

Resolution Process Timeline Compliance

Given a dispute has been initiated, when the dispute enters the resolution process, then it must adhere to predefined timelines for acknowledgement, response, and final resolution as specified in the Dispute Resolution Workflow.

User Escalation for Unresolved Disputes

Given a user is unsatisfied with the initial dispute resolution effort, when they choose to escalate the dispute, then the system must allow this action and notify the appropriate higher authority within the organization for further review.

Dispute Resolution Analytics Dashboard

Given disputes have been resolved over a defined period, when an administrator accesses the analytics dashboard, then it must display metrics on resolution times, the number of disputes, and escalations to facilitate continuous improvement evaluations.

Notification System for Dispute Updates

Given a dispute is being processed, when there is any change in the status of that dispute (e.g., updates, escalations), then the involved parties must receive real-time notifications via the ShiftSync platform and email alerts.

User-Friendly Dispute Resolution FAQs

Given users access the Dispute Resolution section of ShiftSync, when they look for assistance, then the platform must provide comprehensive FAQs addressing common disputes, accessible directly within the interface.

Final Resolution Documentation and Closure

Given a dispute has been resolved, when the resolution outcome is documented, then the system must generate a closure report for both parties detailing the resolution process and steps taken, along with the final decision.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the dispute resolution process so that I can contribute to improving the system for future users."

Description

The User Feedback Mechanism will allow users to provide feedback on their experience with the dispute resolution process. This may include rating the effectiveness of the resolution, the speed of response, and overall satisfaction. Analyzing this feedback will help the ShiftSync team identify areas for improvement and adapt processes to better meet user needs. Implementing this feature fosters a user-centric approach to platform development, ensuring continuous enhancement of services and user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after using the dispute resolution feature for a transaction.

Given a user has successfully resolved a dispute, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to rate the effectiveness of the resolution on a scale from 1 to 5.

User rates the speed of response in the feedback form after a dispute resolution.

Given a user has experienced the dispute resolution process, when they access the feedback form, then the option to rate the speed of response should be displayed clearly with a scale from 1 to 5.

User submits a comment on their experience with the dispute resolution mechanism.

Given a user has provided a rating for the dispute resolution, when they opt to leave additional comments, then their feedback should be saved and linked to their rating in the system.

Administrator reviews user feedback for the dispute resolution process.

Given an administrator is logged into the admin dashboard, when they review the feedback section, then they should see a summary of ratings and comments from users for the past month.

User receives confirmation after submitting their feedback on the dispute resolution.

Given a user has filled out the feedback form, when they click the submit button, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback was successfully submitted.

Feedback analysis report generated for development team.

Given feedback submissions have been collected for a designated period, when the analytics tool is accessed, then a report summarizing common user themes and suggestions should be generated and available for review.

Documentation and Help Resources

"As a new user, I want easy access to help resources about dispute resolution so that I can understand how to use the feature effectively without needing to contact support."

Description

Comprehensive documentation and help resources will be made available on the ShiftSync platform to assist users in navigating the dispute resolution process. This includes FAQs, step-by-step guides, and video tutorials. Providing robust documentation is essential to empower users and minimize frustration, ensuring they can effectively utilize the dispute resolution features. This requirement is pivotal in improving user onboarding and fostering user independence when handling disputes.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the dispute resolution section of the ShiftSync platform to understand how to initiate a dispute.

Given the user is on the dispute resolution page, when they click on the FAQ section, then they should see at least five relevant questions listed with clear answers.

User accesses a step-by-step guide on how to document a dispute within the ShiftSync platform.

Given the user is on the guide page, when they scroll through the guide, then they should see a progress indicator showing the steps and be able to download the guide as a PDF.

User watches a video tutorial on how to resolve disputes through ShiftSync.

Given the user selects the video tutorial option, when the video is played, then it should have subtitles and a playback speed control option, and the video length should not exceed 5 minutes.

User attempts to find help resources after filing a dispute.

Given the user has filed a dispute, when they click on the 'Help Resources' button, then they should be redirected to a page containing at least three resources related to dispute resolution, including guides and videos.

User contacts support for assistance regarding disputes and expects a response based on the documentation available.

Given the user has contacted support, when they reference the documentation provided, then support should respond within 24 hours with a resolution based on the information in the documentation.

User reviews documentation effectiveness after using it to resolve a dispute.

Given the user has used the documentation to help resolve a dispute, when they complete a feedback survey, then at least 80% of users should rate the documentation as 'helpful' or 'very helpful.'

Multi-Currency Support

Enable invoicing in multiple currencies, automatically converting amounts based on current exchange rates. This feature caters to a global user base, allowing freelancers and clients to transact easily across borders.

Requirements

Real-Time Currency Conversion

"As a freelancer working with international clients, I want to issue invoices in multiple currencies so that my clients can pay me in their preferred currency without worrying about conversion rates."

Description

This requirement entails implementing a real-time currency conversion feature that allows users to see current exchange rates automatically applied to their invoices. This functionality should integrate seamlessly with the invoicing module of ShiftSync, ensuring that amounts are converted accurately and displayed in the user’s selected currency. It enhances user experience by providing clarity on costs and simplifying cross-border transactions, thus eliminating confusion about pricing in different currencies. Moreover, it allows for better financial planning for freelancers and businesses operating internationally, thereby boosting customer satisfaction and trust.

Acceptance Criteria

As a freelancer issuing an invoice in a foreign currency, I want to see the converted amounts based on the current exchange rate so that I can understand how much I will be paid in my local currency.

Given I am creating an invoice in a foreign currency, when I select the currency and input the amount, then the system should display the converted amount based on the current exchange rate.

As a business owner managing international clients, I want to see the automatic updates of exchange rates so that I can ensure all invoices reflect the most accurate amounts.

Given I have set a base currency for my invoicing, when I review the invoice, then the system should show the most recent exchange rate used for the conversion at the time the invoice was created.

As a user who regularly transacts in different currencies, I want to customize which currencies I see in my invoice settings so that I can streamline my invoicing process.

Given I am in the invoice settings, when I select which currencies to enable, then those currencies should be available for future invoices without needing to set them again each time.

As a client receiving invoices in different currencies, I want to see a clear breakdown of charges and currency conversion rates on the invoice so that I can understand the pricing details.

Given I receive an invoice in a foreign currency, when I view the invoice, then I should see a detailed breakdown of charges, including the original amount, conversion rate, and final amount in my local currency.

As a user managing payments across borders, I want to ensure that all transactions reflect current market rates so that I am confident in the payments I receive.

Given a payment is made, when the transaction is processed, then the converted amount should reflect the current exchange rate at the time of transaction.

As a business using ShiftSync, I want to generate reports in my base currency that reflect the accurate financial data over time to help with budgeting and forecasting.

Given I request a financial report, when the system generates the report based on the invoiced amounts across various currencies, then it should display all amounts converted accurately to my base currency using the historically applicable exchange rates.

Multi-Currency Invoicing

"As a small business owner, I want to send invoices in different currencies so that my international clients can easily process their payments without additional hassle."

Description

The multi-currency invoicing requirement allows the platform to generate invoices denominated in various currencies based on the client’s location or preference. This feature should enable users to select their preferred currency when engaging with clients, automatically adjusting the pricing and totals based on current exchange rates. This will simplify the transaction process, providing clarity and convenience for users who deal with clients globally, thereby facilitating smoother transactions and potentially increasing business opportunities for freelancers.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer generates an invoice for a client based in Europe, opting to use Euros as the currency.

Given the freelancer selects a client based in Europe, When they generate the invoice, Then the invoice should display the total amount in Euros, automatically converted from the base currency using the latest exchange rate.

Client receives an invoice in their preferred currency and clicks to pay using a credit card.

Given the client receives an invoice in their preferred currency, When they initiate payment, Then the payment process should complete without errors, and the freelancer should receive the payment in their designated base currency after conversion.

Freelancer modifies the invoice amount manually after currency conversion is displayed.

Given the freelancer views the invoice with automatically converted amounts, When they manually alter the invoice amount, Then the system should highlight the manual change and indicate that it does not reflect the automatic conversion.

System updates exchange rates used for invoices on a daily basis.

Given the system is connected to a reliable exchange rate API, When an invoice is generated, Then it should use the latest available exchange rate for that currency from the last 24 hours.

Freelancer compares invoices generated in two different currencies for the same service.

Given the freelancer has generated invoices in USD and GBP for the same service, When they review both invoices, Then the corresponding amounts must reflect the exchange rate accurately at the time of generation.

An invoice in a foreign currency is rejected by the client due to discrepancies in amounts.

Given a client rejects an invoice due to incorrect currency conversion, When the freelancer reviews the invoice details, Then there should be a log of the conversion process showing the exchange rate used, along with the original amount in the freelancer's base currency.

Currency Selection Interface

"As a user, I want a straightforward way to select my preferred currency when creating an invoice, so that I can ensure accurate billing for my clients."

Description

To support the multi-currency functionality, a user-friendly currency selection interface must be developed. This feature should allow users to easily choose their preferred currency from a dropdown menu when creating invoices. The interface should be intuitive and accessible, providing all necessary information, such as conversion rates and currency symbols, effectively enhancing user experience while ensuring accurate calculations in the invoicing process.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects their preferred currency from a dropdown menu while creating an invoice.

Given the user is on the invoice creation page, when they click on the currency dropdown, then they should see a list of available currencies to select from.

User views the current exchange rate for the selected currency when creating an invoice.

Given a user has selected a currency, when they hover over or click on the currency name, then the current exchange rate should be displayed next to the selected currency in a clear format.

User creates an invoice utilizing multiple currencies for different line items.

Given the user is creating an invoice, when they add line items with different currencies, then the total amount should correctly reflect the converted values based on real-time exchange rates.

User attempts to select a currency that is not supported.

Given the user is trying to select a currency from the dropdown menu, when they search for or scroll to an unsupported currency, then that currency should not be present in the dropdown list.

User submits an invoice in their selected currency and receives confirmation.

Given the user has filled out the invoice details including the currency, when they click 'Submit', then they should receive an on-screen confirmation that the invoice was successfully created in the selected currency.

User checks their invoice history for transactions made in different currencies.

Given the user navigates to their invoice history page, when they view invoices, then they should see the currency type listed alongside each invoice, with the correct amount and conversion details available upon request.

User settings allow changing default currency preferences.

Given the user is in account settings, when they select a default currency from the currency options, then this setting should save and be applied to future invoices until changed by the user.

Exchange Rate Update Mechanism

"As a freelancer, I want the invoice amounts to reflect accurate and up-to-date exchange rates so that I can trust that I’m charging my clients correctly across borders."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating an automated mechanism that updates exchange rates within the platform at regular intervals or upon each invoice creation. This ensures that users always have access to the most current rates, improving the accuracy of financial transactions and maintaining transparency with clients. The system should pull exchange rates from reliable financial APIs to guarantee that all conversions reflect real market conditions, thereby enhancing user confidence and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Automatic Update of Exchange Rates for Invoices

Given the user accesses the invoicing feature, when an invoice is generated, then the system should automatically pull and display the latest exchange rate from the configured financial API.

User Notification of Exchange Rate Changes

Given that exchange rates are updated automatically, when the rates change, then the system should notify users via email or within the app that the rates have been refreshed and provide the new rates.

Manual Refresh of Exchange Rates

Given the user is viewing an invoice, when the user clicks on the refresh button, then the system should manually fetch and update the exchange rates from the financial API and display the current rates.

Error Handling for Exchange Rate Fetch Failure

Given the user is generating an invoice, when the system cannot fetch exchange rates from the API, then the system should display an error message indicating the failure and allow the user to proceed with a default rate or a manual input option.

Display Updated Currency Conversion in Invoices

Given the user has selected a currency for invoicing, when the exchange rate is updated, then the amounts on the invoice should automatically reflect the newly fetched conversion rates prior to final submission.

Accessing Historical Exchange Rate Data

Given an invoice has been created, when a user views the invoice details, then they should have access to historical exchange rate data for the date of invoice creation.

Testing Accuracy of Exchange Rate Conversions

Given a set of predefined exchange rates, when an invoice is generated, then the system should compute the total amounts accurately using the latest exchange rates, passing a comparative check against a reliable external calculation for validation.

Audit Trail for Currency Transactions

"As a small business owner, I want to review an audit trail of my currency transactions so that I can maintain accurate financial records and ensure compliance with financial regulations."

Description

Implementing an audit trail for all multi-currency transactions is essential to ensure transparency and accountability. This requirement will involve creating a record of all currency conversions, invoice issuances, and payments made in different currencies. This feature will help users track their financial history effectively and provide necessary data for accounting purposes, thereby supporting compliance and thorough financial analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit Trail for Invoices Issued in Multiple Currencies

Given a user has issued an invoice in a foreign currency, when they access the audit trail, then they should see a detailed record of the invoice issuance, including currency type, exchange rate at the time of issuance, and timestamps.

Audit Trail for Currency Conversion Transactions

Given a user performs a currency conversion within the platform, when they check the audit trail, then they should find a record of the conversion including original amount, converted amount, exchange rate used, and the date of conversion.

Audit Log Accessibility by Users

Given a user has the appropriate permissions, when they attempt to access the audit trail, then they should be able to view all records clearly displayed with filters for date range and currency type.

Audit Trail for Payments Made in Different Currencies

Given a user has received payments in multiple currencies, when they look at their audit trail, then they should see all payment records with details such as amount received, currency, exchange rate, and the date of the transaction.

Audit Trail Integration with Accounting Reports

Given a user generates an accounting report, when they include data from the audit trail, then the report should accurately reflect all financial activities related to multi-currency transactions.

Notification of Audit Trail Updates to Users

Given a change has been made to the audit trail records, when the update occurs, then the affected users should receive a notification detailing what changes were made.

User Search Functionality in Audit Trail

Given a user is in the audit trail section, when they enter search parameters such as date or currency type, then the system should return only relevant entries matching the criteria specified.

Currency Conversion Fee Display

"As a client, I want to see any currency conversion fees associated with my invoices so that I understand the total cost I am responsible for and avoid unexpected charges."

Description

This requirement involves displaying any currency conversion fees associated with transactions clearly on invoices. It is critical for users to understand any additional costs involved when dealing with different currencies. This feature will improve transparency and assist clients in making informed decisions regarding their payments, thus fostering trust within the client-freelancer relationship.

Acceptance Criteria

Currency Conversion Fee Transparency for Client Invoices

Given an invoice generated in a foreign currency, when the client views the invoice, then the currency conversion fee should be displayed clearly before the total amount.

Accurate Conversion of Fees on Different Currencies

Given a set currency conversion rate, when an invoice is generated in a different currency, then the currency conversion fee should be calculated accurately based on the current exchange rate without errors.

User Notification of Currency Conversion Fees

Given a client is invoiced in a foreign currency, when they review the invoice details, then a notification should inform them of any applicable currency conversion fees along with the total amount due.

Currency Conversion Fee Display Consistency Across Platforms

Given that the invoice is accessible via both web and mobile app, when the client views the invoice on either platform, then the currency conversion fee should be displayed consistently in both formats.

Documentation of Currency Conversion Fees for Clients

Given that a fee is applied for currency conversion, when a client receives an invoice, then they should also receive documentation outlining the fee's structure and calculation basis in the same email or message.

Email Notification for Invoice with Currency Conversion Fee

Given a client is sent an invoice that includes a currency conversion fee, when the invoice email is dispatched, then the email should clearly state the total amount including the conversion fee and highlight the fee amount separately.

Smart Notifications

Utilize smart notifications to alert freelancers and clients about important milestones, approvals, and payment statuses. This keeps both parties informed throughout the invoicing process, enhancing communication and engagement.

Requirements

Milestone Alerts

"As a freelancer, I want to receive instant alerts for project milestones so that I can stay updated on my progress and client expectations without constantly checking the app."

Description

Milestone Alerts will notify freelancers and clients about significant events in the project lifecycle, such as task completions, feedback requests, or approval updates. This requirement ensures that all stakeholders stay aligned with project timelines and expectations, reducing uncertainty and fostering effective collaboration. By integrating these proactive notifications into the ShiftSync platform, users will receive timely updates via their preferred communication channels, allowing for real-time adjustments and improvements in project execution. Subsequently, the feature aims to enhance transparency and accountability in the gig management process, reinforcing relationships between freelancers and clients and elevating overall satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification to users upon completion of a task.

Given a freelancer completes a task, when the completion is logged in the system, then the freelancer and the client receive an instant notification via their selected communication channel.

Alerts for feedback requests sent to clients and freelancers.

Given a milestone is reached that requires client feedback, when the project manager requests feedback, then both the client and freelancer should receive a notification asking for feedback within 5 minutes.

Notification of approval updates for project milestones.

Given a client approves a task, when the approval is processed, then all relevant stakeholders receive a notification confirming the approval with a summary of the task details within 10 minutes.

Notifications for upcoming deadline reminders for tasks.

Given a task is nearing its deadline, when the deadline is set to 2 days away, then both the freelancer and client receive a reminder notification 48 hours before the deadline.

Notifications for payment status updates.

Given a payment request is generated, when the payment is processed, then the freelancer receives a notification with payment status and expected transfer time within 15 minutes of completion.

Daily summary notifications of project statuses.

Given the end of the day, when the project timeline reaches daily closure, then all users involved in the project receive a summary notification listing completed tasks, pending approvals, and upcoming deadlines.

Alerts for any changes in project timelines or task assignments.

Given a change in the project timeline or task assignment, when the change is made, then all affected users receive a notification detailing the changes made within 10 minutes.

Approval Reminders

"As a client, I want to receive reminders for pending approvals so that my freelancers can proceed with their work without unnecessary delays."

Description

This requirement will implement a system for sending automated reminders to clients for pending approvals on tasks or invoices, thus streamlining the feedback and payment process. The Approval Reminders will be customizable, allowing clients to set their preference for reminder intervals and notification channels (e.g., email, app notification). This feature aims to minimize delays in project continuation and payment processing, ensuring that all parties remain engaged and that bottlenecks are addressed promptly. By keeping the clients informed and urging timely responses, ShiftSync reinforces a proactive communication strategy that augments efficiency and enhances the user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Client receives a reminder notification for a pending task approval.

Given the client has set reminder preferences, when the task is pending for 3 days, then the client should receive an email and app notification reminding them to review the task.

Client customizes reminder intervals for task approvals.

Given the client accesses the notification settings, when they select a reminder interval of 2 days, then the approval reminders should be sent 2 days after the task submission deadline.

Freelancer checks the status of approval reminders sent to clients.

Given the freelancer accesses their dashboard, when they check the approval reminder status, then they should see a list of clients and the corresponding reminder notifications sent and their statuses (pending, acknowledged, or ignored).

Client opts out of receiving approval reminders.

Given the client is in the notification settings, when they disable approval reminders, then they should not receive any further reminder notifications for pending approvals.

System logs all sent reminders for auditing purposes.

Given the system sends a reminder, when the reminder is sent, then it should log the reminder details in the database including time, client ID, task ID, and notification type (email/app).

Client responds to a reminder notification.

Given the client receives a reminder notification, when they approve the task via the notification link, then the system should update the task status to 'Approved' and inform the freelancer.

Client receives multiple reminders for the same task approval.

Given a client has pending approvals, when the client does not approve a task within the set interval, then reminders should be sent at the specified interval until the task is approved or marked as completed.

Payment Status Updates

"As a freelancer, I want to receive updates about my payment status so that I can manage my finances and know when to expect my funds."

Description

Payment Status Updates will provide real-time notifications regarding the status of payments submitted by clients and received by freelancers. By integrating with the payment processing system, this feature will automatically notify users of changes in payment status, such as processing, completed, or failed transactions. This requirement is crucial as it addresses the need for clarity in financial transactions, reducing anxiety for freelancers awaiting payments and allowing clients to manage their finances effectively. The updates will empower users with critical information, contributing to a seamless invoicing experience and fostering trust in the payment process.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer receives a notification alerting them that their payment has been successfully processed after a client completes a payment transaction.

Given that a payment is successful, When the client initiates the payment, Then the freelancer receives a real-time notification indicating that the payment status is 'Completed'.

Client wants to ensure they are informed when a payment they have submitted is still being processed.

Given that a payment is currently processing, When the client submits the payment, Then the client receives a notification indicating that the payment status is 'Processing'.

Freelancer is anxious about a payment they have not received yet and seeks clarity on the payment's current status.

Given that a payment has failed, When the payment processing system identifies the failure, Then the freelancer receives a notification indicating that the payment status is 'Failed' and includes instructions for resolution.

Client needs to track changes in payment status for multiple invoices they have submitted to different freelancers.

Given multiple payment submissions, When the status of any payment is updated, Then the client receives notifications for each invoice with their respective payment status, ensuring real-time tracking.

Freelancer checks their notification history after receiving multiple payment status updates to confirm the status of their payments.

Given the freelancer's dashboard, When the freelancer views the notification history, Then they see a complete list of past payment status notifications with timestamps and statuses (Completed, Processing, Failed).

A freelancer wishes to set notification preferences for payment status alerts to manage notifications better.

Given that the freelancer accesses their notification settings, When they choose their preferred notification method (email, SMS, in-app), Then the system saves their preferences and notifies them accordingly based on the selected method.

Custom Notification Preferences

"As a user, I want to customize my notification settings so that I can manage how frequently I’m alerted about project updates without missing critical information."

Description

The Custom Notification Preferences requirement will enable users (both freelancers and clients) to personalize their notification settings according to their specific needs and preferences. This flexible feature will allow users to opt-in or out of specific notifications, select preferred channels (email, SMS, app notifications), and set quiet hours during which they prefer not to receive alerts. By giving users control over their notification experience, this feature enhances user satisfaction and ensures that important updates are received without overwhelming them. This tailored approach reflects a user-centric design philosophy and is essential for fostering optimal user engagement and productivity on the ShiftSync platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets notification preferences upon first time login.

Given a new user logs into ShiftSync for the first time, when they navigate to the notification preferences section, then they should see options to opt-in or out of specific notifications, select preferred channels, and set quiet hours.

User updates notification preferences at any time.

Given a registered user is logged into their account, when they access the notification preferences menu, then they should be able to modify their settings and save the changes successfully, with feedback confirming the update.

User selects preferred channels for notifications.

Given a user is configuring their notification preferences, when they choose their preferred channels (email, SMS, app notifications), then the system should store these preferences and apply them to all future notifications as specified.

User receives a notification according to their preferences.

Given a user has set their notification preferences, when an important milestone is reached (e.g., payment approval), then the user should receive a notification through their selected channel (e.g., SMS) as per their specifications.

User sets quiet hours for notifications.

Given a user is in the notification preferences section, when they set specified quiet hours, then no notifications should be sent to the user through any selected channel during those hours, with an exception for critical alerts if configured differently.

User receives confirmation of saved preferences changes.

Given a user has changed their notification preferences, when they click the save button, then they should receive an on-screen confirmation message indicating that their preferences have been successfully updated.

User can reset notification preferences to default settings.

Given a user is viewing their notification preferences, when they select the reset to default option, then all their preferences should revert to the system’s default notification settings, and the changes should be confirmed with a notification on the screen.

Engagement Analytics Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want to access analytics on notification engagement so that I can refine our communication processes and ensure all team members are effectively informed."

Description

The Engagement Analytics Dashboard will provide comprehensive insights into user interaction with the notification system, tracking metrics such as response rates, engagement levels, and notification click-through rates. This requirement will help both freelancers and clients understand how effectively notifications are being received and acted upon, allowing for data-driven adjustments to communication strategies. By integrating this analytics feature into the ShiftSync platform, users will gain visibility into their engagement trends, empowering them with the knowledge to optimize their collaborative practices and ultimately improve project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Engagement Analytics Dashboard to review response rates for a set period.

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a response rate metric that accurately reflects the number of notifications sent against those interacted with within the selected timeframe.

Freelancer examines engagement levels with notifications received in a project.

Given the freelancer is viewing their project notifications, when they access the engagement analytics for that project, then they should see a clear chart displaying engagement levels (views, clicks) for each notification sent.

Client analyzes notification click-through rates to measure engagement effectiveness.

Given the client is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they select the time period and type of notifications, then they should see the click-through rate calculated as a percentage of total notifications sent and those clicked on during that period.

Administrator sets up alert thresholds for notifying users about low engagement metrics.

Given the administrator has access to the backend settings for notifications, when they configure engagement thresholds, then the system should correctly send alerts to users when engagement falls below the defined thresholds.

User wants to export engagement data for reporting purposes.

Given the user is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they select the export option, then the system should allow them to download a report in CSV format containing all engagement metrics for the selected date range.

User inputs a custom date range to view engagement analytics.

Given the user is on the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, when they input a custom start and end date, then the metrics displayed should update to reflect engagement data only within that specified date range.

User accesses the dashboard on a mobile device to check engagement metrics.

Given the user is accessing ShiftSync from a mobile device, when they navigate to the Engagement Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should be fully responsive and all engagement metrics should be visible and easy to interpret on the mobile interface.

Intelligent Task Matcher

Leveraging AI algorithms, the Intelligent Task Matcher analyzes freelancers' skills, past performance, and availability to ensure optimal task assignments. This feature increases project efficiency by matching the most qualified freelancers to each task, reducing project completion times and enhancing overall satisfaction.

Requirements

Skill-Based Task Allocation

"As a project manager, I want the system to automatically assign tasks to freelancers based on their skills so that I can ensure the right task gets to the right person, improving efficiency and satisfaction on our projects."

Description

The Skill-Based Task Allocation requirement focuses on implementing an intelligent algorithm that identifies and categorizes freelancers based on their specific skill sets, past project performance, and availability. This will enhance the task assignment process within the ShiftSync platform, ensuring that tasks are matched with freelancers who possess the most relevant skills and experience, ultimately improving project outcomes and user satisfaction. The integration of this feature simplifies the manager's role in task allocation, reduces the time spent on manual assignments, and optimizes the overall efficiency of the workflow. Through continuous learning from previous task completions, the system will adapt and refine its matching criteria to bolster accuracy in future assignments, driving better performance results and faster project completions.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Profile Evaluation for Task Assignment

Given a freelancer's profile with skills, past performance, and availability, when the system analyzes this data, then it should accurately categorize the freelancer according to their most relevant skills and assign them to tasks that match their expertise.

Real-Time Task Allocation Process

Given a project manager is assigning a task in real-time, when they initiate the task allocation, then the system should immediately present a list of the three most qualified freelancers based on the intelligent task matcher algorithm.

Adaptive Learning from Past Project Performances

Given that the system has completed several projects, when analyzing historical data on freelancer performance, then it should refine the task assignment algorithms to improve matching accuracy by at least 20% for future tasks.

User Satisfaction Metrics Post Task Completion

Given that a task has been completed, when freelancers and managers provide feedback, then the system should generate and display a satisfaction score based on their responses, aiming for an average score of 4 out of 5 or higher.

Task Completion Time Optimization Comparison

Given a set of completed tasks, when comparing the time taken for tasks assigned through the new skill-based allocation method to those assigned manually, then the system should show a reduction in completion time by at least 15% for tasks assigned by the intelligent matcher.

Visibility of Skill Match Results to Managers

Given that a task has been assigned using the intelligent task matcher, when the project manager reviews the task allocation, then they should see details on why each freelancer was matched with the task, including skill relevance percentages and past performance metrics.

Performance Analytics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to see a dashboard that shows real-time performance analytics of freelancers so that I can make informed decisions on task assignments and identify areas for improvement."

Description

The Performance Analytics Dashboard requirement entails the development of a comprehensive dashboard that displays key performance indicators (KPIs) for both freelancers and tasks. This feature will allow users to track productivity, task completion rates, and individual freelancer performance metrics in real-time. By providing visualizations and insights into performance trends, managers will be empowered to make data-driven decisions regarding task assignments and evaluate the effectiveness of freelancers over time. Additionally, the dashboard will aid in identifying skill gaps and areas for improvement, fostering ongoing professional development opportunities and enhancing workforce capability.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard User Interaction for Viewing Performance Metrics

Given a user with administrative privileges, when they access the Performance Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to view KPIs such as productivity rates, task completion rates, and individual freelancer performance metrics displayed visually on the dashboard.

Real-Time Data Updates on Dashboard

Given that the Performance Analytics Dashboard is open, when data related to freelancer performance or task completion is updated, then the dashboard should reflect these changes in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Filtering and Customization Options for KPIs

Given a user on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they select filtering options for specific freelancers or tasks, then the dashboard should display only the relevant performance metrics according to the selected criteria.

Data Export Functionality from Dashboard

Given a user on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they choose the option to export data, then the dashboard should provide downloadable reports in CSV and PDF formats containing the selected performance metrics.

User-Friendly Visualization of Performance Trends

Given a user on the Performance Analytics Dashboard, when they navigate to the performance trends section, then they should be able to view visual graphs representing historical performance over chosen timeframes for both freelancers and tasks.

Skill Gap Identification Feature within Dashboard

Given a user analyzing freelancer performance on the dashboard, when they utilize the skill gap identification feature, then the dashboard should highlight specific areas where freelancers may need professional development based on past performance metrics.

Automated Skill Assessment

"As a freelancer, I want to receive assessments of my skills so that I can understand my strengths and areas for improvement, allowing me to better position myself for suitable tasks."

Description

The Automated Skill Assessment requirement focuses on developing a feature that periodically evaluates freelancers' skills through various tests and assignments, integrating feedback from completed tasks into their profiles. This ongoing assessment will provide the platform with current data regarding a freelancer’s capabilities, enabling the Intelligent Task Matcher to make more informed decisions when allocating tasks. Additionally, it will help freelancers identify areas for growth and develop their skills further. This feature will enhance the overall quality of work within the platform and ensure that clients have access to the most qualified professionals for their projects.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Skill Testing Through Automated Assessments

Given a freelancer has completed a set of assigned tasks, when the system runs the automated skill assessment, then the freelancer's profile should be updated with new skill ratings that reflect their current performance.

Real-Time Feedback Integration for Skill Improvement

Given feedback is provided by clients after task completion, when the automated skill assessment processes this feedback, then the freelancer should see actionable insights and recommendations in their dashboard for skill improvement.

Periodic Skill Assessment Notifications for Freelancers

Given a freelancer is enrolled in the automated skill assessment program, when a new assessment is scheduled, then the freelancer should receive a notification at least 48 hours in advance with details on how to participate.

Evaluation of Skill Proficiency Based on Completed Tasks

Given a freelancer has completed multiple tasks over the assessment period, when the automated skill assessment evaluates their performance, then it should categorize their skills into proficiency levels (e.g., beginner, intermediate, expert) based on predefined criteria.

System Alert for Poor Performance Recognition

Given a freelancer has received low ratings from clients consistently, when the automated system detects this pattern, then it should automatically alert the freelancer with suggestions for improvement and available resources for skill development.

Integration of Skill Assessment Results with Intelligent Task Matcher

Given that the automated skill assessment has completed its evaluation, when the results are generated, then these results should be directly integrated into the Intelligent Task Matcher’s algorithm to improve task allocation accuracy.

Historical Skill Assessment Data Accessibility

Given freelancers need to track their skill development over time, when accessing their profile, then they should be able to view a history of assessments, ratings, and related feedback spanning at least the last 12 months.

Real-Time Availability Checker

"As a project manager, I want to see my freelancers' real-time availability so that I can quickly allocate tasks to those who are free and increase project efficiency."

Description

The Real-Time Availability Checker requirement involves implementing a feature that allows freelancers to update their availability status in real-time, ensuring that project managers can accurately see who is available for tasks at any given moment. This feature enhances the responsiveness of task allocation and optimizes the use of available resources. By integrating with calendar tools and scheduling applications, the platform will automatically adjust the availability status based on freelancers' commitments, providing project managers with the most current information to facilitate effective planning and project management.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers updating their availability status via the ShiftSync platform while working on multiple projects, providing real-time data for project managers.

Given a freelancer is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they update their availability status, then the change is reflected in real-time on the project manager's dashboard without delay.

Integration of calendar tools with ShiftSync to automatically reflect freelancers' availability, allowing project managers to see real-time updates based on existing commitments.

Given a freelancer has linked their calendar tool with ShiftSync, when an event is added to their calendar, then their availability status on ShiftSync is automatically updated to reflect the new commitment.

Project managers utilizing the availability checker during a team meeting to allocate tasks effectively based on real-time freelancer availability.

Given a project manager accesses the availability checker during a meeting, when they view the status of freelancers, then they should see accurate and up-to-date availability information for all team members.

Freelancers receiving notifications to update their status after a defined period of inactivity on the ShiftSync platform, ensuring their availability data is consistently current.

Given a freelancer has been inactive on the platform for 60 minutes, when they receive a notification to update their availability status, then the notification should prompt them to confirm or update their current status.

Testing the performance of the real-time availability checker under high load conditions, such as multiple freelancers updating their status simultaneously.

Given 100 freelancers are updating their availability at the same time, when their requests are processed, then the system should handle all updates without performance degradation or errors.

Analyzing historical data on freelancer availability and task allocation to improve future matching accuracy.

Given the availability data for freelancers over the past month is analyzed, when reviewing the report, then it should provide insights into patterns that can enhance the Intelligent Task Matcher feature.

Feedback and Rating System

"As a freelancer, I want to receive feedback on my completed tasks so that I can improve my skills and increase my chances of getting future assignments."

Description

The Feedback and Rating System requirement aims to introduce a mechanism for clients and freelancers to rate and provide feedback on their collaboration after task completion. This system will promote accountability and transparency within the platform, allowing users to evaluate potential collaborators based on previous work experiences. By gathering and displaying this feedback, ShiftSync will foster a culture of continuous improvement and trust among users, while also enabling freelancers to build their reputations and attract more opportunities based on positive ratings. The system will also inform the Intelligent Task Matcher on who has performed successfully in past collaborations, enhancing future task alignment.

Acceptance Criteria

Client rates a freelancer after completing a task through the feedback and rating system.

Given a completed task, when the client accesses the feedback section, then they can provide a rating from 1 to 5 stars and write a comment about the freelancer's performance.

Freelancer submits a review for a client after completing a task.

Given a completed task, when the freelancer accesses the feedback section, then they can provide a rating from 1 to 5 stars and write a comment about the client's expectations and communication.

The feedback and rating system displays the total ratings and comments for each freelancer.

Given a freelancer profile, when a user views the profile, then the system shows an average rating based on all feedback received and displays the latest three comments.

The Intelligent Task Matcher utilizes feedback data to prioritize freelancer matching.

Given feedback data collected from past tasks, when a client requests to assign a new task, then the Intelligent Task Matcher prioritizes freelancers with ratings of 4 stars or higher for that task.

Clients and freelancers can filter potential collaborators based on feedback ratings and number of completed tasks.

Given the collaborator search function, when a user sets filters for ratings (e.g., 4 stars and above) and task count (e.g., minimum 10 tasks), then the system returns a list of freelancers or clients that meet those criteria.

Users receive notifications when they receive new feedback or ratings.

Given a user profile, when a client or freelancer submits feedback, then the corresponding user receives an immediate notification indicating they have new feedback available to view.

The system tracks and displays user feedback history for transparency.

Given a user profile, when a user accesses their feedback history, then the system shows a chronological list of all received ratings and comments, along with the date of the task completion.

Customizable Task Notifications

"As a freelancer, I want to customize my notification settings so that I can control how often and what type of updates I receive, helping me stay focused on my work."

Description

The Customizable Task Notifications requirement involves allowing freelancers and project managers to personalize the type and frequency of notifications they receive regarding task assignments, updates, and other relevant information. This feature will enhance user experience by ensuring that users only receive notifications that matter to them, minimizing distractions and enhancing focus on work. By enabling users to set their preferences, the system will improve communication and ensure that no critical updates are missed, ultimately leading to smoother project management and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer sets up their notification preferences for task assignments through the app settings interface.

Given the freelancer is logged into the ShiftSync app, when they navigate to the settings and choose notification preferences, then they should be able to customize types and frequency of notifications for task assignments, updates, and other relevant information according to their preferences.

A project manager updates a task assignment and wants to notify all relevant freelancers only based on their set preferences.

Given a project manager has updated a task assignment, when the update is saved, then the system should automatically notify only those freelancers who have opted in for task assignment updates, ensuring that they receive immediate alerts based on their preferences.

A freelancer receives a notification for a new task assignment based on their preferred notification settings.

Given a new task has been assigned to a freelancer who has opted in for immediate notifications, when the assignment is made, then the freelancer should receive a real-time notification through their chosen method (e.g., email, in-app, SMS) as specified in their settings.

A freelancer wishes to opt-out from receiving non-critical notifications about updates on tasks they are not associated with.

Given a freelancer is in the notification settings, when they select to opt-out of non-critical updates, then they should no longer receive any notifications related to tasks that they are not assigned to, reducing unnecessary distractions.

A project manager wants to review which freelancers have opted in for notifications regarding task updates.

Given a project manager is in the project dashboard, when they access the notification preferences section, then they should see a list of freelancers along with their selected notification preferences, enabling them to understand communication visibility.

A freelancer changes their notification frequency from immediate to daily summaries and confirms the change through the app.

Given the freelancer is in the notification settings, when they change the notification frequency from immediate to daily summaries, then the system should confirm the update visually and the freelancer should receive a daily summary of changes made to tasks they are assigned to.

Real-Time Performance Insights

This feature provides managers with real-time analytics on freelancer performance and task progress. By monitoring key metrics such as task completion rates and efficiency, managers can quickly identify bottlenecks and make informed decisions to allocate resources effectively, fostering a proactive approach to project management.

Requirements

Performance Metrics Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to access a Performance Metrics Dashboard so that I can monitor freelancer performance and task progress in real-time to make informed decisions and optimize resource allocation."

Description

The Performance Metrics Dashboard requirement focuses on creating an easy-to-navigate interface where managers can view real-time performance analytics. This dashboard will display key performance indicators (KPIs) such as task completion rates, average time spent on tasks, and project progress. The integration of visual representations, such as graphs and charts, will enable quick insights and facilitate better decision-making. By having access to this dashboard, managers can swiftly identify underperforming areas, providing an opportunity to offer support or reallocate resources effectively. This feature aims to enhance managerial oversight and improve overall project efficiency, leading to higher freelancer productivity and job satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard Accessibility for Managers

Given a logged-in manager, when they navigate to the Performance Metrics Dashboard, then they should be able to access performance metrics without any errors and within 3 seconds.

Display of Key Performance Indicators

Given the Performance Metrics Dashboard is loaded, when the dashboard displays, then it must include at least the following KPIs: task completion rates, average time spent on tasks, and overall project progress, represented visually by graphs and charts.

Real-Time Data Update

Given that a manager is viewing the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when freelancers update their task statuses, then the dashboard must refresh with the updated data within 5 minutes.

Identification of Underperforming Areas

Given that the dashboard displays performance analytics, when a KPI falls below a predetermined threshold (e.g., 70% completion rate), then the dashboard must visually highlight this KPI in red to indicate the need for action.

User Feedback on Dashboard Experience

Given that managers have accessed the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they are prompted to provide feedback about their experience, then at least 80% of responses should indicate the interface is user-friendly and informative.

Mobile Compatibility Testing

Given that the Performance Metrics Dashboard is accessed from a mobile device, when a manager views the dashboard, then all visual data representations should retain functionality and readability on the smaller screen size without horizontal scrolling.

Data Export Functionality

Given that the Performance Metrics Dashboard is visible, when a manager selects the export feature, then they should be able to download the displayed performance metrics as a CSV file without data loss or corruption.

Automated Alerts for Task Bottlenecks

"As a project manager, I want to receive automated alerts for task bottlenecks so that I can quickly address issues and ensure timely project completion."

Description

The Automated Alerts for Task Bottlenecks requirement involves implementing a notification system that automatically alerts managers when task completion rates fall below predefined thresholds or when a task remains incomplete for an extended period. This systematic approach will enable managers to proactively address potential issues, thus reducing downtime and improving overall workflow efficiency. By receiving alerts instantly, they can take immediate action to reassign tasks, provide assistance, or escalate issues to prevent workflow disruptions. This functionality is critical in ensuring timely project completions and maintaining productivity among freelancers.

Acceptance Criteria

Manager receives notification when task completion rate falls below 70%.

Given a task completion rate that falls below 70%, when the system evaluates performance metrics, then an automated alert should be sent to the manager's dashboard and email within 5 minutes of detection.

Manager receives notification for tasks that are overdue by 48 hours.

Given a task that remains incomplete for over 48 hours, when an evaluation is performed, then an alert should be generated and sent to the manager within 5 minutes.

Manager can customize threshold settings for task completion rates.

Given access to alert settings, when the manager adjusts task completion rate thresholds, then the system should save and apply the new thresholds for future notifications.

Alert notification includes relevant task details.

Given an alert is triggered, when the notification is sent, then it should include details such as task name, assigned freelancer, time remaining, and cause of the alert.

Alerts track user response and resolution status.

Given an alert is triggered, when the manager receives and acknowledges the alert, then the system should log the response time and status update of the task in the performance analytics dashboard.

Manager receives a summary report of alerts triggered weekly.

Given the end of the week, when the system compiles alert data, then a summary report should be automatically generated and sent to the manager's email detailing all alerts triggered within the week.

Alerts are easily accessible from the dashboard interface.

Given the manager is logged into the system, when they access the dashboard, then all current alerts should be visibly displayed in a dedicated alerts section for immediate visibility.

Freelancer Performance Review Reports

"As a project manager, I want to generate Freelancer Performance Review Reports so that I can assess individual freelancer contributions and make informed decisions about future projects and assignments."

Description

The Freelancer Performance Review Reports requirement aims to create comprehensive reports summarizing the performance of individual freelancers over specified timeframes. These reports will include metrics such as tasks completed, efficiency ratings, peer reviews, and overall contributions to projects. By allowing managers to generate these reports, they can evaluate freelancer performance more effectively, leading to informed decisions in future task assignments and evaluations. This feature enhances transparency in performance appraisals and supports continuous improvement among freelancers by illuminating areas of strength and opportunities for development.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Performance Review Reports Generation for Monthly Evaluations

Given a manager selects the timeframe for the report, when they initiate the report generation, then the system should create a comprehensive report including tasks completed, efficiency ratings, peer reviews, and overall contributions for each freelancer within the selected timeframe.

Real-Time Performance Insights Integration

Given a manager accesses the Real-Time Performance Insights dashboard, when they navigate to the Freelancer Performance Review Reports section, then they should see the generated reports reflect the most current data available, updated in real-time.

Exporting Reports to Various Formats

Given a completed performance review report, when a manager chooses to export the report, then the system should allow exporting in multiple formats (PDF, CSV, Excel) without loss of data integrity or formatting.

Performance Review Feedback Collection

Given that a performance review report is generated, when a manager reviews the report, then they should be able to add comments and feedback for each freelancer, which should be saved and visible in future reports.

Historical Performance Comparison

Given that multiple performance review reports have been generated over different timeframes, when a manager selects two or more reports for comparison, then the system should display key metrics side by side for easy evaluation of improvements or declines in performance.

Manager Notifications for Low Performance Metrics

Given a generated performance report shows a freelancer with significantly low efficiency ratings, when the report is reviewed by a manager, then the system should automatically send a notification to the manager suggesting a follow-up conversation with the freelancer.

Resource Allocation Optimization Tool

"As a project manager, I want a Resource Allocation Optimization Tool so that I can assign tasks more effectively based on freelancer strengths and past performance to improve project outcomes."

Description

The Resource Allocation Optimization Tool requirement focuses on implementing an algorithm that analyzes task data and freelancer performance trends to suggest optimal resource allocation. This tool will provide suggestions for assigning tasks based on individual freelancer strengths and past performance, enhancing the overall efficiency of the team's workflow. By leveraging historical data and real-time performance insights, managers can make data-driven decisions that align project needs with freelancer capabilities, ultimately leading to more successful project outcomes and higher quality work.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Performance Evaluation During a Project Ramp-Up.

Given a project with multiple freelancers, when the manager uses the Resource Allocation Optimization Tool, then the tool should analyze historical task data and performance trends to suggest optimal task assignments that align with each freelancer's strengths and past performance.

Identifying Bottlenecks in Workflow Processes.

Given a project with ongoing tasks, when the manager reviews the real-time performance analytics, then the system should highlight any freelancers with a completion rate below the predetermined threshold, enabling timely intervention.

Resource Allocation Based on Task Complexity.

Given a set of incoming tasks with varying complexity levels, when the manager inputs task requirements into the Resource Allocation Optimization Tool, then the tool should provide a ranked list of freelancers best suited for each task based on their past performance and skills.

Analyzing Time-tracking Data for Future Projects.

Given completed projects, when the manager reviews the performance insights generated by the Resource Allocation Optimization Tool, then the insights should report on average task completion time per freelancer, enabling informed decisions for future resource allocation.

Monitoring Real-Time Task Assignment Adjustments.

Given dynamic project requirements, when a manager reallocates tasks to different freelancers in real-time, then the Resource Allocation Optimization Tool should immediately update the task assignments and notify the affected freelancers accordingly.

Evaluating Overall Team Efficiency Post-Project.

Given a completed project, when the manager accesses the resource optimization report, then the report should provide metrics on overall team efficiency, including average task completion rates and individual freelancer contributions, for performance evaluation.

Integration with Time Tracking Software

"As a project manager, I want to integrate ShiftSync with time tracking software so that I can ensure accurate and timely performance data for effective decision-making."

Description

The Integration with Time Tracking Software requirement is aimed at enabling seamless interactions between ShiftSync and commonly used time-tracking tools. This integration will ensure that freelancer work hours and task completion data are consistently up-to-date and reflected in the Performance Insights feature. This synchronization is important for maintaining accurate records of performance analytics and ensuring that all data accessed by managers is timely and reliable. This integration enhances the credibility of performance metrics and provides a cohesive view of project and freelancer analytics, leading to improved management of ongoing tasks and resources.

Acceptance Criteria

Data Synchronization Between ShiftSync and Time Tracking Tool

Given that a user has connected a compatible time tracking tool, when a freelancer logs hours in the time tracking tool, then those hours should be reflected in ShiftSync's Performance Insights within 5 minutes.

Historical Data Retrieval for Performance Insights

Given that the integration is operational, when a manager accesses historical performance metrics, then the data should include the last 30 days of logged hours and task completion rates from the connected time tracking tool.

Error Handling During Data Sync

Given that a user is connected to a time tracking tool, when there is a failure in data synchronization, then an error message should be displayed in ShiftSync indicating the issue and suggesting potential resolutions.

User Notifications for Time Tracking Updates

Given that a freelancer updates their logged hours, when the changes are made, then a notification should be sent to the relevant manager(s) in ShiftSync to inform them of the updates.

Performance Insights Dashboard Update

Given that a user is on the Performance Insights dashboard, when the time tracking data is updated, then the dashboard should refresh to reflect the most recent task progress and performance metrics without the need for a manual refresh.

Integration Configuration Settings

Given that a user wants to configure the integration with the time tracking tool, when they access the settings in ShiftSync, then they should be able to enable/disable the integration and adjust synchronization preferences easily.

Data Completeness for Performance Analytics

Given that the integration is established, when fetching performance data in ShiftSync, then 100% of the logged hours and task completion entries from the time tracking software should be accurately reflected in the analytics metrics.

Predictive Workload Management

Utilizing historical data and current project demands, this tool predicts workload capacity for freelancers. It enables managers to foresee potential overloads or underutilizations, ensuring a balanced distribution of tasks that maximizes productivity and minimizes burnout.

Requirements

Historical Data Analysis

"As a project manager, I want to analyze historical workload data so that I can predict future workload capacity and allocate tasks efficiently to my team."

Description

This requirement entails the development of algorithms capable of analyzing historical data from freelance tasks and project demands. It will focus on identifying patterns in workload fluctuations, task completion rates, and resource allocations. By leveraging machine learning models, the system will generate insights into typical workloads and predict future demand trends. This capability will help managers make informed decisions about task allocation, ensuring that freelancers are optimally utilized and preventing overburdening or underutilization, thereby preserving productivity and well-being.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer's workload forecasting during project kickoff meeting.

Given that historical workload data is available, When the project manager requests a forecast of freelancer availability, Then the system should provide a detailed report of predicted workload distribution for each freelancer based on past performance metrics with at least 90% accuracy.

Management reviews workload predictions before task allocation.

Given that the predictive workload management feature has analyzed historical data, When a manager accesses the predictive insights dashboard, Then they should see visual predictions for workload capacity that highlight potential overloads and underutilizations for the upcoming month.

Freelancer feedback on workload distribution.

Given that freelancers have access to the platform, When a freelancer views their task allocation and provides feedback on the distribution, Then their feedback should be recorded and analyzed to improve future workload predictions and adjust algorithms for better accuracy, with reports generated monthly.

Data validation after historical data analysis.

Given that the historical data analysis has been performed, When the project manager reviews the data insights, Then the insights should demonstrate a variance of no more than 5% when compared against manual calculations of task completion rates and resource allocations.

Timely update of predictive workload after project completion.

Given that a freelancer completes a project, When the project status is updated in the system, Then the predictive workload management algorithm should automatically recalibrate and reflect updated workload predictions within 24 hours.

Integration of external data sources for improved predictions.

Given that the system can pull data from external project management tools, When historical data integration occurs, Then the predictive workload model should utilize this data to enhance prediction accuracy, reflected by a 10% improvement in forecasting metrics after integration.

Real-Time Task Alerts

"As a freelancer, I want to receive real-time alerts about my workload status so that I can manage my time effectively and avoid burnout."

Description

This requirement involves the creation of a notification system that alerts managers and freelancers in real-time about task overloads or underutilization scenarios. The system will monitor current task assignments versus predicted workload capacities, offering insights that facilitate timely interventions when a freelancer's workload becomes disproportionately high or low. This feature will enhance operational efficiency by allowing proactive management of workload, thus promoting better work-life balance for freelancers and ensuring project deadlines are met without stress.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification of Task Overload Scenario

Given a freelancer has received more tasks than their predicted workload capacity, when the system detects this overload, then an immediate notification is sent to both the freelancer and the manager.

Notification of Underutilization Scenario

Given a freelancer has fewer tasks than their predicted workload capacity, when the system identifies this underutilization, then a notification is sent to the manager suggesting additional tasks to allocate.

Frequency of Notifications

Given that task overload or underutilization notifications are triggered, when checking the notification system, then alerts should be sent within 5 minutes of detection.

User Interface for Notifications

Given a notification has been triggered, when the relevant user accesses the application, then they should see a clear and actionable alert in the notification panel.

Historical Data Utilization

Given past data is available, when the system analyzes current project demands, then it must accurately incorporate historical data to predict workload capacities for accurate alerts.

Notification Acknowledgment

Given a notification has been sent, when the freelancer or manager interacts with the alert, then the system should log the acknowledgment and mark the notification as read.

Reporting on Notifications

Given multiple overload or underutilization notifications have been generated, when the manager accesses the reporting feature, then they should see a summary of all notifications with actionable insights for the team.

Workload Distribution Dashboard

"As a manager, I want a dashboard that visualizes my team’s workload distribution so that I can quickly make informed decisions about task assignments and avoid burnout among my freelancers."

Description

The workload distribution dashboard serves as a visual tool for managers to easily assess and track current workloads of freelancers in an intuitive format. It will display key metrics, such as task assignments, completion rates, and remaining capacity of each freelancer, allowing for quick adjustments in task assignments as needed. This dashboard will integrate with the predictive tools to provide real-time data and insights for better task assignment strategies, ultimately driving improved productivity and enhanced worker satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Workload Distribution Dashboard displays current freelancer workloads accurately at the beginning of a new work week when managers need to assess task assignments.

Given that the manager accesses the Workload Distribution Dashboard, when the data is displayed, then it accurately shows each freelancer's assigned tasks, completion rates, and remaining capacity without discrepancies.

Integration of predictive workload management data into the dashboard happens hourly to reflect real-time data for managers reviewing freelancer workloads.

Given that the predictive workload management data updates every hour, when the manager refreshes the Workload Distribution Dashboard, then it shows the most recent data reflecting freelancer workload capacity accurately.

Managers require the ability to filter freelancers by specific criteria such as task completion rates, availability, and skills on the dashboard during staffing meetings.

Given that the manager is on the Workload Distribution Dashboard, when they apply filters by completion rates, availability, and skillset, then the dashboard updates to show only freelancers that meet those criteria.

The dashboard visually represents workload distribution through various graphical formats when managers need to present to stakeholders.

Given that the manager accesses the dashboard, when selecting presentation mode, then the dashboard produces visual graphs and charts that summarize the workload distribution for stakeholders effectively.

Freelancers can view their own workload on the dashboard in real-time, ensuring transparency and awareness.

Given that a freelancer logs into their account, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they can see their assigned tasks, current status, and remaining workload clearly displayed.

The dashboard supports alerts for potential overloads or underutilizations based on predictive data when managers are about to assign new tasks.

Given that predictive workload data indicates an overload risk for a freelancer, when the manager attempts to assign additional tasks, then an alert is displayed advising against the assignment due to risk of burnout.

Predictive Capacity Reporting

"As a project manager, I want to receive predictive capacity reports so that I can plan ahead and ensure that my team is neither overburdened nor underutilized during peak periods."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing a reporting feature that generates predictive capacity reports based on workload forecast data. These reports will provide insights into potential bottlenecks or resource shortages well in advance, allowing managers to proactively adjust resources and manage assignments effectively. The reports will be configurable to deliver necessary insights on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, supporting strategic planning for upcoming projects and enabling a timely response to fluctuating workload demands.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive Capacity Reporting feature to generate a daily workload forecast report for their team at the beginning of the workday.

Given a manager has access to the workload management dashboard, when they select the 'Daily Report' option for their team, then the system should generate a report displaying predicted workload capacity and any identified bottlenecks for the current day.

A manager reviews the weekly workload report to adjust project assignments before the start of the next week.

Given the manager is on the Predictive Capacity Reporting page, when they select the 'Weekly Report' option, then the system must show predictions for each team member's workload and any resource shortages by the end of the week.

A user wants to see historical trends in workload data over a month to inform their project planning strategy.

Given the manager is on the reporting feature, when they select the 'Monthly Report' option, then the report should include historical workload data for the past month, with visualizations showing trends in resource usage and capacity.

The system needs to alert managers when predictions indicate potential overloads for team members due to upcoming tasks.

Given the workload forecast identifies a team member with an anticipated workload exceeding 100% capacity, then the system should send an alert to the manager via email or in-app notification.

A manager configures the reporting tool to customize the frequency of reports to align with their planning cycles.

Given a manager accesses the settings for the Predictive Capacity Reporting, when they select a custom reporting frequency (daily, weekly, or monthly), then the system should save this setting and reflect it in the report generation options.

A user evaluates the effectiveness of predictions by comparing forecasted workload against actual work completed after a month.

Given that one month has passed since generating predictive reports, when the manager examines the actual workloads versus the predicted values, then there should be a variance analysis feature available to assess prediction accuracy.

The Predictive Capacity Reporting feature needs to be usable on mobile devices for on-the-go access by managers.

Given a manager uses a mobile device to access the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the Predictive Capacity Reporting feature, then the display should be fully responsive, allowing the manager to generate and view reports without loss of functionality.

Feedback Mechanism for Freelancer Satisfaction

"As a freelancer, I want to provide feedback on my workload and satisfaction levels so that I can contribute to improving the team's task allocation and my work experience."

Description

Implementing a feedback mechanism where freelancers can provide input regarding their workloads, satisfaction levels, and perceived balance will ensure that the predictive workload management tool is aligned with the users' needs. This feature will enable managers to gather direct insights from freelancers about the effectiveness of workload distribution and offer them a voice in the management process. Collecting this data will be critical for continuous improvement of task allocation strategies and overall team morale.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer submits feedback on workload after completing a project.

Given a freelancer has completed a project, when they access the feedback form, then they should be able to provide input on their workload, satisfaction levels, and perceived balance.

Manager reviews the feedback submitted by freelancers regarding workload satisfaction.

Given a manager accesses the feedback dashboard, when they filter the feedback by date and project, then they should see aggregated insights and individual comments from freelancers.

A freelancer receives a confirmation message after submitting their feedback on workload.

Given a freelancer submits their feedback, when the submission is completed, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been recorded successfully.

System detects a significant number of negative feedback submissions related to workload balance.

Given multiple freelancers submit negative feedback on their workload, when the feedback threshold is exceeded, then the system should notify managers of potential workload dissatisfaction trends.

Feedback is used to adjust workload distribution in an upcoming project.

Given that feedback indicates freelancers feel overloaded, when a manager views the feedback before allocating tasks for the next project, then the manager should adjust task assignments accordingly to ensure balance.

A freelancer can view previous feedback they submitted regarding workload.

Given a freelancer navigates to their feedback history, when they access the feedback section, then they should be able to view a list of their previous feedback submissions and their status.

Feedback mechanism is integrated with the predictive workload management tool.

Given that the predictive workload management tool processes historical data, when freelancers submit feedback, then the tool should incorporate this feedback to improve future workload predictions.

Feedback-Driven Task Adjustment

Incorporating a continuous feedback mechanism, this feature allows freelancers to provide insights on task difficulty and clarity. The system uses this feedback to optimize future task allocations, ensuring that freelancers are assigned work that aligns with their strengths and preferences, enhancing job satisfaction and outcomes.

Requirements

Feedback Collection Interface

"As a freelancer, I want to easily provide feedback on the tasks I complete so that the task system can understand my capabilities and preferences, improving my future assignments."

Description

The Feedback Collection Interface allows freelancers to submit feedback regarding task difficulty and clarity after completion. This form will include predefined metrics such as ease of understanding, time required to complete, and overall job satisfaction. The feedback will be streamlined into the system's database, allowing for qualitative analysis and retrieval to optimize future task assignments. This interface is essential as it encourages open communication between freelancers and the management system, ultimately fostering a culture of improvement and ensuring that tasks are better aligned with individual skill sets and preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer submits feedback after completing a task via the Feedback Collection Interface.

Given a freelancer has completed a task, when they access the Feedback Collection Interface, then they should be able to submit feedback on predefined metrics such as ease of understanding, time required to complete, and overall job satisfaction.

Feedback is processed and stored correctly in the system's database.

Given feedback has been submitted by a freelancer, when the submission is complete, then the feedback should be stored in the system's database without any errors and be retrievable for analysis.

Freelancers receive confirmation of feedback submission through the interface.

Given a freelancer submits their feedback, when the submission is successful, then they should receive an on-screen confirmation message confirming receipt of their feedback.

Management reviews feedback data for future task allocations.

Given that feedback has been collected from multiple freelancers, when the management accesses the feedback reports, then they should be able to view summarized data on task difficulty and satisfaction levels to inform future task assignments.

Interface is user-friendly and accessible to freelancers.

Given a freelancer is using the feedback interface, when they navigate through the form, then they should find it intuitive and easy to complete within a designated time frame of 5 minutes or less.

Feedback metrics are relevant and provide actionable insights.

Given that feedback submissions are made, when analyzing the data, then the metrics should allow management to identify trends and make informed decisions for task allocations, improving freelancer satisfaction by at least 20% over the next quarter.

Task Adjustment Algorithm

"As a system administrator, I want an algorithm that analyzes freelancer feedback and adjusts task assignments accordingly, so that we can enhance productivity and job satisfaction across our freelancer base."

Description

The Task Adjustment Algorithm utilizes data collected from freelancer feedback to refine and enhance task allocation strategies. It analyzes trends in feedback data to identify which tasks align best with specific freelancers’ skills, thereby allowing the system to optimize future task assignments. By ensuring that freelancers receive tasks that match their capabilities and experience, this algorithm aims to improve job satisfaction and reduce completion issues, ultimately leading to increased productivity within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer submits feedback on task clarity and difficulty after completing a project using the ShiftSync platform.

Given a freelancer has completed a task, when they provide feedback via the feedback form, then the feedback should be recorded successfully in the system and associated with that particular task.

The Task Adjustment Algorithm analyzes feedback provided by freelancers over the past month to inform future task allocations.

Given the algorithm has access to feedback data from the last month, when it analyzes the data, then it should be able to identify at least three trends in task allocation preferences corresponding to individual freelancers' skill sets.

The system recommends tasks to freelancers based on their previous feedback and performance metrics.

Given the freelancer's feedback and performance metrics have been collected, when the system generates a task allocation list for the next week, then the recommended tasks should align with at least 80% of the freelancer's expressed preferences as indicated in their feedback history.

An admin reviews the effectiveness of the Task Adjustment Algorithm in improving task assignment satisfaction among freelancers.

Given the admin accesses the reporting dashboard, when they view the satisfaction scores of freelancers over the past quarter, then the average satisfaction score should increase by at least 10% compared to the previous quarter.

Freelancer receives notification of newly allocated tasks based on their feedback and preferences.

Given tasks have been allocated based on freelancer feedback, when the freelancer logs into their account, then they should see a personalized notification of newly assigned tasks that reflect their preferences and feedback within one hour of allocation.

The Task Adjustment Algorithm updates task allocation in real-time as new feedback is received.

Given a freelancer submits feedback about a task, when the feedback is processed, then the Task Adjustment Algorithm should adjust future task allocations for that freelancer within 24 hours based on the new feedback received.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a manager, I want to view an analytics dashboard that summarizes freelancer feedback on tasks so that I can make informed decisions on how to assign future work more effectively."

Description

The Feedback Analytics Dashboard provides visualized data insights into the feedback provided by freelancers. It displays key metrics such as task completion rates, freelancer satisfaction scores, and frequent feedback themes. This dashboard allows managers to assess the effectiveness of task assignments and identify areas for improvement. The implementation of this dashboard enhances management's ability to make data-driven decisions regarding task allocations and freelancing support, ensuring a responsive approach to workforce management.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers submit feedback on task difficulty and clarity after completing a project.

Given a freelancer completes a task, when they access the feedback section, then they can submit their insights on task difficulty and clarity, which are stored in the system.

Manager accesses the Feedback Analytics Dashboard to review key metrics and trends.

Given a manager logs into the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then they can view visualized data on task completion rates, freelancer satisfaction scores, and frequent feedback themes.

System analyzes feedback data to improve future task allocations based on freelancer preferences.

Given the feedback data has been collected, when the system generates task allocations for freelancers, then it adjusts assignments based on previously submitted feedback scores and themes.

Managers receive alerts for low satisfaction scores or high report frequencies among tasks.

Given a manager is using the dashboard, when the system detects a freelancer's satisfaction score falls below a predefined threshold, then an alert is triggered to inform the manager of potential issues.

Frequent feedback themes are identified and categorized for management review.

Given a set of feedback submitted from freelancers, when the analytics dashboard is updated, then it displays categorized frequent themes that can be accessed for management discussion.

Dashboard responsiveness and loading times are assessed under varying data loads.

Given different volumes of feedback data, when the manager accesses the dashboard, then it should load within 3 seconds for low, medium, and high data scenarios without performance degradation.

Integration of the feedback feature with existing task allocation processes is tested.

Given the feedback submission process, when a task is allocated, then it should reflect the feedback analysis in the next task assignment for the freelancer, enhancing satisfaction and efficiency.

Automated Feedback Notifications

"As a freelancer, I want to receive a notification after I complete a task prompting me to provide feedback, so that I can contribute to the improvement of future task allocations without forgetting."

Description

Automated Feedback Notifications are triggered once a freelancer completes a task, prompting them to provide feedback. This ensures timely feedback submission while the task is fresh in the freelancer's mind. Notifications can be sent via email or through the application, encouraging participation in the feedback process. This requirement enhances the feedback loop by increasing engagement from freelancers, leading to more accurate and useful data that can be leveraged by the system for continual improvement in task assignments.

Acceptance Criteria

Completion of Task Feedback Notification for Freelancers

Given a freelancer has completed a task, when the task is marked as completed in the system, then an automated feedback notification should be sent to the freelancer via email and within the application.

Multiple Channels for Feedback Notifications

Given the feedback notification is triggered, when a freelancer is notified, then the notification must be sent through both email and application pop-up to ensure multiple channels are utilized.

Freelancer Acknowledgment of Feedback Notification

Given a feedback notification is received, when the freelancer opens the notification, then the system should track that the notification has been seen and recorded in the feedback log.

Timeframe for Feedback Submission

Given the notification has been received, when the freelancer completes the feedback form, then they must submit the feedback within 72 hours to ensure timeliness of data collection.

User-Friendly Feedback Submission Interface

Given the freelancer is prompted to provide feedback, when they access the feedback interface, then it should be easy to navigate, requiring no more than three clicks to submit feedback.

Feedback Notification Reminder for Non-Responders

Given that a freelancer has not submitted feedback within the specified timeframe, when 72 hours have passed since the task completion, then a follow-up reminder notification should be sent automatically.

Feedback Analysis for Continuous Improvement

Given collected feedback data, when the feedback is analyzed after a month, then at least 80% of the responses should demonstrate satisfaction with task clarity and difficulty for successful task adjustments.

Feedback Privacy Controls

"As a freelancer, I want to have the option to provide feedback anonymously so that I can share my thoughts without worrying about how it might affect my future job assignments."

Description

Feedback Privacy Controls allow freelancers to choose whether their feedback remains anonymous or is associated with their profiles. This feature is crucial for creating a safe environment where freelancers feel comfortable sharing honest assessments of their tasks. By providing options for feedback anonymity, the platform fosters transparency while ensuring that freelancers can express concerns without fear of repercussions. This promotes a more honest feedback culture within the workspace, ultimately leading to better task management and adjustments.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer chooses anonymous feedback submission for task evaluation.

Given a freelancer is logged into their account, When they select the option to provide feedback on a completed task, Then they should have the ability to choose between 'Anonymous' and 'Profile Identified' feedback options.

Freelancer submits feedback with anonymity option selected.

Given a freelancer has chosen the anonymous option, When they submit their feedback for a task, Then the feedback should not display their profile information or any identifiable traits.

User interface reflects the chosen feedback privacy setting.

Given a freelancer is on the feedback submission page, When they select the anonymous option, Then the interface should clearly indicate that their feedback will be submitted anonymously, ensuring transparency in the process.

Management reviews feedback while respecting privacy settings.

Given the management team accesses feedback reports, When they view feedback from freelancers who selected 'Anonymous', Then they should be unable to trace any feedback back to specific freelancers or profiles.

Feedback submission without anonymous option indicates the profile information.

Given a freelancer has chosen the profile identified option, When they submit their feedback for a task, Then the feedback should clearly display the freelancer's name and profile details.

Freelancer alters feedback anonymity setting after submission.

Given a freelancer has submitted feedback with an anonymity setting, When they decide to change this setting for future submissions, Then they should be able to update their preference in their profile settings without affecting previous feedback.

Validation of feedback privacy option during real-time task allocation.

Given a freelancer is assigned a new task, When they receive notification to provide feedback after task completion, Then the system should respect their previously selected feedback privacy preferences and enforce those settings for this new task.

Skill Growth Suggestions

Dynamic Task Management identifies skill gaps in freelancers based on task performance and suggests targeted learning opportunities. This empowers freelancers to upskill in areas where they may need improvement, fostering personal growth and enhancing their marketability for future projects.

Requirements

Skill Gap Analysis

"As a freelancer, I want to receive feedback on my task performance so that I can identify and focus on areas where I need to improve my skills."

Description

The Skill Gap Analysis requirement involves assessing the freelancers' performance data within the ShiftSync platform to identify areas where they may lack proficiency or skills. This feature will utilize data analytics to track task completion rates, quality of work, and feedback from clients to generate insights into individual skill gaps. By providing a clear overview of each freelancer's competencies, the Skill Gap Analysis will make it easier for both freelancers and project managers to understand where improvement is needed, ultimately enhancing the quality of task delivery in future projects.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Performance Review Process

Given a freelancer has completed multiple tasks, when the Skill Gap Analysis is run, then it should generate a report identifying at least three specific skill areas needing improvement based on task completion rates and client feedback.

Client Feedback Integration for Skill Analysis

Given that clients provide feedback on freelancer performance, when the Skill Gap Analysis is conducted, then it must accurately reflect client feedback in the generated skill gap report, highlighting discrepancies between client expectations and freelancer performance.

Skill Gap Presentation to Project Managers

Given a project manager wishes to assess a freelancer's skill set, when they review the Skill Gap Analysis report, then it should present a clear, visual summary of skills ranked by proficiency along with suggested learning resources for improvement.

Task Quality Assessment and Skill Linkage

Given a record of completed tasks, when the analytics engine processes performance data, then it should correlate task quality scores with identified skill gaps, facilitating targeted improvement suggestions for freelancers.

Dynamic Skill Tracking Over Time

Given a freelancer's ongoing participation in tasks, when skill gaps are analyzed quarterly, then the system should track improvements and regressions in skill areas, updating suggestions accordingly to reflect the freelancer's progress.

Learning Opportunity Recommendations

Given identified skill gaps from the analysis report, when suggestions for improvement are generated, then they must include at least two relevant online courses or resources tailored to each identified skill.

Personalized Learning Recommendations

"As a freelancer, I want personalized learning suggestions based on my skill gaps, so that I can efficiently improve my qualifications for future projects."

Description

This requirement focuses on delivering tailored learning resources to freelancers based on the identified skill gaps from the Skill Gap Analysis. The Learning Recommendations feature will curate a list of online courses, webinars, and resources that align with the freelancer's needs. Integration with external learning platforms will allow the ShiftSync system to suggest the most relevant and effective educational content, empowering freelancers to enhance their capabilities and marketability in an increasingly competitive gig economy.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer identifies skill gap after completing a project and accesses Skill Growth Suggestions in the ShiftSync platform.

Given the freelancer has completed a project, when they access the Skill Growth Suggestions feature, then they should receive a personalized list of learning resources that address their identified skill gaps.

Freelancer receives learning recommendations via email notifications based on their skill gaps and interests.

Given the freelancer has set their preferences and identified skill gaps, when new learning resources relevant to them become available, then they should receive an email notification with these resources.

Freelancer clicks on a recommended online course link from the ShiftSync platform.

Given the freelancer is presented with a list of recommended courses, when they click on a course link, then they should be redirected to the external learning platform with the course details pre-loaded.

Freelancer evaluates the effectiveness of the learning recommendations provided by the platform after completing a course.

Given the freelancer has completed a listed learning course, when they review the Skill Growth Suggestions feature, then they should be able to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the course based on their skill improvement.

System administrator reviews the current learning resources available in the ShiftSync platform for relevance and quality.

Given the system administrator is logged into the management interface, when they review the learning resources, then they should be able to see an updated inventory that includes ratings and the last updated dates for each resource.

Freelancer searches for specific learning resources using keywords in the Skill Growth Suggestions feature.

Given the freelancer is on the Skill Growth Suggestions feature page, when they enter keywords related to skills they want to develop, then the system should return relevant suggestions based on their search query.

Freelancer tracks their progress on courses suggested by the Skill Growth Suggestions feature.

Given the freelancer has enrolled in courses based on suggestions, when they access their profile, then they should be able to see their progress on each course and completion status.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to access a dashboard that shows my freelancers' skill development progress, so that I can support them in their learning journey and enhance our team's capabilities."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard will provide freelancers and project managers with a visual representation of the freelancers' skill development over time. This requirement entails designing a user-friendly interface that showcases metrics related to skill acquisition, course completion, and practical application of new skills on projects. This feature fosters a sense of achievement among freelancers and encourages ongoing learning by making their progress visible, while also enabling project managers to recognize and reward skill development.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard to view their skill development metrics after completing a new training course.

Given the freelancer has completed a course, When they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then they should see their skill acquisition metric updated to reflect the new skills learned from the course.

Project manager reviews the Progress Tracking Dashboard to assess a freelancer's skill development before assigning new tasks.

Given the project manager needs to evaluate a freelancer's progress, When they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then they should see visual representations of skill metrics, course completion, and practical application.

A freelancer wants to track their progress over time and compare current metrics with previous months.

Given the freelancer is viewing their Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they select a time frame for comparison, Then they should see a clear visual representation of their historical skill development metrics over the specified period.

Freelancer receives a notification about recommended learning opportunities based on their progress shown in the dashboard.

Given the freelancer's skill gaps are identified, When they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then they should see suggested learning opportunities prominently displayed for skills needing improvement.

The Progress Tracking Dashboard is integrated with real-time data from task performance reviews and training course completions.

Given the dashboard is live, When freelancers or project managers check the metrics, Then the displayed data should accurately reflect real-time updates from task performances and completed training courses.

Feedback Loop Integration

"As a freelancer, I want to receive client feedback after completing tasks, so that I can understand my strengths and areas for improvement."

Description

The Feedback Loop Integration requirement aims to establish a mechanism for gathering continuous feedback from clients on freelancer performance post-project completion. This functionality will allow for real-time updates to the Skill Gap Analysis database, ensuring that learning recommendations remain relevant and targeted. By integrating client feedback, the system will create a responsive environment for skills development and ensure freelancers can continuously improve based on actual work performance and client needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Client feedback is collected automatically after a freelancer's task is marked complete in ShiftSync. This feedback includes ratings and comments about the freelancer's performance, which will directly influence their Skill Gap Analysis.

Given a freelancer completes a task, when the task is marked as complete, then a feedback form should be automatically sent to the client for completion within 24 hours.

Freelancers receive alerts through ShiftSync about the feedback collected, influencing their Skill Growth Suggestions. This allows them to understand their performance and areas requiring improvement.

Given client feedback is submitted, when feedback is received, then freelancers should receive a notification summarizing their performance ratings and comments within 1 hour.

The Skill Gap Analysis database updates in real-time according to feedback processed from clients, ensuring freelancers receive the most relevant skill development suggestions.

Given the feedback is integrated into the system, when client feedback on a freelancer is recorded, then the Skill Gap Analysis database should update immediately to reflect the new insights.

Clients can provide specific skill-related feedback that will help in refining Skill Growth Suggestions for freelancers, ensuring personalized development paths.

Given a feedback form that includes skill-related questions, when the client submits their feedback, it should store each skill-related comment in the system linked to the corresponding freelancer's profile.

The system tracks improvements in freelancers based on client feedback over multiple projects, providing data visualizations showing skill enhancement over time.

Given a freelancer receives continuous feedback across various tasks, when viewing their profile analytics, then the system should display a graph illustrating skill performance improvements over time.

Administrators can access an overview report summarizing client feedback trends across freelancers to identify common areas for development.

Given that multiple feedbacks have been collected, when an administrator accesses the feedback overview report, then the report should include aggregated ratings and comments that identify common skill gaps across freelancers.

Gamification Elements

"As a freelancer, I want to have a way to earn recognition and rewards for completing skill development activities, so that I stay motivated to learn and improve."

Description

Gamification Elements will be introduced to enhance user engagement and motivation in the skill development process. This requirement includes the implementation of badges, achievement levels, and progress milestones that freelancers can earn by completing recommended courses or tasks associated with upskilling. By incorporating game-like features, ShiftSync can encourage freelancers to actively participate in their own learning and development, fostering a more dynamic and enjoyable user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer receives a notification about newly earned badges after completing a recommended course on skill growth.

Given a freelancer completes a recommended course, When the course completion is confirmed, Then the system must automatically issue a badge and notify the freelancer via email and in-app notification.

A freelancer checks their profile to view the progress milestones they have achieved in their skill development journey.

Given a freelancer accesses their profile, When they navigate to the skill development section, Then the profile must display all earned badges, achievement levels, and a progress bar indicating completion percentage for recommended tasks and courses.

A freelancer is motivated to engage with suggested learning opportunities based on the gamified elements present in the application.

Given a freelancer has received skill growth suggestions, When they complete tasks associated with upskilling, Then the application should provide immediate feedback with earned points and any applicable badges to enhance motivation.

Team leaders monitor the collective engagement metrics of freelancers related to gamification elements and upskilling participation.

Given a team leader accesses the performance dashboard, When they filter the data by gamification engagement, Then the dashboard must display statistics on total badges earned, completion rates of recommended courses, and average engagement scores of freelancers.

A freelancer is prompted to share their newly earned badges on social media to promote their upskilling achievements.

Given a freelancer completes a task and earns a badge, When they access the badge detail screen, Then there should be an option to share this badge on social media platforms directly from the application without errors.

The application periodically updates the three most recent badges earned by the freelancer on their dashboard.

Given a freelancer logs into the application, When they access their dashboard, Then the dashboard must display the three most recent badges earned with images and descriptions, updating in real time as new badges are attained.

Seamless Collaboration Tools

Integrate collaboration tools that allow freelancers to discuss tasks and share progress updates directly within the platform. This feature enhances communication between freelancers and managers, promoting clarity and teamwork throughout the project lifecycle.

Requirements

Real-time Chat Integration

"As a freelancer, I want to communicate with my manager in real-time about my tasks so that I can receive immediate feedback and clarify any uncertainties without leaving the platform."

Description

The Real-time Chat Integration requirement enables instant messaging capabilities between freelancers and managers directly within the ShiftSync platform. This feature allows users to engage in immediate discussions regarding tasks, share feedback, and resolve issues without needing to switch to external communication tools. By facilitating real-time conversations, it aims to enhance collaboration, reduce delays in communication, and streamline project workflows, ultimately leading to more effective teamwork and improved project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer initiates a chat with a manager regarding task updates.

Given that a freelancer is logged into the ShiftSync platform, When they select a task and click on the 'Chat' option, Then they should be able to send an instant message to the assigned manager and receive a response within 2 minutes.

A manager shares task feedback through real-time chat.

Given that a manager is reviewing a freelancer's task progress, When the manager sends feedback via the chat feature, Then the freelancer must receive a notification of the feedback in real-time and have the ability to respond immediately.

Team members check chat history for project discussions.

Given that a freelancer or manager wants to review past conversations, When they access the chat history related to a specific task, Then they should see a complete and chronological log of all messages exchanged for that task.

Multiple users engage in a group chat for collaborative discussions.

Given that a project requires input from multiple freelancers, When a chat is initiated with multiple users added, Then all participants should receive notifications of new messages in real-time and be able to contribute to the discussion without any delays.

A member sets chat status to 'Do Not Disturb'.

Given that a freelancer or manager is busy, When they set their chat status to 'Do Not Disturb', Then other users should see this status and not expect immediate responses, with an option to send messages that can be seen later.

Unread message notifications are displayed in the chat.

Given that a user has received messages while they were offline, When they log back into the ShiftSync platform, Then they should see clear counts of unread messages and notifications for all chats requiring their attention.

Progress Update Dashboard

"As a manager, I want to see a visual representation of my team's progress on tasks so that I can evaluate their performance and make informed decisions about project timelines and resource allocation."

Description

The Progress Update Dashboard requirement involves creating a visual interface that displays the status of ongoing tasks, highlighting completed, in-progress, and upcoming assignments. This dashboard would integrate with existing task management features, allowing freelancers and managers to monitor project progress in real-time. By providing a clear overview of task statuses, this feature enhances transparency and accountability, making it easier for users to manage their workload and adjust priorities as necessary.

Acceptance Criteria

View and Interpret Task Statuses on the Progress Update Dashboard

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the Progress Update Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of task statuses, including completed, in-progress, and upcoming assignments, with clear color coding for each category.

Real-Time Updates on Task Progress

Given a freelancer updates the status of a task, when they save the changes, then the Progress Update Dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the new status within 5 seconds.

Filter Tasks Based on Status

Given the user is viewing the Progress Update Dashboard, when they apply a filter for 'In Progress' tasks, then only tasks currently in progress should be displayed, hiding completed and upcoming assignments.

Access Historical Progress Data

Given the user is on the Progress Update Dashboard, when they select the option to view historical task data for the past month, then the system should present a report of all task statuses during that timeframe, sortable by date or completion rate.

Notifications for Task Status Changes

Given the user has opted-in to receive notifications, when a task's status changes from 'In Progress' to 'Completed', then the system should send a real-time notification to the assigned freelancer and their manager.

User Accessibility Features for the Dashboard

Given the user has accessibility needs, when they use the keyboard to navigate the Progress Update Dashboard, then all interactive elements should be accessible via keyboard shortcuts in compliance with WCAG 2.1 guidelines.

Mobile Accessibility of Dashboard

Given the user is accessing ShiftSync from a mobile device, when they open the Progress Update Dashboard, then it should be fully responsive, maintaining functionality and readability on all screen sizes.

File Sharing Capability

"As a freelancer, I want to easily share files with my manager within the platform so that I can ensure all relevant documents are accessible and avoid confusion during the project."

Description

The File Sharing Capability requirement is designed to enable freelancers and managers to exchange documents, images, and other files directly within the ShiftSync platform. This feature aims to simplify collaboration by ensuring that all relevant materials are easily accessible in one place. Users can upload, download, and comment on shared files, promoting efficient communication and minimizing the risk of lost or mismanaged documents associated with external sharing methods.

Acceptance Criteria

File Sharing Scenario: A freelancer needs to share a project document with a manager for review. The document is uploaded to the ShiftSync platform, and the manager is notified of the new file. The manager accesses the file, provides comments, and the freelancer is able to download the updated document with comments incorporated.

Given the freelancer has a document ready to share, When they upload the document to the ShiftSync platform, Then the document should be accessible by the manager and notification should be sent indicating a new file is available.

Commenting on Shared Files Scenario: A team member wants to provide feedback on a document shared by a freelancer within the ShiftSync platform. They navigate to the shared files section, locate the document, and add their comments.

Given a document has been shared with a team member, When they access the document, Then they should be able to add comments that get saved and are visible to the freelancer.

File Download Scenario: After the manager has commented on the uploaded document, the freelancer needs to download the document with the manager's feedback for further edits. The freelancer accesses the file section to download the document.

Given a freelancer has uploaded a document and received comments from the manager, When they initiate a download of the document, Then they should be able to download the latest version with all comments attached.

File Type and Size Limitations Scenario: A freelancer attempts to upload a file that exceeds the specified size limit or is of an unsupported type. They need to understand any restrictions in place when uploading files.

Given a freelancer attempts to upload a file, When the file exceeds size limits or is an unsupported type, Then an error message should be displayed indicating the issue and instructions to rectify it.

Version Control Scenario: A freelancer uploads multiple iterations of a document during the project. The manager needs to access previous versions of the file for comparison.

Given a freelancer has uploaded multiple versions of a file, When the manager views the file in the ShiftSync platform, Then they should see a version history and be able to download previous versions.

Accessibility Across Devices Scenario: A freelancer needs to access shared files from a mobile device while on the go, ensuring that the platform is functional across different devices.

Given a user accesses the ShiftSync platform from a mobile device, When they navigate to the file sharing section, Then they should be able to view, upload, and download files seamlessly just as on a desktop.

Task Commenting Feature

"As a freelancer, I want to comment on tasks to ask questions or provide updates so that my communication is organized and directly tied to the relevant task."

Description

The Task Commenting Feature allows freelancers to leave comments and updates on specific tasks, providing a space for discussion about task specifics. This requirement facilitates asynchronous communication, enabling users to share insights, ask questions, and give feedback without needing a live conversation. By integrating comments directly with task management, this feature fosters clarity and context around each task, enhancing overall project collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

User leaves a comment on an assigned task.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to an assigned task and enter a comment, then the comment should be saved and visible to all members assigned to the task.

User edits a previously submitted comment.

Given a freelancer has submitted a comment on a task, when they select the edit option, then they should be able to modify the comment, and the updated comment should replace the old comment visible to all members on the task.

User receives a notification for new comments on a task.

Given a manager or freelancer is following a task, when a new comment is added to the task, then they should receive a notification indicating a new comment has been posted.

User can delete their comments on a task.

Given a freelancer has submitted a comment, when they choose to delete the comment, then the comment should be removed from the task discussion and no longer visible to other users.

User views a history of comments made on a task.

Given a freelancer clicks on a task, when they navigate to the comments section, then they should see a chronological list of all comments made on that task.

User can tag other users in comments.

Given a freelancer is writing a comment on a task, when they mention another user with '@username', then that user should be notified of the comment in relation to the task.

User can filter comments by user.

Given a task with multiple comments, when a user selects a filter option to view comments by a specific user, then only comments made by that user should be displayed.

Notification System

"As a manager, I want to receive notifications about my team's messages and task updates so that I can stay informed and respond quickly to any project developments."

Description

The Notification System requirement involves implementing alerts and notifications for freelancers and managers regarding task updates, messages, and approaching deadlines. This system ensures that users stay informed about important changes and communications without needing to constantly monitor the platform. By providing timely notifications via email or in-app messages, this feature fosters proactive engagement and responsiveness, reducing the likelihood of missed information.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification for Task Updates

Given a user has been assigned a new task, when the task is updated, then the user receives an in-app notification and an email alert informing them of the update.

Notification for New Messages

Given a freelancer and manager are communicating through the platform, when a new message is sent by either party, then both users receive an immediate in-app notification and an email alert about the new message.

Notification for Approaching Deadlines

Given a task is nearing its deadline, when the deadline is within 24 hours, then the assigned users receive a reminder notification via email and in-app alert about the approaching deadline.

Daily Summary Notifications

Given a user logs into the platform, when it is the end of the day, then the user receives a daily summary notification via email detailing completed tasks, upcoming deadlines, and unread messages.

Opt-In and Opt-Out Notification Preferences

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they choose to opt-in or opt-out of certain notifications, then the system accurately updates their preferences and respects them for future notifications sent.

Notification for Task Completion Alerts

Given a task has been marked as complete by a freelancer, when the task status changes, then the manager receives a notification via email and in-app alert confirming the completion of the task.

Task Prioritization Engine

This engine utilizes AI to prioritize tasks based on deadlines, project importance, and freelancer availability. By dynamically adjusting task priorities, managers can ensure that critical tasks are completed on time while balancing workloads across their team.

Requirements

Dynamic Task Prioritization

"As a project manager, I want the system to automatically prioritize tasks based on deadlines and team member availability so that I can ensure critical tasks are completed on time without overloading any team member."

Description

The Dynamic Task Prioritization requirement enables the Task Prioritization Engine to utilize AI algorithms to assess the urgency and importance of tasks based on multiple parameters, including deadlines, project significance, and the availability of freelancers. This feature is designed to optimize task allocation by ensuring that the most critical tasks are prioritized for completion while maintaining a balanced workload across the team. By dynamically adapting to changes in deadlines or freelancer availability, this requirement enhances workflow efficiency and helps managers adapt quickly to shifting project demands, ultimately leading to improved productivity and project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Prioritization based on Deadlines

Given a set of tasks with varying deadlines, when the Task Prioritization Engine processes these tasks, then tasks with earlier deadlines should be prioritized higher than those with later deadlines.

Balancing Workloads Across Freelancers

Given a list of tasks and freelancer availability, when the Task Prioritization Engine calculates task assignments, then the assigned tasks must ensure that no freelancer has more than 3 high-priority tasks at the same time.

Adapting to Changes in Freelancer Availability

Given a situation where a freelancer becomes unavailable, when the Task Prioritization Engine re-evaluates task assignments, then it must automatically reassign their tasks to available freelancers while maintaining overall task priority.

Incorporating Project Significance into Prioritization

Given a project with multiple tasks of varying importance, when the Task Prioritization Engine evaluates these tasks, then it should ensure that higher significance tasks receive a higher priority than lower significance tasks, even if deadlines are further away.

Dynamic Adjustment of Priorities on Deadline Change

Given a scenario where a task's deadline is moved closer, when the Task Prioritization Engine detects that change, then the affected task must be reprioritized to ensure it appears at the top of the task list.

Reporting on Task Prioritization Decisions

Given a completed task prioritization process, when a manager requests a report, then the Task Prioritization Engine must provide a detailed log of how tasks were prioritized, including the rationale for any adjustments made during the process.

User Availability Integration

"As a freelancer, I want the system to reflect my real-time availability so that I can receive tasks that match my current workload and schedule, allowing me to manage my time effectively."

Description

The User Availability Integration requirement focuses on linking the Task Prioritization Engine with user profiles to access real-time availability data. This integration allows the task prioritization system to adjust task assignments based on who is actively available to take on work. It ensures efficient use of resources by matching tasks with available freelancers, reducing downtime, and enhancing the responsiveness of the team to urgent tasks. This feature is crucial for maintaining workflow efficiency in a dynamic gig economy workflow, ensuring that projects continue to progress smoothly without interruption.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Adjustment of Task Assignments Based on User Availability Data

Given a manager is viewing the task allocation dashboard, when a freelancer updates their availability status, then the Task Prioritization Engine should automatically reassign tasks that the freelancer was assigned based on their new availability.

Visibility of Task Assignment Changes to Users

Given a freelancer has their availability updated in the system, when tasks are reassigned by the Task Prioritization Engine, then the freelancer should receive a notification of new task assignments and any changes made to existing tasks.

Integration with User Profiles to Reflect Availability

Given a user profile is linked to the Task Prioritization Engine, when that user's availability is updated, then the system should accurately reflect this change within the task prioritization logic immediately, without needing a manual refresh.

Balancing Task Load Among Available Freelancers

Given multiple freelancers are available, when the Task Prioritization Engine runs its prioritization algorithm, then it should distribute tasks evenly among those freelancers, ensuring no single freelancer is overloaded while others are underutilized.

Priority Adjustment Based on Deadline Dynamics

Given a task with an approaching deadline and multiple available freelancers, when the Task Prioritization Engine evaluates the tasks, then it should prioritize this task to the available freelancer with the least workload at that moment.

Reevaluation of Task Priorities upon Changes in Availability

Given a freelancer updates their availability mid-project, when this change occurs, then the Task Prioritization Engine should reevaluate all active tasks and adjust priorities accordingly, ensuring critical tasks are addressed first.

Reporting on Task Completion Efficacy Based on Availability Integration

Given the system has been in operation for one month, when a report is generated, then it should show a measurable increase in task completion rates and a decrease in missed deadlines due to integrated user availability data.

Deadline Alert Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications for upcoming deadlines so that I can prioritize my tasks accordingly and not miss any important due dates."

Description

The Deadline Alert Notifications requirement allows the Task Prioritization Engine to trigger alerts for impending deadlines directly within the platform. It aims to help project managers and freelancers stay informed about approaching due dates for prioritized tasks, ensuring proactive management of time-sensitive projects. By providing timely notifications, this feature will enable users to focus on critical tasks and prepare in advance for imminent deadlines, facilitating better resource allocation and minimizing the risk of late submissions or project delays.

Acceptance Criteria

Notification for impending deadline for prioritized tasks should be sent to users when a task is 24 hours away from its due date.

Given a user has tasks with a deadline approaching in 24 hours, when the deadline is reached, then the user should receive a notification in the platform.

Project managers should be able to customize notification settings for impending deadlines within user preferences.

Given a project manager is in the notification settings, when they adjust the preferences for deadline alerts, then these settings should be saved and applied to future notifications.

Freelancers should receive reminders 1 hour before a task's deadline to ensure they have enough time to submit their work.

Given a freelancer has a task due in 1 hour, when the deadline approaches, then the freelancer should receive a reminder notification in the system.

Users must be able to view a history of all deadline notifications sent in the past week.

Given a user accesses the notifications history, when they select the past week timeframe, then they should see a list of all deadline notifications received during this period.

The system should ensure that users with overlapping deadlines receive separate notifications for each task.

Given a user has multiple tasks due at the same time, when the deadline is reached, then the user should receive individual notifications for each task due.

Task Impact Assessment

"As a project manager, I want to assess the impact of tasks on the overall project so that I can prioritize the tasks that will bring the most value to our goals and stakeholders."

Description

The Task Impact Assessment requirement enables the Task Prioritization Engine to evaluate the potential impact of completing tasks on overall project outcomes. This functionality includes scoring tasks based on their influence on project milestones, stakeholder satisfaction, and business objectives. By understanding which tasks have the most significant impact, project managers can make informed decisions about resource allocation and task prioritization. This feature is essential for aligning team efforts with strategic goals and ensuring that high-impact tasks receive the attention they deserve, ultimately driving project success.

Acceptance Criteria

Task Impact Assessment for High-Priority Client Project

Given a project manager accessing the Task Impact Assessment feature, when they input tasks for evaluation, then the system should provide a scoring output ranking each task based on its impact on project milestones, stakeholder satisfaction, and business objectives.

Evaluation of Task Influence in Real-Time

Given a set of tasks with varying deadlines and importance, when the Task Prioritization Engine updates task statuses in real-time, then the Task Impact Assessment should dynamically adjust task scores reflecting the latest project conditions.

Reviewing Scoring Metrics for Resource Allocation

Given a project manager reviewing the Task Impact Assessment results, when they analyze the scoring metrics, then they should be able to identify the top three tasks that have the highest impact and need immediate attention for resource allocation.

Integration of Team Member Availability in Task Evaluation

Given a team lead working with the Task Impact Assessment, when they input team members' availability and workload, then the system should factor this information into the scoring process, adjusting task priorities accordingly.

User Feedback on Task Assessment Accuracy

Given that a project manager uses the Task Impact Assessment after completing a project, when they submit feedback on the accuracy of task scoring, then the system should record their feedback for future improvements to the assessment algorithm.

Analyzing Historical Data for Impact Validation

Given a project completed by the team, when the project manager uses historical data for task scoring analysis, then the Task Impact Assessment should provide insights on past task impacts to inform future project planning.

Comparative Assessment of Task Impact Across Projects

Given multiple projects within the system, when a manager requests a comparative assessment, then the Task Impact Assessment should generate a report showing task impact scores across different projects to identify consistent patterns in task efficacy.

Portfolio Gallery

A visually engaging portfolio gallery where freelancers can showcase their previous work, including images, documents, and project descriptions. This feature enhances the user's ability to present their skills effectively, allowing potential clients to quickly grasp their capabilities and previous successes. By offering customizable display options, freelancers can tailor their portfolios to align with specific project requirements, boosting their chances of being selected for relevant gigs.

Requirements

Customizable Portfolio Display

"As a freelancer, I want to customize my portfolio display so that I can showcase my work in a visually appealing way that attracts potential clients."

Description

The Customizable Portfolio Display requirement enables freelancers to create personalized and visually appealing galleries to showcase their work. This functionality should allow users to select from various templates and layouts, customize colors, fonts, and imagery, and easily rearrange items in their portfolio to highlight specific skills and projects. This feature is crucial for enhancing user engagement and ensuring that portfolio representations are aligned with clients' project requirements, thus improving the likelihood of freelancers being hired. The integration within ShiftSync ensures that this feature not only complements existing functionalities but also promotes seamless usage by utilizing existing account settings and document uploads without requiring separate management.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers create a personalized portfolio using various templates and layouts to showcase their completed projects to potential clients on ShiftSync.

Given a user is logged into their ShiftSync account, when they navigate to the Portfolio Gallery, then they should be able to select from at least five different templates and layouts for their display.

Freelancers customize the colors, fonts, and imagery of their portfolio to align with specific project requirements or personal branding.

Given a user has selected a template, when they access customization options, then they should be able to change colors, fonts, and upload images to reflect their desired style accurately and see the changes in real-time.

Freelancers rearrange their portfolio items to highlight specific skills and projects that are relevant to potential gigs.

Given a user is viewing their portfolio, when they drag and drop items within the gallery, then the order of items should change immediately, and the new arrangement should be saved upon exiting the editing mode.

Freelancers preview their portfolio before publishing it to ensure that it meets their expectations and displays properly across different devices.

Given a user has completed their portfolio edits, when they click on the 'Preview' button, then they should be able to view their portfolio as it would appear to potential clients on various screen sizes (desktop, tablet, mobile).

Freelancers save their portfolio settings and retrieve them later without losing customization or layout choices.

Given a user modifies their portfolio layout or customization options, when they click 'Save', then those changes should be retained in the user's account and retrievable upon future logins without data loss.

Freelancers showcase a variety of work types, such as images, documents, and project descriptions within their portfolio.

Given a user is editing their portfolio, when they add different types of media (images, PDFs, and text), then all these elements should display correctly and be accessible to clients viewing the portfolio.

Multi-File Upload Capabilities

"As a freelancer, I want to upload multiple files to my portfolio at once so that I can quickly and easily compile my work to present to potential clients."

Description

The Multi-File Upload Capabilities requirement allows freelancers to upload multiple files in various formats (images, documents, videos) to their portfolio in a single action. This feature is essential to streamline the process of building portfolios, saving time and effort for users who often have numerous projects to display. The functionality should support drag-and-drop features, compatibility with common file types, and bulk-editing for attributes like titles and descriptions. It must integrate seamlessly with the existing document management system in ShiftSync to ensure a smooth user experience, ultimately leading to more comprehensive portfolios showcasing diverse work.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer uploads multiple files to showcase their work in their portfolio during the onboarding process to attract potential clients.

Given a freelancer accesses the portfolio gallery, when they select multiple files to upload, then all files should be uploaded successfully without errors, and each file must appear in the portfolio gallery with the correct display format.

Freelancer uses drag-and-drop functionality to upload files to their portfolio from their desktop.

Given a freelancer opens the portfolio gallery, when they drag and drop multiple files into the designated upload area, then all selected files should upload successfully, and a confirmation message should appear indicating the upload status.

Freelancer needs to bulk edit attributes of multiple uploaded files in their portfolio.

Given that a freelancer has uploaded multiple files, when they select all files and choose the bulk edit option, then they must be able to update titles and descriptions for all selected files simultaneously, and each change should save correctly without errors.

Client views a freelancer's portfolio on a mobile device.

Given a client accesses a freelancer's portfolio from a mobile device, when they scroll through the portfolio gallery, then the layout should be responsive, ensuring all files are displayed correctly and legibly without distortion.

Freelancer uploads a file in an unsupported format to the portfolio.

Given a freelancer attempts to upload a file that is not a supported format, when they initiate the upload, then the system should display an error message indicating the file type is unsupported and the file should not upload.

Freelancer successfully uploads video files as part of their portfolio.

Given a freelancer selects video files to upload, when the upload process completes, then all video files should appear in the portfolio gallery with a playable preview thumbnail, ensuring they function correctly upon selection.

Freelancer reviews the upload history in the portfolio management section.

Given a freelancer uploads multiple files to their portfolio, when they access the upload history section, then a log of all uploaded files, including upload dates and statuses, should be displayed in chronological order for review.

Client Feedback Integration

"As a freelancer, I want to display client testimonials on my portfolio so that potential clients can see credible feedback about my previous work and skills."

Description

The Client Feedback Integration requirement facilitates the inclusion of client reviews and ratings on the freelancer's portfolio. Users can request and display testimonials from clients directly on their portfolio pages, enhancing their credibility and attractiveness to prospective clients. This feature should include options for clients to submit feedback easily and for freelancers to manage and curate which feedback appears publicly. The integration with ShiftSync will ensure that feedback is verified through project completion, supporting the authenticity of the reviews added, thereby increasing trust and conversion rates in the hiring process.

Acceptance Criteria

Client submits feedback after a project completion through the ShiftSync platform.

Given a completed project, when the client accesses the freelancer's portfolio, then they can submit a feedback form that includes a rating (1-5 stars) and a written testimonial, and the feedback is saved successfully.

Freelancer reviews client feedback submissions before they are published on their portfolio.

Given the freelancer's access to the feedback management page, when the freelancer views submitted feedback, then they can approve or reject each submission, and only approved feedback appears on their portfolio.

Integration of verified feedback into the freelancer's portfolio page.

Given that feedback is from a verified project, when the client submits their review, then the review is displayed on the freelancer's portfolio with a 'Verified Client' badge next to it, ensuring authenticity.

Display of submitted feedback on the portfolio gallery.

Given that feedback has been approved by the freelancer, when a potential client views the freelancer's portfolio, then all approved feedback, along with the ratings, must be visible in a user-friendly format.

Client requests the ability to update their feedback after submission.

Given that a client has submitted feedback, when they access their feedback history, then they can edit their testimonial and rating within a specified time frame (e.g., 7 days), and changes are reflected on the freelancer's portfolio upon approval.

Freelancer wants to curate specific feedback for different potential clients or projects.

Given the freelancer has multiple feedback entries, when they access the curation settings, then they can filter and display only certain feedback on their portfolio based on selected criteria (e.g., project type, rating).

Report generation for tracking feedback and ratings over time.

Given the freelancer's access, when they view the analytics dashboard of their portfolio, then they can see a report of their average feedback rating over time and total number of submitted feedback entries.

Dynamic Project Filtering Options

"As a potential client, I want to filter freelancers' portfolios by project type or skill so that I can quickly find candidates that meet my specific needs."

Description

The Dynamic Project Filtering Options requirement enables potential clients to easily navigate through freelancers' portfolio work by filtering projects based on categories, skills, or project types. This functionality allows users to find relevant work quickly, enhancing their experience when browsing portfolios. It should include tagging options for freelancers to classify their work and support search features that respond quickly based on user input. Integration into ShiftSync will streamline the implementation of search algorithms already in use in other areas of the platform, providing a consistent user experience across the application.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Portfolio Gallery and wants to filter projects to find specific work related to graphic design.

Given the user is on the Portfolio Gallery page, when they select the 'Graphic Design' category from the filter options, then only projects tagged with 'Graphic Design' should be displayed.

A freelancer has recently added new projects to their portfolio and wants to ensure they are searchable through the filtering options.

Given the freelancer has added new projects with relevant tags, when a potential client types keywords associated with those projects in the search bar, then the relevant projects should appear in the search results.

Potential clients need to find projects that demonstrate a specific skill set to assess freelancer capabilities.

Given the user is on the Portfolio Gallery, when they apply the filter for skill sets such as 'Web Development', then the gallery should update to show only those projects that include the 'Web Development' tag.

A user wants to quickly clear their filters after searching for projects to start a new search.

Given the user has applied multiple filters in the Portfolio Gallery, when they click the 'Clear Filters' button, then all filters should be reset, and all projects should be displayed again.

A freelancer wishes to categorize their portfolio projects accurately to improve visibility and searchability.

Given the freelancer is editing their project details, when they assign tags under the 'Add Tags' section, then those tags should be saved and displayed with the project in the Portfolio Gallery.

Clients want a responsive design so that the filtering options are usable on both desktop and mobile devices.

Given the user is viewing the Portfolio Gallery on a mobile device, when they access the filter options, then the filter should be easily accessible and function as intended with touch inputs.

Freelancers need to understand how many projects are being displayed after applying filters to gauge the interest or relevance of their work.

Given the user has applied filters in the Portfolio Gallery, when the filtered projects are displayed, then the total number of displayed projects should be clearly visible to the user

Portfolio Analytics Dashboard

"As a freelancer, I want an analytics dashboard for my portfolio so that I can track its performance and understand how to improve my chances of getting hired."

Description

The Portfolio Analytics Dashboard requirement provides freelancers with insights on how their portfolios are performing through statistics such as views, engagement rates, and project inquiries generated from their portfolios. This data will help freelancers understand their market positioning and optimize their portfolios based on performance metrics. The analytics feature should be accessible via a user-friendly dashboard that summarizes key performance indicators (KPIs) and provides recommendations for improvement. Integration with ShiftSync's existing data tracking capabilities will ensure comprehensive reporting and valuable insights, tailored to enhance user strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer accessing the Portfolio Analytics Dashboard to view performance statistics after a completed project submission.

Given a freelancer has logged into their ShiftSync account, when they navigate to the Portfolio Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a summary of their portfolio performance including total views, engagement rates, and inquiries.

Freelancer viewing recommendations for portfolio optimization based on analytics data.

Given that the freelancer is on the Portfolio Analytics Dashboard, when they view the recommendations section, then they should see actionable insights tailored to improve their portfolio performance based on analytics data.

User testing the integration of the Portfolio Analytics Dashboard with existing ShiftSync data tracking capabilities.

Given the Portfolio Analytics Dashboard is implemented, when the freelancer updates their portfolio and accesses the dashboard, then the data should reflect the most recent metrics without any discrepancies.

Admin reviewing the analytics functionality for compatibility with different types of portfolio content (images, documents, project descriptions).

Given the admin has accessed the Analytics Dashboard, when they select different portfolio items, then the engagement metrics should accurately track all types of content included in the portfolio.

Freelancer analyzing historical portfolio performance trends over time.

Given the Portfolio Analytics Dashboard includes historical data, when the freelancer selects a date range in the dashboard, then they should be able to view clear performance trends for that period.

Freelancer receiving notifications on significant changes in portfolio performance metrics.

Given the freelancer has opted in for notifications, when a threshold for views or inquiries is significantly crossed (e.g., 50% increase over the last month), then they should receive an email alert summarizing the change.

Freelancer comparing portfolio performance against industry benchmarks.

Given the Portfolio Analytics Dashboard includes industry data, when the freelancer views their performance metrics, then they should see a comparison against relevant industry benchmarks for context.

Skill Endorsements

Allow colleagues and clients to endorse freelancers for specific skills directly on their profile. This feature builds credibility and increases trust, as potential clients can see endorsements from previous collaborators. By showcasing a freelancer's most valued skills, it helps employers make informed decisions when selecting candidates based on proven competencies.

Requirements

Endorsement Submission

"As a freelancer, I want my clients and colleagues to endorse my skills so that potential employers can validate my competencies and choose me based on proven abilities."

Description

This requirement involves enabling freelancers and clients to submit endorsements for specific skills directly on the freelancer's profile. The endorsement system will include a user-friendly interface for entering endorsements, functionality for specifying the skill being endorsed, and the ability to provide comments or context for the endorsement. Additionally, the system should support notifications to freelancers when they receive endorsements, thereby encouraging them to engage with their profiles more regularly. This feature is essential to build a credible pool of validated skills that can be seen by potential clients, enhancing trust and transparency within the ShiftSync ecosystem.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers receive notifications for each endorsement submitted by colleagues or clients, allowing them to engage more actively with their profiles.

Given a freelance profile exists, When an endorsement is submitted, Then the freelancer receives a notification alerting them of the new endorsement.

Clients and colleagues can submit endorsements for specific skills, providing comments to elaborate on the endorsement.

Given a freelancer's profile is active, When a user submits an endorsement with a specified skill and a comment, Then the endorsement appears on the freelancer's profile with the correct skill and comment.

Freelancers can view all endorsements they have received, including the skill endorsed, the endorsing user's name, and any comments provided.

Given a freelancer has received endorsements, When they access their endorsement section, Then they can see all endorsements listed with the skill, name of the endorser, and comments included for each endorsement.

The system limits each skill endorsement to one unique endorsement per user to prevent duplication and enhance credibility.

Given a skill endorsement is submitted by a user for a specific freelancer skill, When they attempt to endorse the same skill again, Then the system prevents the duplicate endorsement and notifies the user accordingly.

The platform includes a user-friendly interface for entering endorsements, ensuring all fields are intuitive and accessible.

Given a user is on the endorsement submission screen, When they fill out the endorsement form, Then the system should ensure all required fields are completed before allowing submission, displaying appropriate error messages for any missing information.

Freelancers are encouraged to engage with their profiles regularly through the notification system for endorsements, thereby increasing their profile activity.

Given endorsements are received, When the freelancer logs into their profile, Then they should see a summary of recent endorsements along with notifications prompting them to acknowledge these endorsements.

Endorsement data should be securely stored and retrievable, ensuring that user data privacy is maintained throughout.

Given an endorsement has been submitted, When the data is stored in the database, Then it should comply with data security protocols and be retrievable through the freelancer's profile under the endorsements section without loss of information.

Endorsement Display

"As a potential client, I want to easily see the endorsed skills of freelancers so that I can make informed decisions when selecting candidates for my projects."

Description

The Endorsement Display requirement focuses on presenting the endorsed skills prominently on a freelancer's profile. This includes designing a visually appealing layout that showcases each endorsed skill, the number of endorsements received for each skill, and the names or initials of endorsers. The display should be intuitive, allowing potential clients to quickly assess the freelancer's expertise. Additionally, the endorsements should be sortable or filterable, enabling clients to view the most endorsed skills at a glance. This functionality is crucial for enhancing user engagement and making it easier for employers to make informed hiring decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer profile view by a potential client.

Given a freelancer's profile with endorsed skills, when a potential client views the profile, then the endorsed skills should be prominently displayed with the total number of endorsements for each skill and the names or initials of the endorsers visible.

Sorting endorsed skills on a freelancer's profile.

Given a freelancer's profile with multiple endorsed skills, when the client selects the 'Sort by Most Endorsed' option, then the skills should rearrange to display the skills with the highest endorsements first.

Filtering endorsed skills on a freelancer's profile.

Given a freelancer's profile with various endorsed skills, when the client applies a filter for specific skill types, then only the skills matching the selected criteria should be displayed.

Visual layout appeal of endorsed skills on the freelancer's profile.

Given a freelancer's profile, when the display of endorsed skills loads, then the layout should be visually appealing with clear differentiation between amounts of endorsements and the skill names, ensuring a clean and intuitive design.

Endorsement display responsiveness on mobile devices.

Given a potential client accessing a freelancer's profile on a mobile device, when the endorsed skills section loads, then it should adapt responsively to fit the mobile screen without compromising readability or layout.

User interaction with endorsements on a freelancer's profile.

Given a potential client viewing endorsements on a freelancer's profile, when they hover over the endorsements, then a tooltip should appear showing additional context about the endorsers (e.g., their role or company).

Endorsement Management

"As a freelancer, I want to manage my endorsements so that I can keep my profile accurate and reflective of my current skills and capabilities."

Description

This requirement entails creating a management system for users to oversee their endorsements. Freelancers should have the ability to manage their endorsements, including options to hide or delete endorsements if necessary. Clients and colleagues should also be able to manage the endorsements they've provided, possibly including a system for revoking endorsements. It should include a clear interface that tracks changes and updates in real-time. This feature is vital to ensure users have control over their profiles and endorsements, which helps maintain the integrity and relevance of the showcased skills.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer managing endorsements on their profile.

Given a freelancer is logged into their ShiftSync account, when they navigate to the endorsements section, then they should see a list of all endorsements received with options to hide or delete each endorsement.

Client revoking an endorsement.

Given a client has previously endorsed a freelancer, when they access the endorsements section of the freelancer's profile, then they should see an option to revoke their endorsement and receive a confirmation prompt before it is removed.

Real-time updates of endorsement changes.

Given a freelancer or client makes changes to endorsements, when these changes are confirmed, then all users viewing the profile should see the updated endorsement list in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Tracking changes to endorsements.

Given endorsements have been hidden or deleted, when a user accesses the 'Activity Log' section of their profile, then they should see a record of all changes made to their endorsements, including timestamps and actions taken.

Visibility of endorsements to potential clients.

Given a potential client is viewing a freelancer's profile, when they look at the endorsements section, then they should see clearly displayed endorsements with associated skills and the names of clients or colleagues who provided them.

Endorsement management interface usability.

Given a user is on the endorsement management interface, when they interact with the interface, then it should be intuitive, with clear labels and actionable buttons for managing endorsements without confusion.

Endorsement Notifications

"As a freelancer, I want to receive notifications when someone endorses my skills so that I can stay informed and actively engage with potential clients reviewing my profile."

Description

The Endorsement Notifications requirement involves implementing a notification system that alerts users when they receive endorsements. This will include instant notifications via email and in-app alerts, ensuring that freelancers are promptly made aware of new endorsements. Additionally, it should allow users to customize their notification preferences, so they can choose how and when to be notified. This feature is essential for fostering engagement among users and encouraging freelancers to utilize their endorsements more effectively in seeking new opportunities.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an endorsement notification via email after a colleague endorses their skill.

Given that a freelancer has configured their notification preferences to include email, When a colleague endorses the freelancer for a skill, Then the freelancer receives an email notification containing the details of the endorsement.

User receives an in-app notification for an endorsement while actively using the platform.

Given that a freelancer is logged into the ShiftSync platform, When a colleague endorses the freelancer for a skill, Then an in-app notification appears immediately in the notifications tab with the endorsement details.

User customizes their endorsement notification preferences successfully.

Given that a freelancer navigates to their notification settings, When the freelancer changes their endorsement notification preferences and saves the settings, Then the new preferences must be applied and reflected in the next endorsement received.

User does not receive notifications after opting out of endorsement alerts.

Given that a freelancer has opted out of receiving email notifications for endorsements, When a colleague endorses the freelancer for a skill, Then the freelancer should not receive any email notifications about the endorsement.

User receives a push notification on their mobile device for a new endorsement while using the ShiftSync app.

Given that a freelancer has the ShiftSync mobile app installed and is logged in, When a colleague endorses the freelancer for a skill, Then the freelancer receives a push notification on their mobile device with endorsement details.

User updates their notification settings and receives confirmation of the changes.

Given that a freelancer updates their notification settings for endorsements, When the changes are saved successfully, Then the freelancer receives a confirmation message indicating the settings have been updated.

User can view a history of their received endorsements under their profile.

Given that a freelancer has received endorsements, When the freelancer navigates to their profile and views the endorsements section, Then all received endorsements must be displayed with corresponding details.

Endorsement Analytics

"As a freelancer, I want to see analytics about my endorsements so that I can understand my strengths and market myself more effectively."

Description

The Endorsement Analytics requirement involves developing analytics tools that provide users with insights into their endorsements over time. This will include metrics such as the total number of endorsements received, breakdowns by skill, and trends in endorsements. The analytics dashboard should be easy to understand, visually engaging, and provide actionable insights to help freelancers identify which skills are being recognized the most. This feature will empower freelancers to leverage their endorsements strategically and adjust their skill offerings accordingly based on market demands.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Endorsement Analytics dashboard to assess their skill endorsements over a specified time period, aiming to understand which skills are being recognized more frequently and to what extent.

Given a logged-in user accesses the Endorsement Analytics dashboard, When they select a specific time frame, Then the dashboard displays the total number of endorsements received for that period along with a breakdown by skill.

User interacts with the Endorsement Analytics dashboard to identify trends in their skill endorsements over time, aimed at adapting their skill offerings strategically based on the analytics' insights.

Given a logged-in user is on the Endorsement Analytics dashboard, When they analyze the trend graphs, Then they should see a visual representation of endorsement trends for all listed skills over the chosen time period, highlighting increases or decreases in endorsements.

A user wants to ensure that the dashboard’s analytics render correctly across different devices, confirming that the information is accessible to all users regardless of the platform they’re using.

Given a user accesses the Endorsement Analytics dashboard from a mobile device and a desktop, When they view the dashboard, Then the layout and information should be responsive and consistently formatted across all devices without loss of data integrity.

User seeks actionable insights from the analytics tool to improve their marketability based on the endorsements data presented on the dashboard.

Given a logged-in user reviews the insights section of the Endorsement Analytics dashboard, When they click on a suggested action, Then the user should receive specific recommendations on enhancing their profile based on their highest endorsed skills.

User wants to download their endorsement analytics as a report for offline access or sharing purposes.

Given a logged-in user is on the Endorsement Analytics dashboard, When they select the 'Download Report' option, Then a well-formatted PDF report summarizing their endorsements should be generated and downloaded successfully.

User attempts to filter their endorsements on the dashboard by skill type or time frame to analyze specific areas of interest. They desire to focus on particular skills they want to promote.

Given a logged-in user accesses the Endorsement Analytics dashboard, When they apply filters for specific skills or time frames, Then the displayed data should update dynamically to reflect only the endorsements matching the applied filters.

Work History Timeline

Introduce a chronological timeline that outlines a freelancer's work history, including project titles, durations, and client feedback. This feature provides a comprehensive view of the freelancer’s experience and growth over time, making it easier for potential clients to evaluate their background and expertise.

Requirements

Work History Display

"As a freelancer, I want to view and display my work history in a timeline format so that potential clients can easily assess my past projects and feedback to determine if I am the right fit for them."

Description

The Work History Timeline should display a visually appealing, chronological representation of the freelancer’s work history. This timeline will include essential elements such as project titles, duration of projects, and feedback received from clients. The purpose of this requirement is to allow freelancers to showcase their past work comprehensively, thereby enhancing their marketability to potential clients. By integrating this timeline into the ShiftSync platform, freelancers can easily update their work history, allowing for real-time modifications. This feature is critical to building credibility and showcasing a freelancer's growth and experiences over time, helping clients make informed decisions about hiring.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer updates their work history after completing a project to showcase their latest accomplishments.

Given a freelancer has logged into their ShiftSync account, when they navigate to the Work History Timeline section and add a new project title, duration, and client feedback, then the new entry should be displayed correctly on the timeline immediately after submission.

A potential client views a freelancer's work history timeline to assess their experience and expertise before making a hiring decision.

Given a potential client is viewing a freelancer's Work History Timeline, when the timeline is displayed, then it should show all project titles, durations, and client feedback in chronological order without errors or omissions.

Freelancer wants to correct feedback received on a previously completed project due to an error in the original entry.

Given a freelancer has accessed their Work History Timeline and selected the project entry to edit, when they update the feedback text and save the changes, then the updated feedback should reflect accurately on the timeline with the correct timestamp.

System administrator wants to ensure the Work History Timeline does not display any sensitive client information.

Given a system administrator reviews the Work History Timeline feature, when examining the project entries, then no personal or sensitive client information should be displayed, ensuring compliance with privacy regulations.

Freelancer receives a notification when a client leaves feedback on their completed project.

Given a freelancer has completed a project and a client submits feedback, when the feedback is posted, then the freelancer should receive a notification in their ShiftSync account alerting them of the new feedback.

Client filters freelancer work history to find specific projects related to their industry.

Given a potential client is using the filter options on the Work History Timeline, when they apply filters based on project type or industry, then only relevant projects should be displayed on the timeline, allowing for targeted evaluation.

Client Feedback Integration

"As a potential client, I want to view detailed feedback from previous clients on a freelancer's work timeline so that I can better gauge their capabilities and decide if I should hire them."

Description

Integrate a feedback section within the Work History Timeline that not only shows project scores but also includes client comments and ratings. This aspect of the requirement will enhance the appeal of the timeline by providing context to the freelancers’ work history through qualitative feedback. Clients will benefit from seeing detailed reviews, which will assist in making hiring decisions. This requirement enhances transparency and trust within the gig economy, as potential clients can better understand the quality of the freelancer's work and their ability to meet client needs and expectations. This integration will involve developing a system for clients to submit feedback and ensuring it is displayed in an understandable format on the timeline.

Acceptance Criteria

Client submits feedback after a project is completed through the ShiftSync platform.

Given a completed project on the Work History Timeline, when a client clicks on 'Provide Feedback', then a feedback form should appear where the client can enter their comments and select a project score from 1 to 5 stars. The feedback must be saved and displayed under the respective project title.

Freelancer views their work history timeline containing the feedback submitted by clients.

Given the freelancer is logged into their account, when they view their Work History Timeline, then they should see all projects listed with corresponding client feedback and scores displayed in chronological order.

Potential clients browse through freelancer profiles and view their ratings and comments.

Given a potential client is reviewing a freelancer's profile, when they access the Work History Timeline, then the client should see a section showing the average project score and all individual client comments for each project listed.

Client attempts to submit feedback but leaves the score section blank.

Given a client is filling out the feedback form for a project, when they click 'Submit' without selecting a project score, then an error message should appear indicating that scoring is required before submission.

Client edits previously submitted feedback on a project.

Given a client has submitted feedback, when they click on 'Edit Feedback' next to their previously submitted comment, then they should be able to revise their score and comment, which should then update the Work History Timeline accordingly upon submission.

Freelancer obtains a notification when new feedback is submitted.

Given a client submits feedback for a freelancer's completed project, when the feedback is successfully saved, then the freelancer should receive a notification in their ShiftSync dashboard indicating new client feedback is available.

Timeline Filtering Options

"As a freelancer, I want to filter my work history by project type and client ratings so that I can highlight the most relevant experiences to potential clients."

Description

Implement filtering options on the Work History Timeline that allow users to sort their work history based on various criteria such as date range, project type, or client rating. This functionality is vital for freelancers who wish to present specific experiences tailored to target clients. By incorporating filters, the timeline will enhance user experience and empower freelancers to control how their work history is displayed. This capability will not only facilitate easier navigation through their records but also help in strategically marketing their skills and experiences relevant to prospective clients’ needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer uses the filtering options on their Work History Timeline to showcase projects completed in the last year during a pitch to a potential client.

Given that the freelancer selects the 'last year' date range filter, when the timeline is refreshed, then only projects with completion dates within the last year should be displayed on the timeline.

A freelancer wants to highlight only their highest rated projects to attract better clients.

Given that the freelancer sets the client rating filter to '4 stars and above', when the timeline is refreshed, then only projects with client ratings of 4 stars or higher should be displayed on the timeline.

Freelancer needs to quickly find projects related to a specific type to tailor their presentation for an industry conference.

Given that the freelancer selects the 'Web Development' project type filter, when the timeline is filtered, then only projects categorized under 'Web Development' should be displayed on the timeline.

A freelancer is reviewing their entire work history to ensure all projects are accurately displayed for a comprehensive self-assessment.

Given that no filters are applied, when the timeline is accessed, then all projects should be displayed in reverse chronological order without any omissions.

A freelancer uses the filtering options to combine multiple criteria for a tailored overview of relevant work history.

Given that the freelancer sets both date range and project type filters, when the timeline is refreshed, then only projects that meet both criteria should be displayed on the timeline.

A user wants to reset all applied filters to view the full work history after reviewing specific experiences.

Given that the freelancer clicks the 'Reset Filters' button, when the timeline is refreshed, then all applied filters should be cleared and all projects should be displayed.

Freelancer is checking the functionality of each filter option to ensure they're working as intended.

Given that each filter option (date range, project type, client rating) is independently selected and applied, when the timeline is refreshed for each filter, then the specific project data should accurately reflect the corresponding criteria without errors.

Downloadable Work History Report

"As a freelancer, I want to download my work history as a PDF report so that I can conveniently share my experience with potential clients or during job applications."

Description

Allow freelancers to generate a downloadable report of their Work History Timeline in PDF format. This feature will enable users to share their work history easily during job applications or networking opportunities. The report should be a well-formatted document that includes all relevant details from the timeline, such as project titles, durations, and client feedback. The ability to provide a tangible summary of their experience will enhance a freelancer's professional presentation and provide a quick reference for potential clients, making the hiring decision process smoother.

Acceptance Criteria

As a freelancer preparing to apply for multiple projects, I want to generate a downloadable PDF report of my work history so that I can present my qualifications clearly to potential clients.

Given that I have a work history with projects listed on my account, when I click on the 'Download Work History Report' button, then a PDF file containing my projects, durations, and client feedback should be generated and made available for download.

As a freelancer, I need to ensure that the generated PDF report accurately reflects my work history so that I can maintain credibility with potential clients.

Given that I have downloaded my work history report, when I open the PDF file, then it must display all project titles, durations, and client feedback exactly as they appear on my Work History Timeline in the application.

As a user, I want the downloaded report to be well-formatted in PDF to enhance my professional presentation when shared with clients.

Given that I have successfully downloaded the work history report, when I check the PDF format, then the document should include proper headings, consistent font styles, and adequate spacing for readability.

As a freelancer, I may want to check my work history report before sending it to potential clients, so I need to ensure it can be viewed accurately in different PDF viewers.

Given that I have downloaded the PDF report, when I view the file using various PDF readers (e.g., Adobe Reader, Preview, browser PDF viewer), then the report should maintain its formatting and be easily readable across all viewers.

As a freelancer relying on feedback for job applications, I want my report to highlight positive client feedback to increase my chances of getting hired.

Given that my work history includes client feedback, when I review the downloaded work history report, then it should specifically emphasize positive feedback with clear visibility on the document (e.g., bold or highlighted text).

As a freelancer, I need to generate the report quickly so that I can meet tight application deadlines without delay.

Given that I request to download my work history report, when I initiate the download, then the report should be generated and ready for download within 5 seconds to ensure efficiency in my workflow.

As a freelancer, I want to receive confirmation that my download was successful so that I am reassured that the action completed correctly.

Given that I have clicked the 'Download Work History Report' button, when the download is initiated, then I should receive an on-screen confirmation message indicating that my report is being generated and is ready for download.

User Permissions for Timeline Visibility

"As a freelancer, I want to set visibility permissions on my work history timeline so that I can control who views my past projects and feedback for privacy and security reasons."

Description

Create user permissions settings that enable freelancers to control who can view their Work History Timeline. This feature is essential for protecting the privacy of freelancers, allowing them to decide whether their work history is publicly visible, shared with specific clients, or kept private. The implementation of these permissions will add a layer of security and customization for users, which is increasingly important in the gig economy where freelancers may handle sensitive client relationships and projects. This flexibility will build trust and ensure freelancers feel secure in sharing their work experiences without fear of unwanted exposure.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer sets their Work History Timeline visibility to 'Public'.

Given the freelancer accesses their settings, when they select 'Public' for their Work History Timeline visibility, then their work history is accessible to all users on the platform.

Freelancer shares their Work History Timeline with a specific client.

Given the freelancer selects a specific client from their contact list, when they choose to share their Work History Timeline with that client, then only that client can view the freelancer's work history.

Freelancer keeps their Work History Timeline private.

Given the freelancer accesses their settings, when they select 'Private' for their Work History Timeline, then no other users can access their work history, ensuring full privacy.

Freelancer updates the visibility settings of their Work History Timeline after initially setting it to 'Public'.

Given the freelancer changes their settings from 'Public' to 'Private', when they save this change, then the visibility of their Work History Timeline is updated immediately, and previous viewers can no longer access it.

System notifies freelancers of visibility changes made to their Work History Timeline.

Given the freelancer makes a change to the visibility settings, when the change is saved, then the freelancer receives a notification confirming the new visibility setting.

Admin views a freelancer's Work History Timeline based on permission settings.

Given an admin attempts to access a freelancer's Work History Timeline, when the timeline visibility is set to 'Private', then the admin is unable to view the freelancer's work history unless granted permission.

Clients review multiple freelancers' Work History Timelines.

Given clients are browsing freelancers, when they filter freelancers based on visibility settings, then they can only view the Work History Timelines that are marked as 'Public' or shared with them directly.

Client Testimonials

Integrate a section for client testimonials that allows previous clients to leave reviews and ratings on the freelancer's profile. This feature enhances the trust factor by showcasing real feedback from past clients, helping freelancers stand out in a competitive marketplace and providing assurance to potential clients regarding their reliability and quality of work.

Requirements

Testimonial Submission

"As a client, I want to submit a testimonial about the freelancer's work after a project is completed so that I can share my experience and help others make informed decisions."

Description

This requirement involves creating a user interface where clients can submit testimonials and ratings after a freelancer completes a project. The form needs to capture the client's name, project details, their rating (from 1 to 5 stars), written feedback, and an option to upload relevant images if needed. The submitted testimonials should be stored in the database and associated with the correct freelancer profile. This increase in user-generated content enhances trustworthiness and engages potential clients by providing genuine feedback on freelancers' work. It also serves to improve freelancers’ profiles, thus impacting their ability to attract more clients.

Acceptance Criteria

Testimonial Submission by Client after Project Completion

Given a client has completed a project with a freelancer, when they access the testimonial submission form from the freelancer's profile, then they must be able to fill in their name, project details, select a rating from 1 to 5 stars, provide written feedback, and upload an image if desired before submitting the testimonial.

Database Storage of Submitted Testimonials

Given a client has successfully submitted a testimonial, when the testimonial is submitted, then the testimonial data including client name, project details, rating, written feedback, and uploaded images should be stored correctly in the database associated with the corresponding freelancer's profile.

Validation of Rating Input

Given a client is submitting a testimonial, when they select a rating from the provided star options, then the submission form must ensure that the rating value is between 1 and 5, and it should display an error message if an invalid rating is selected.

Display of Submitted Testimonials on Freelancer's Profile

Given that a freelancer has received testimonials from clients, when a potential client views the freelancer's profile, then they should see all submitted testimonials listed with client names, ratings, and feedback, with the most recent testimonials displayed first.

User Feedback Confirmation Post-Submission

Given that a client has successfully submitted their testimonial, when the submission is completed, then the system should display a confirmation message notifying the client that their testimonial has been submitted successfully and is awaiting review.

Image Upload Validation in Testimonial Submission

Given a client wishes to upload an image with their testimonial, when they attempt to submit the testimonial with an image, then the system must validate that the uploaded image is in an acceptable format (JPEG, PNG) and does not exceed a specified size limit (e.g., 5MB).

Review Process for Submitted Testimonials

Given that testimonials have been submitted by clients, when an administrator accesses the back-end system, then they should have the ability to review, approve, or reject testimonials based on predefined quality guidelines, and the status of each testimonial should be updated in the database accordingly.

Testimonial Display

"As a potential client, I want to read client testimonials on freelancer profiles so that I can evaluate their reliability and quality of work before hiring."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating a section on freelancer profiles to display client testimonials in an organized manner. Testimonials should be listed chronologically, with the most recent at the top, including the client's name, project type, rating, and feedback text. Each testimonial entry should also allow for a 'report' function in case any inappropriate content needs to be flagged. This feature adds social proof to freelancer profiles, increasing trust and potentially resulting in more client engagements, as prospective clients often rely on earlier clients' experiences as part of their decision-making process.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Client Testimonials on Freelancer Profiles

Given a freelancer profile with at least one client testimonial, when a user views the profile, then the testimonials should be displayed in reverse chronological order, with the most recent first, including the client's name, project type, rating, and feedback text.

Reporting Inappropriate Content in Testimonials

Given a testimonial displayed on a freelancer profile, when a user clicks the 'report' button associated with the testimonial, then a confirmation prompt should appear, and if the user confirms, the testimonial should be flagged for review without removing it from the profile immediately.

Rating System Functionality

Given a client testimonial submission, when the testimonial is posted, then the associated rating (1-5 stars) should be accurately displayed alongside the testimonial and saved in the database for future reference.

User Interface for Testimonials Section

Given the integration of the testimonials section on the freelancer profile, when a user loads the profile, then the testimonials section should load within 2 seconds and be visually distinct, ensuring easy readability and access.

Feedback Submission by Clients

Given a client who wishes to leave a testimonial, when they submit their feedback, then the testimonial should require the client's name, project type, and rating, and all fields must be validated before allowing submission.

Accessibility Compliance of Testimonials Section

Given the testimonials section is designed, when assessed for accessibility, then it must comply with WCAG 2.1 guidelines, ensuring it is usable for individuals with disabilities.

Moderation of Testimonials for Quality Control

Given the ability for users to submit testimonials, when a new testimonial is submitted, then it should be stored in a pending state until reviewed by the moderation team, ensuring only appropriate content is displayed on profiles.

Admin Moderation Tools

"As an admin, I want to monitor and moderate client testimonials to ensure they are appropriate and comply with the platform's standards, so that I can maintain the quality and integrity of user-generated content."

Description

This requirement entails providing administrative tools to monitor and manage the testimonial submissions. Admins should have the ability to approve, edit, or delete testimonials based on content appropriateness and compliance with platform guidelines. An analytics dashboard to show metrics such as the number of testimonials submitted, average ratings, and flagged content will also be needed. This functionality is crucial for maintaining the integrity of the platform and ensuring that only helpful, relevant testimonials are displayed, thus promoting a positive user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin Review and Approval of Testimonials

Given an admin is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they access the testimonials dashboard, then they should be able to view a list of all submitted testimonials, with options to approve, edit, or delete each submission based on content appropriateness and compliance with guidelines.

Admin Editing of Testimonials

Given an admin has selected a testimonial for editing, when they make modifications to the testimonial content and submit the changes, then the updated testimonial should be reflected in the client profile immediately after approval.

Admin Deletion of Inappropriate Testimonials

Given an admin is reviewing testimonials and identifies an inappropriate submission, when they select the delete option for that testimonial, then the testimonial should be removed from the public view and logged in an admin records section for transparency.

Analytics Dashboard for Testimonials

Given an admin is using the analytics dashboard, when they view the testimonial metrics, then the dashboard should display the total number of testimonials submitted, the average rating, and a list of testimonials flagged for review.

Notification System for Admin Actions on Testimonials

Given an admin has taken an action (approve, edit, delete) on a testimonial, when the action is completed, then a notification should be sent to the freelancer whose testimonial was moderated, informing them of the outcome.

User Feedback on Admin Moderation

Given a user (freelancer) whose testimonial has been moderated, when they log into their account, then they should see the status of their testimonial (approved, edited, or deleted) along with any associated admin comments.

Quality Control on User Submissions

Given testimonials submitted by users, when the admin reviews the content, then the admin should be able to flag testimonials that do not comply with platform guidelines for further review.

Notification System for Feedback Responses

"As a freelancer, I want to be notified when I receive a new testimonial so that I can engage with my clients and respond accordingly to their feedback."

Description

This requirement includes creating a notification system that alerts freelancers when new testimonials are received. Freelancers should receive real-time notifications through the platform, as well as optional email notifications. The system could also allow freelancers to respond publicly to testimonials, fostering interaction and engagement between freelancers and clients. This feature enhances transparency and encourages communication, helping to build stronger client-freelancer relationships.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers receive real-time notifications upon receiving new testimonials on their profiles, ensuring they are immediately aware of feedback and can engage with clients promptly.

Given a freelancer has a profile on ShiftSync, when a new testimonial is submitted, then the freelancer should receive a real-time notification on the platform and an optional email notification.

Freelancers can respond to testimonials, allowing for public engagement with clients. This feature encourages interaction and displays responsiveness to client feedback.

Given a freelancer views a received testimonial, when they choose to respond, then their response should be publicly visible under the testimonial on their profile page.

Freelancers can customize their notification preferences for testimonial alerts to manage frequency and mode of notifications effectively.

Given a freelancer navigates to their notification settings, when they select their preferences for testimonial notifications, then these settings should be saved and applied to future notifications.

Clients receive confirmation that their submitted testimonials have been successfully reviewed by the freelancer, promoting transparency in the feedback process.

Given a client submits a testimonial, when the submission is processed, then the client should receive an acknowledgment message indicating their feedback has been successfully recorded and is viewable by the freelancer.

The notification system operates seamlessly when the platform is in use, ensuring freelancers do not miss any important feedback.

Given the ShiftSync platform is actively being used, when a new testimonial arrives, then there should be no delays in issuing notifications, and the real-time tracking of these notifications should be verified through system logs.

Testimonial Analytics Dashboard

"As a freelancer, I want to be able to view analytics on my client testimonials so that I can understand my performance and improve my services based on client feedback."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating an analytics dashboard for freelancers that summarizes their testimonials data. Freelancers should have access to insights such as average ratings, total testimonials received, trends over time, and feedback highlights. This data will empower freelancers to assess their performance, identify strengths and areas of improvement, and adjust their strategies accordingly. By tracking their success metrics, freelancers can enhance their services to better meet client needs, ultimately leading to an improved market position.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer accesses their Testimonial Analytics Dashboard to view their performance metrics after receiving new testimonials over a month.

Given the freelancer has logged in, when they navigate to the Testimonial Analytics Dashboard, then they should see the total number of testimonials received, average ratings, and visual trends over the past month, accurately reflecting the latest data.

Freelancer wants to analyze the trend of their testimonials over the past three months to identify periods of peak client satisfaction.

Given the freelancer selects a three-month time frame in the dashboard, when they view the analytics, then they should see a graph displaying average ratings for each month, allowing them to identify trends and insights.

A freelancer receives a notification that a new testimonial has been added and wants to see how this impacts their overall rating.

Given the freelancer receives a notification about a new testimonial, when they refresh the Testimonial Analytics Dashboard, then their overall average rating should update to include the new testimonial, reflecting the correct average based on total testimonials.

The freelancer has received a mix of positive and negative testimonials and wants to understand the key themes highlighted in client feedback.

Given the freelancer accesses their dashboard, when they view the feedback highlights section, then they should see categorized themes based on client feedback, identifying strengths and weaknesses in their services.

A new freelancer is onboarding and wants to understand how to interpret their Testimonial Analytics Dashboard data.

Given the new freelancer accesses the dashboard for the first time, when they hover over the metrics displayed, then they should see tooltips providing explanations for each data point (total testimonials, average rating, etc.), helping them understand the metrics.

Freelancer wants to download the testimonial data for external analysis or presentation.

Given the freelancer clicks on the download report button on their Testimonial Analytics Dashboard, when the data is generated, then they should receive a CSV file containing all relevant metrics, testimonials, and trends for offline viewing.

Skill Certification Badges

Introduce digital badges that freelancers can earn by completing specific training or projects that demonstrate their skills. These badges can be displayed prominently on their profiles, providing visual proof of their capabilities and further distinguishing them from other candidates. This feature encourages ongoing professional development while attracting clients looking for certified expertise.

Requirements

Badge Creation Engine

"As an administrator, I want to create and manage digital badges for freelancers so that I can provide a clear system of recognition for skills and achievements, encouraging continuous learning and enhancement of professional profiles."

Description

The Badge Creation Engine is essential for allowing the creation and management of digital skill certification badges. This requirement involves developing a user-friendly interface for administrators to design badges, establish criteria for earning them, and manage their visibility on freelancer profiles. Integration with the existing database will ensure that badges are securely stored and easily accessible for display on user profiles. This feature provides the functionality necessary to recognize freelancers' skills transparently, fostering growth and professional development in the gig economy.

Acceptance Criteria

Badge Creation Process for Freelancers

Given an administrator is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they access the Badge Creation Engine, then they should see a user-friendly interface with options to create, edit, and delete badges, as well as set earning criteria and visibility settings for freelancers.

Badge Visibility on Freelancer Profiles

Given a freelancer has earned a badge, when their profile is viewed by a client, then the earned badge must be displayed clearly and prominently, along with the criteria for how it was earned.

Badge Storage and Retrieval

Given a badge has been created in the Badge Creation Engine, when a freelancer logs into their account, then the badge must be retrievable from the database and displayed on their profile without any errors or delays.

Badge Creation User Permissions

Given an administrator attempts to create a badge, when they do not have the necessary permissions, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions to create badges.

Badge Criteria Configuration

Given an administrator has access to the Badge Creation Engine, when they set specific criteria for earning a badge, then those criteria must be saved successfully and be editable at any time without data loss.

System Notifications for Badge Completion

Given a freelancer completes a project that qualifies for a badge, when the system processes the completion, then the freelancer should receive a notification confirming the badge has been awarded and detailing the criteria fulfilled.

User Feedback on Badges

Given a badge has been earned, when a freelancer views their profile, then they should be able to provide feedback on the badge feature, which should be recorded and available for review by administrators.

User Profile Badge Display

"As a freelancer, I want to showcase my earned badges on my profile so that potential clients can quickly assess my skills and qualifications, increasing my chances of being hired for projects."

Description

The User Profile Badge Display requirement involves designing a visually appealing and informative section on freelancer profiles where earned digital badges will be prominently displayed. This will enhance the aesthetics of profiles and provide clients with immediate insight into a freelancer's qualifications and skills. Additionally, this section will be integrated into the existing profile layout, ensuring a seamless user experience. The feature emphasizes the importance of visual proof of skills in attracting potential clients and promoting freelancers' expertise.

Acceptance Criteria

User Profile Badge Display for Freelancers with Earned Certifications

Given a freelancer has completed certified training and received digital badges, when they view their profile, then the badges should be displayed prominently in a dedicated section with correct icons and titles.

Displaying Badge Activity Log

Given that badges can be earned over time, when a freelancer views their profile, then there should be an activity log showing the date earned and details of each badge.

Client View of Freelancer Badges

Given that clients are browsing freelancer profiles, when a client views a freelancer's profile, then the client should see the badges in a clear, visually appealing format to assess qualifications easily.

Responsive Design of Badge Display Section

Given that users may access the platform from different devices, when the freelancer profile is viewed on a mobile device, then the badge display section should adapt to various screen sizes without losing its layout and readability.

Integration with Existing Profile Layout

Given that the profile already has defined sections, when the badge display feature is implemented, then the new badge section should integrate seamlessly without disrupting the existing profile structure or user experience.

Badges Updatable by Users

Given that freelancers can earn new badges, when a freelancer obtains a new certification, then the corresponding badge should be automatically updated and displayed on their profile without manual intervention.

Informational Tooltip for Badges

Given that some badges may not be immediately recognizable, when a user hovers over a badge icon on the freelancer's profile, then an informational tooltip should appear providing details about the badge and its significance.

Badge Earned Notifications

"As a freelancer, I want to receive notifications when I earn a new badge so that I can celebrate my achievements and stay informed about my professional growth."

Description

The Badge Earned Notifications feature will alert freelancers through the application and email once they earn a new skill certification badge. This requirement ensures users are informed promptly of their achievements, reinforcing their progress and motivating them to pursue further training or projects. Notifications will be customizable, allowing freelancers to choose their preferred method of receiving updates. This feature enhances user engagement and encourages ongoing skill development.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer earns a new skill certification badge after completing a course through the ShiftSync platform and receives an immediate notification of their achievement.

Given a freelancer completes a course successfully, when the badge is earned, then the freelancer receives an in-app notification and an email notification about the new badge within 10 minutes.

A freelancer adjusts their notification settings to customize how they receive alerts for earned badges.

Given the freelancer is on the notification settings page, when they select their preferred method of notification (email, in-app, or both) and save the settings, then the system should store these preferences and apply them to future badge earn notifications.

A freelancer has just earned multiple badges simultaneously and checks for notifications on their profile.

Given the freelancer has earned two badges at the same time, when they log into their profile, then they should see both badges displayed prominently along with the corresponding notifications in their notification center and email inbox.

A freelancer completes a project that qualifies for a skill certification badge and waits for the notification.

Given a freelancer completes a qualifying project, when the badge is awarded, then they should receive an immediate notification in-app and via email indicating the badge earned along with a brief description of the skill represented.

A freelancer attempts to disable email notifications for earned badges and successfully modifies their settings.

Given the freelancer accesses the notification preferences, when they choose to disable email notifications and confirm the change, then the system should not send future email notifications for earned badges while still allowing in-app notifications if they are enabled.

A client views a freelancer's profile and sees the badges earned along with the notification history of their achievements.

Given a client accesses a freelancer's profile, when viewing the profile, then the client should see all badges awarded to the freelancer clearly displayed, along with the latest badge earned and the date it was awarded.

Badge Sharing Capabilities

"As a freelancer, I want to share my badges on social media so that I can increase my visibility and attract more clients by showcasing my qualifications and achievements in my field."

Description

The Badge Sharing Capabilities requirement involves developing functionality that allows freelancers to share their earned badges on social media platforms and professional networks. This will help promote their skills publicly, enhancing their visibility and marketability. The feature will include easy-to-use sharing buttons on the badge display section of their profiles, ensuring freelancers can easily showcase their qualifications to a broader audience. This not only benefits freelancers but also enhances the ShiftSync brand through shared endorsements.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer successfully shares a badge on LinkedIn.

Given a freelancer has earned a badge, when they click on the LinkedIn share button, then a post with the badge image and description is created successfully and appears on their LinkedIn profile.

Freelancer shares multiple badges simultaneously across different platforms.

Given a freelancer has multiple badges, when they select the share option for all badges, then sharing buttons for Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn should be available, and all badges should be shareable in one action without error.

Users can see shared badges on freelancer's social media profiles.

Given a freelancer has shared their badge on social media, when another user views the freelancer's social media profile, then they should see the badge image and description clearly displayed.

Badge sharing functionality for mobile users.

Given a freelancer is using a mobile device, when they attempt to share a badge, then the sharing functionality should work seamlessly across all mobile browsers and social media applications without glitches.

Analytics for badge shares to monitor engagement.

Given the badge sharing functionality is live, when a badge is shared by a freelancer, then analytic data should be captured showing the number of shares, clicks, and user engagement metrics for each badge shared.

Privacy settings for shared badges.

Given a freelancer has shared a badge, when they check their privacy settings, then they should have the option to control who can view the shared badges on social media platforms (public, friends, custom).

Feedback mechanism for shared badges.

Given a badge is shared on social media, when a user comments or likes the shared badge, then the freelancer should receive notification and feedback through the ShiftSync platform indicating engagement with the shared badge.

Reporting and Analytics Dashboard

"As an administrator, I want to view analytics on badge issuance and user engagement so that I can make informed decisions to improve the training and recognition systems for freelancers."

Description

The Reporting and Analytics Dashboard requirement will provide administrators with insights into badge issuance and user engagement metrics. This feature will generate reports on how many badges have been awarded, which badges are most popular, and user engagement rates with badges. This data will help in refining skills training programs and identifying trends in the gig economy, ensuring the platform remains responsive to user needs and promotes ongoing skill development effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Badge Issuance Tracking for Administrators

Given an administrator accesses the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they view the badge issuance section, then they should see a count of total badges issued for the specified time frame and a breakdown of badges by type.

Popular Badges Analysis

Given an administrator is on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they look at the popular badges report, then they should see a list of the top 5 badges issued and the percentage of total badge issuance they represent.

User Engagement Metrics

Given an administrator navigates to the user engagement metrics section of the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific badge, then they should see the number of users who have engaged with that badge, both accepted and rejected.

Time Frame Customization for Reports

Given an administrator is on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they select a custom time frame for reports, then the dashboard should generate updated reports reflecting user engagement and badge issuance for that specific period.

Downloadable Reports Feature

Given an administrator accesses the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they choose to download the badge data report, then the report should generate in a CSV format and include all relevant metrics.

Trend Analysis Over Multiple Months

Given an administrator is viewing the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they select the trend analysis option for badge issuance, then they should see a graphical representation of badge trends over the last 6 months.

Notifications for Low Engagement Badges

Given an administrator accesses the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they analyze badge engagement metrics, then they should receive an alert if any badge has an engagement rate lower than 5% over the last quarter.

Project-Attachment Links

Allow freelancers to link their completed projects or relevant external work examples directly from their portfolio. By enabling potential clients to view their work on external sites, such as GitHub, Behance, or personal websites, freelancers can provide in-depth examples of their skills and projects, enhancing their visibility and appeal.

Requirements

External Project Link Integration

"As a freelancer, I want to link my completed projects from external sites to my ShiftSync portfolio so that potential clients can easily view my work and assess my skills based on real examples."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a feature that allows freelancers to link their completed projects or relevant external work examples directly from their portfolio within the ShiftSync platform. The integration should support various external sites, such as GitHub, Behance, or personal websites. By enabling this feature, freelancers can showcase their work more effectively, providing potential clients with direct access to their project examples. The expected benefits include enhanced visibility for freelancers, improved credibility through demonstration of skills, and an overall richer portfolio experience for clients looking to hire. The implementation will require user interface updates, backend API integration with the designated external platforms, and adequate security measures to protect user data and maintain integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer links an external project from GitHub in their ShiftSync portfolio.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to their portfolio and add a new project link, then the link to the GitHub project should be saved and displayed correctly in their portfolio with a preview thumbnail.

Freelancer links an external project from Behance in their ShiftSync portfolio.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to their portfolio and add a new project link, then the link to the Behance project should be saved and displayed correctly in their portfolio with a preview thumbnail.

Client views a freelancer's portfolio showcasing external project links.

Given a client is browsing a freelancer's portfolio on ShiftSync, when they click on any external project link, then the link should open the respective project in a new tab, allowing the client to view the work without leaving ShiftSync.

Freelancer attempts to link an invalid external project URL in their portfolio.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync and tries to add an invalid URL in their portfolio, when they attempt to save the link, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the URL is not valid.

Freelancer updates an existing external project link in their ShiftSync portfolio.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they update an existing project link with a new URL in their portfolio, then the updated link should be saved and displayed correctly, replacing the old URL.

The system checks and prevents duplicate external project links in a freelancer's portfolio.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync and has an existing project link, when they attempt to add the same project link again, then an error message should indicate that the link already exists in their portfolio.

Freelancer successfully removes an external project link from their ShiftSync portfolio.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to their portfolio and choose to delete an external project link, then the link should be removed from their portfolio without any errors or residual data.

Dynamic Portfolio Updates

"As a freelancer, I want my portfolio to automatically update when I add new projects to my external sites so that I can save time and present my latest work to potential clients effortlessly."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling automatic updates to the freelancer's portfolio when they link new projects or make changes to their external profiles. This feature will ensure that clients always see the most current and relevant work, improving the effectiveness of portfolios in attracting job opportunities. It will involve establishing a synchronization process that checks for updates at specified intervals or upon user request. The benefits of this feature include reduced manual work for freelancers, maintaining an up-to-date portfolio, and a more streamlined user experience for potential clients. Implementation will require defining update protocols and ensuring that external link authenticity is maintained during the update process.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer links a new project to their portfolio and expects the portfolio to refresh automatically with the new content within a defined interval.

Given the freelancer has linked a new project, When the system checks for updates, Then the freelancer's portfolio should reflect the new project within 5 minutes.

A freelancer updates the URL of a project link in their external profile, and the portfolio should automatically update to show the corrected link.

Given the freelancer has updated a project link in their external profile, When the synchronization process runs, Then the portfolio should display the updated link without requiring manual intervention.

Clients view the portfolios of freelancers to assess their suitability for projects, requiring the portfolios to reflect the most recent work without outdated information.

Given a client views a freelancer's portfolio, When the client accesses the profile, Then the portfolio should show only projects linked within the last 12 months.

During system maintenance, all active links in freelancers' portfolios must remain intact and functional so that clients can access them without issues.

Given there is a scheduled maintenance for the system, When the maintenance is active, Then all links in the freelancers' portfolios should remain accessible and return a status code of 200.

Freelancers may want to manually trigger an update of their portfolio to ensure the most recent changes are displayed immediately.

Given a freelancer clicks the 'Refresh Portfolio' button, When the action is initiated, Then the portfolio should update instantly and display the current project statuses.

If a linked project becomes unavailable or is removed from the external platform, the portfolio must reflect this change promptly to avoid displaying broken links.

Given a project linked in a freelancer's portfolio is removed from the external site, When the synchronization process checks for availability, Then the portfolio should remove the broken link within 10 minutes.

External links in freelancer portfolios must be verified for authenticity and relevance to maintain credibility with potential clients.

Given a freelancer links an external project, When the linking process occurs, Then the system should verify the authenticity of the link and ensure it leads to a valid project before adding it to the portfolio.

Customizable Portfolio Layout

"As a freelancer, I want to customize the layout of my portfolio so that it reflects my personal style and attracts more clients with its visual appeal."

Description

This requirement entails allowing freelancers to customize the layout of their portfolio on the ShiftSync platform. Freelancers should be able to choose different templates, arrange how linked projects are displayed, and add personal branding elements such as logos and color schemes. The customization will enhance user satisfaction by providing freelancers with the ability to present their work in a manner that aligns with their personal style and brand image. This feature can increase user engagement and conversion rates by making portfolios more appealing to potential clients. Implementation will require developing user interface options and ensuring that changes are reflected in real-time within the portfolio view.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Customizes Portfolio Layout for a Client Presentation

Given a freelancer is on the portfolio customization page, when they select a new template and customize branding elements, then the changes should reflect immediately in the portfolio preview without needing to refresh the page.

Freelancer Adds a Project Link to Their Portfolio

Given a freelancer is editing their portfolio, when they add a link to an external project, then the link should appear correctly with a thumbnail and description in the portfolio view after saving.

Freelancer Re-arranges Project Display Order in Portfolio

Given a freelancer is customizing their portfolio layout, when they drag-and-drop project links to reorder them, then the new order should be saved and displayed accurately in the live portfolio.

Portfolio View Reflects Real-time Changes for Clients

Given a potential client is viewing the freelancer's portfolio, when any customization changes are made by the freelancer, then the client should see those changes in real-time without needing to refresh their browser.

Freelancer Changes Color Scheme of Their Portfolio

Given a freelancer is on the portfolio customization page, when they select a new color scheme, then all elements of the portfolio should update to reflect the new colors across the entire portfolio layout.

Freelancer Saves Customized Portfolio Layout

Given a freelancer has made changes to their portfolio layout, when they click the save button, then a confirmation message should appear, and the changes should persist for future sessions.

User Interface Options for Portfolio Customization are Intuitive

Given a freelancer is navigating the portfolio customization page, when they explore the available options, then the layout, templates, and branding elements should be organized clearly and helpfully guide the user through the customization process.

Client Feedback System

"As a client, I want to leave feedback on a freelancer's projects from their portfolio so that I can share my experience and help future clients make informed decisions."

Description

This requirement will implement a client feedback feature that allows clients to leave comments or reviews directly on the freelancer's portfolio for each linked project. This will enhance the freelancers’ credibility and provide real-time feedback on their work. The feedback system should allow clients to rate projects, write testimonials, and share their experience working with the freelancer. The benefits include fostering trust in potential clients, enhancing the portfolio’s interactivity, and providing value-added insights for freelancers looking to improve their services. Implementation will involve creating a robust user interface, database for storing feedback, and moderation tools to manage reviews.

Acceptance Criteria

Client leaves feedback on a freelance project after its completion.

Given the freelancer's portfolio is accessible, when the client views a project detail page, then they must see an option to leave a rating and a comment for the specific project.

Ash is a freelancer who has finished a project and wants to receive feedback from her client.

Given the project is marked as completed, when the client clicks on the provided link in their notification email, then they are directed to a feedback interface to rate and review the project.

Clients want to view feedback from other clients on the freelancer's previous projects for assurance before hiring.

Given that multiple feedback entries exist for a project, when any user views the freelancer's portfolio, then they should see an average rating displayed alongside the detailed client reviews for each project.

A freelancer is reviewing the feedback left by a client on their project.

Given the freelancer is logged into their account, when they navigate to the feedback management section, then they should be able to view, respond to, or delete feedback entries left by clients.

Moderation team reviews potentially inappropriate feedback left on freelancer portfolios.

Given that feedback may contain inappropriate content, when a moderator accesses the feedback section, then they should have options to approve, edit, or delete the flagged feedback entries.

A client wants to change their feedback for a project after further reflection.

Given that the client has already left feedback, when they return to the project link, then they should be given an option to edit or delete their previous feedback submission before submitting any changes.

Freelancers need statistics on client feedback for performance evaluation.

Given that feedback has been collected over time, when a freelancer accesses their analytics dashboard, then they should see visual reports summarizing ratings, number of reviews, and trends over specified periods.

Analytics Dashboard for Portfolio Performance

"As a freelancer, I want to access an analytics dashboard for my portfolio so that I can understand how potential clients are interacting with my work and adjust my portfolio accordingly."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating an analytics dashboard for freelancers that provides insights into how their portfolios are performing, including views, clicks on external links, and engagement with feedback. The dashboard will provide valuable data that freelancers can use to understand client interest and potentially refine their portfolios based on user interaction metrics. The benefits include enabling freelancers to make data-driven decisions on how to showcase their work and improve engagement. Implementation will require data collection mechanisms, a user-friendly analytics interface, and the ability to visualize data meaningfully.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer accesses the analytics dashboard after linking their external project portfolios to view real-time performance metrics.

Given the freelancer is logged in, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they should see metrics including views, clicks on external links, and engagement feedback for each linked project.

A freelancer wants to understand which of their portfolio projects attracts the most engagement metrics.

Given the freelancer has several projects linked, when they filter the dashboard by engagement metrics, then the system should display projects sorted by the highest to lowest engagement.

A freelancer receives a notification about a significant increase in views for a specific project linked from their portfolio.

Given the dashboard has real-time updates, when the views for a linked project exceed a predetermined threshold, then the system should notify the freelancer through an in-app alert.

A freelancer uses the dashboard to make data-driven decisions on portfolio refinement.

Given the freelancer analyzes the metrics, when they identify projects with low engagement, then they should be able to mark these projects for review and potential removal or modification.

Potential clients view a freelancer's portfolio and see the engagement metrics displayed alongside each project.

Given a potential client is viewing a freelancer's portfolio, when they click on a linked project, then they should also see the associated performance metrics for that project.

The analytics dashboard provides visual representations of the performance data gathered from the freelancer's portfolio.

Given the freelancer accesses the dashboard, when they view the performance data, then the data should be presented in easily interpretable visual formats such as graphs and charts.

Advanced Filtering Options

Provide businesses with advanced filtering options when browsing freelancer portfolios based on specific skills, project types, or ratings. This feature streamlines the evaluation process for business owners, allowing them to efficiently identify candidates that precisely match their project requirements, which ultimately improves hiring accuracy.

Requirements

Dynamic Skill Filtering

"As a business owner, I want to filter freelancer portfolios by specific skills so that I can quickly identify candidates who are best suited for my project requirements."

Description

The Dynamic Skill Filtering requirement enables users to search and filter freelancer portfolios based on a wide range of specific skills, ensuring that businesses can quickly identify candidates whose expertise aligns precisely with their project needs. This functionality will include options for filtering by individual skills, skill levels, and even specific certifications. By optimizing the search process, businesses can reduce the time spent evaluating candidates and improve the overall hiring accuracy, leading to more successful project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic Skill Filtering for Project Managers

Given a project manager searching for freelancers, when they apply a dynamic skill filter on the portfolio listing, then only freelancers matching the selected skills and skill levels should appear in the results.

Skill-Level Verification

Given a user has entered specific skills and their corresponding levels into the system, when the dynamic skill filter is applied, then the system must return only those portfolios that meet or exceed the specified skill levels.

Certification-Based Filtering

Given that some freelancers have listed certifications, when the user applies a filter for specific certifications, then the system should only display freelancers who possess the selected certification(s).

Combination Filtering

Given a user wants to filter freelancers based on multiple criteria, when they select multiple skills, skill levels, and certifications, then the search results should accurately reflect only those freelancers who meet all the selected criteria.

Real-Time Filter Results Updating

Given a user is applying filters to search for freelancers, when they change any filter criteria, then the displayed results should update in real time without needing to refresh the page.

User-Friendly Filter Interface

Given that the dynamic skill filtering option is presented to users, when they interact with the filtering options, then they should find the interface intuitive and easy to navigate, as confirmed by user testing feedback.

Performance of Filter Functionality

Given a significant number of freelancer portfolios, when a user applies dynamic skill filters, then the system should return results in under two seconds to ensure a smooth and efficient user experience.

Project Type Filter

"As a project manager, I want to filter freelancers by project types to find candidates with relevant experience so that I can ensure the best fit for my upcoming projects."

Description

This requirement allows users to filter freelancer portfolios based on different project types such as graphic design, programming, content writing, and more. By categorizing freelancers by their project types, businesses can more effectively narrow down their search to find individuals who have relevant experience in tasks they need to accomplish. This feature will enhance the hiring process by ensuring a better match between project requirements and freelancer expertise, ultimately leading to better project success rates.

Acceptance Criteria

As a business owner, I want to filter freelancer portfolios by specific project types so that I can quickly find candidates with relevant experience for my graphic design project.

Given that I am logged into the ShiftSync platform, When I select 'graphic design' from the project type filter, Then only freelancer profiles that have 'graphic design' listed as their project type should be displayed.

As a project manager, I need to apply multiple project type filters to refine my search for freelancers by combining categories like 'programming' and 'content writing'.

Given that I am on the freelancer search page, When I select both 'programming' and 'content writing' as project type filters, Then the displayed results should include freelancers who have experience in either or both categories.

As an HR personnel, I want to ensure that the project type filter allows me to see the most highly-rated freelancers within specific project categories, such as 'SEO writing'.

Given that I am on the freelancer search page and have selected 'SEO writing' as my project type, When I view the results, Then only freelancers with a rating of 4 stars or higher should be visible.

As a business owner, I want to reset all filters after I have searched for freelancers so that I can start a new search without the previous criteria persisting.

Given that I have applied multiple project type filters, When I click the 'Reset Filters' button, Then all selected project type filters should be cleared and the original unfiltered freelancer list should be displayed.

As a hiring manager, I need to be able to see an explanation tooltip when I hover over project type filter options so that I understand what each project type entails before making a selection.

Given that I am on the freelancer search page, When I hover over the project type filter options, Then a tooltip should appear providing a brief description of each project type's requirements and expected skills.

As a freelancer, I want my portfolio to be accurately categorized under the project types I specialize in, to enhance my visibility to potential employers.

Given that I am a freelancer and updating my profile, When I select the relevant project types related to my skills, Then my portfolio should accurately reflect only those project types in the search results.

Rating-Based Filtering

"As a hiring manager, I want to filter freelancers by their ratings and reviews so that I can hire the best-rated candidates and improve the quality of my projects."

Description

The Rating-Based Filtering requirement provides businesses the ability to filter freelance profiles based on their ratings and reviews. This functionality will help users prioritize candidates who have positive feedback and higher ratings, ensuring that they select freelancers who are likely to deliver quality work. By incorporating ratings into the filtering options, businesses can make more informed decisions and enhance their trust in the freelancers they choose to hire.

Acceptance Criteria

Business Owner Filters Freelancers by Rating

Given a business owner navigates to the freelancer browsing section, when they select the rating filter option and specify a minimum rating threshold, then the system should display only the freelancer profiles that meet or exceed the specified rating.

View Filtered Freelancer Profiles

Given the business owner has applied a rating-based filter, when they scroll through the filtered freelancer profiles, then each profile displayed must include the freelancer's ratings and total reviews clearly visible.

Reset Filtering Options

Given the business owner has applied rating filters, when they click on the 'Reset Filters' button, then all applied filters should be cleared and all freelancers should be visible again.

Multiple Filters Application

Given a business owner applies both rating and skill filters, when they view the profile listings, then the results must only show freelancers that match both the specified rating and skills criteria.

Sort Filtered Results by Rating

Given a business owner has filtered freelancers by rating, when they choose to sort the results, then the profiles should be displayed from the highest rating to the lowest, accurately reflecting the sorting preference.

Display of No Results Found

Given a business owner applies a very high rating filter that no freelancers meet, when they view the results, then the system must display a message indicating 'No freelancers found matching your criteria.'

Integration with Reviews Section

Given a business owner views a filtered freelancer profile, when they click on the rating score, then they should be directed to a detailed reviews section that provides insights on the freelancer's past work and feedback from clients.

Multi-Criteria Search

"As a business owner, I want to perform a multi-criteria search to combine various filters so that I can find the most suitable freelancers for my specific project needs efficiently."

Description

This requirement facilitates a multi-criteria search option, allowing businesses to combine several filtering parameters, such as skills, project types, and ratings, to refine their candidate search further. This feature enables a more targeted approach to finding the right freelancer, taking into account multiple relevant factors at once, thus improving the effectiveness of the hiring process and leading to better project alignment with freelancer competencies.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers Can Be Filtered by Multiple Skills, Project Types, and Star Ratings in the Job Board.

Given a user is on the freelancer search page, when they input multiple skills, select various project types, and set a star rating filter, then only freelancers who meet all specified criteria should be displayed on the results page.

User Can Save Favorite Filters for Future Searches.

Given a user has selected specific filters for a freelancer search, when they opt to save their filter selections, then those filters should be retrievable in a 'Saved Filters' section for future job searches.

System Displays an Accurate Count of Search Results Based on Filter Criteria.

Given a user has applied specific filters to search for freelancers, when the results load, then the system should display the total number of freelancers that meet the specified criteria at the top of the search results page.

Search Functionality Performs Efficiently with Complex Filter Combinations.

Given a user applies multiple filters such as skills, ratings, and project types, when they execute the search, then the results should load within three seconds or less, ensuring an efficient user experience.

Users Can Reset Filter Selections with One Click.

Given a user is on the freelancer search page, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all selected filters should be cleared, and the search results should return to the default state featuring all freelancers.

Filtered Results Reflect Real-Time Data from Freelancer Profiles.

Given a user conducts a search for freelancers using filters, when the results are displayed, then the freelancer profiles should accurately reflect their most current skills, project types, and ratings, ensuring no stale data is presented.

Users Receive Error Messages for Invalid Filter Combinations.

Given a user inputs an invalid filter combination (e.g., conflicting project types), when they attempt to apply the filters, then the system should display a clear error message indicating the issue and prompt for a correction.

Save Search Preferences

"As a business user, I want to save my search preferences so that I can easily repeat my searches without having to set the filters each time."

Description

The Save Search Preferences requirement allows users to save their filtering criteria for future searches. Businesses can customize their search preferences and quickly access them later, streamlining the hiring process and enhancing user experience. This feature is particularly beneficial for users who frequently search for freelancers, as it saves time and effort, allowing them to focus on other important tasks while ensuring they can easily come back to their preferred candidates.

Acceptance Criteria

User saves a set of filtering criteria to quickly access it later during freelancer searches.

Given that a user has set specific filtering criteria for freelancer searches, when they choose to save these preferences, then the criteria should be saved successfully and be retrievable on subsequent search sessions.

User retrieves saved search preferences from their profile.

Given that a user has saved search preferences, when they navigate to the search filters section, then they should see an option to load their saved preferences and load them without errors.

User has the ability to edit existing saved search preferences.

Given that a user has previously saved search preferences, when they select the option to edit these preferences, then they should be able to modify the filtering criteria and save the updated preferences successfully.

User deletes existing saved search preferences.

Given that a user has saved search preferences, when they choose to delete a specific set of preferences, then the selected preferences should be removed from their profile permanently.

User receives confirmation upon successful saving, loading, or deleting search preferences.

Given that a user performs a save, load, or delete action on their search preferences, then they should receive an appropriate confirmation message indicating the success of the action taken.

User's saved search preferences are maintained across different sessions and devices.

Given that a user saves their search preferences on one device, when they log in from another device, then they should see the same saved preferences reflected in their profile instantly.

User can view a list of all saved search preferences with the option to select one.

Given that a user has saved multiple search preferences, when they access their search preferences section, then they should see a list displaying all saved preferences and be able to select one to use.

Real-Time Collaboration Chat

Facilitates immediate communication between freelancers and managers through a dedicated chat interface. Users can share updates, ask questions, and clarify project requirements in real-time, reducing miscommunication and ensuring everyone is on the same page. This feature enhances collaboration and promotes a seamless workflow.

Requirements

Instant Message Notifications

"As a project manager, I want to receive instant notifications for new messages in the collaboration chat so that I can respond quickly and keep the project moving forward without delays."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing instant message notifications within the Real-Time Collaboration Chat feature. It ensures that users receive alerts for new messages immediately, fostering prompt responses and seamless communication. This functionality will reduce delays in project updates, enhance team responsiveness, and encourage active engagement among freelancers and managers. It plays a crucial role in maintaining a continuous dialogue, which is vital for effective collaboration in dynamic work environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an instant notification for a new message within the Real-Time Collaboration Chat feature when they are actively engaged in a different task on the platform.

Given that the user is logged in and receives a new message, when the message is sent, then the user should receive an instant notification that displays the sender's name and a preview of the message content.

User receives an instant notification for a new message even if the application is minimized or in the background.

Given that the user has minimized the ShiftSync application, when a new message is sent, then the user should receive a push notification in their device's notification center that alerts them to the new message.

User can customize the notification settings for the Real-Time Collaboration Chat feature to adjust the type and frequency of alerts they receive.

Given that the user accesses the notification settings, when they adjust the notifications settings for new messages, then the settings should be saved and correctly applied, allowing the user to receive notifications according to their preferences.

User has the option to mute notifications for specific chat threads during certain time periods.

Given that the user is in a chat thread, when they choose to mute notifications for that thread, then they should not receive instant notifications for new messages in that thread until they unmute it.

User receives instant message notifications with sounds, vibrations, or visual alerts based on their preferences.

Given that the user has configured their notification preferences, when a new message is received, then the user should experience the selected sound, vibration, or visual alert type as per their preferences.

User can quickly access and view recent messages after receiving a notification.

Given that the user receives a notification for a new message, when they click on the notification, then they should be directed to the Real-Time Collaboration Chat interface with the relevant chat thread open and highlighted.

File Sharing Capabilities

"As a freelancer, I want to easily share files within the collaboration chat so that I can provide context for my questions and updates without leaving the conversation."

Description

This requirement involves adding a file-sharing feature to the Real-Time Collaboration Chat. Users should be able to upload and share documents or images directly within the chat interface. This integration allows for immediate access to relevant project files, reducing the need to switch between applications and streamlining the workflow. It enhances communication by allowing users to provide necessary visual context or supplementary information during discussions, thereby improving collaboration efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer shares a project file during a live chat session with the manager.

Given a freelancer is in a chat session with a manager, when the freelancer selects the 'Upload File' option and uploads a document, then the document should be visible in the chat interface for both users to view and download.

Manager requests clarification on a project detail and freelancer shares an image for context.

Given a manager is discussing project details in the chat, when the freelancer uploads an image to the chat, then the image should be accessible in the chat history and should display correctly on both the manager's and freelancer's interfaces.

User tries to share a file that exceeds the size limit.

Given a user attempts to upload a file larger than the specified limit, when the user tries to send the file, then an error message should display indicating the file size exceeds the maximum allowable limit and the upload should be prevented.

Multiple users share files simultaneously during a collaborative chat session.

Given multiple users are engaged in a chat session, when each user uploads a file, then all files should be successfully uploaded and displayed in the chat interface without any errors or file loss.

User wants to view all shared files in the chat after a session ends.

Given a user has participated in a chat session, when the user revisits the chat after it has ended, then all previously shared files should be accessible from a dedicated file sharing section within the chat interface.

Chat interface performance while uploading files during a high-traffic period.

Given the chat interface is being used by multiple users simultaneously, when any user uploads a file, then the upload should complete within a specified time limit without causing the interface to lag or freeze.

Chat History and Search Functionality

"As a freelancer, I want to be able to search the chat history so that I can find past discussions quickly and avoid asking questions that have already been answered."

Description

This requirement aims to implement a chat history feature that allows users to view past conversations and a search functionality to retrieve specific messages or topics discussed. This addition ensures that critical information is easily accessible and that users can refer back to prior exchanges, enhancing accountability and reducing repetitive questions. Maintaining a record of conversations supports project continuity and helps in tracking the evolution of discussions over time.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers accessing past chat messages to clarify project details.

Given a user has an active subscription and is logged into their account, when they navigate to the chat history section, then they should be able to view all past conversations sorted by date.

Managers searching for specific messages related to deadlines or deliverables.

Given a manager is in the chat history section, when they use the search functionality to find keywords related to deadlines, then the system should return all relevant messages containing those keywords.

A freelancer identifying previous feedback provided by a manager in the chat.

Given a freelancer is reviewing past chat conversations, when they search for the term 'feedback', then they should be able to see all messages where feedback was given, with timestamps and participants clearly indicated.

Users filtering chat history by participant to locate specific discussions.

Given a user is in the chat history section, when they filter the chat history by a specific participant, then the system should display only the messages exchanged with that participant.

Ensuring that deleted chats do not appear in chat history.

Given a user deletes a conversation, when they refresh the chat history, then the deleted conversation should no longer be visible in the history.

User Presence Indicators

"As a project manager, I want to see if my team members are available in real time, so that I can determine the best time to reach out to them for immediate discussions or updates."

Description

This requirement includes the development of user presence indicators that display whether a user is online, offline, or currently busy. These indicators allow freelancers and managers to see each other's availability in real time, improving communication efficiency by setting expectations regarding response times. Knowing when counterparts are available encourages timely collaboration and contributes to overall productivity in managing tasks and updates.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer checks their online status before starting a task to set expectations for responsiveness.

Given the freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they view their profile, then their presence indicator should show 'Online' if they are active in the chat or 'Offline' if they are not active for more than 5 minutes.

Manager communicates with a freelancer about task requirements and checks their presence before sending a message.

Given the manager is using the chat interface, when they view the freelancer's profile, then their presence indicator should display 'Busy' if the freelancer is currently in an ongoing chat or has set a status indicating 'Busy'.

Freelancer is in a meeting and updates their status to reflect their availability to prevent interruptions.

Given the freelancer is in a meeting, when they change their presence status to 'Busy', then the user interface should clearly display this status to all connected users, and they should no longer receive immediate notifications for chat messages.

User wants to know if a collaborator is available before initiating a conversation.

Given a user is viewing the Real-Time Collaboration Chat, when they check the presence indicators, then they should see accurately updated statuses of all participants (Online, Offline, Busy) without any delays exceeding 2 seconds.

A user receives a notification when their contact changes from 'Busy' to 'Online'.

Given a user is in the chat interface and their contact was previously 'Busy', when that contact changes their status to 'Online', then the user should receive an instant notification indicating the change in status.

System should log historical presence data for users to analyze communication patterns over time.

Given the user enables presence logging in preferences, when they access historical presence data, then the system should display a comprehensive log of their presence status changes (Online, Offline, Busy) over the past 30 days.

User sets a customized status message for their presence in the chat.

Given the user is logged in and accesses their profile settings, when they set a customized presence status, then their new status should be displayed to all users in the Real-Time Collaboration Chat immediately after saving the changes.

Emoji and Reaction Support

"As a freelancer, I want to react to messages with emojis so that I can convey my feelings about the message quickly and add a personal touch to our communication."

Description

This requirement is aimed at incorporating emoji and reaction support into the Real-Time Collaboration Chat feature, allowing users to express feedback or emotions quickly without the need for words. By enabling quick reactions to messages, users can communicate approval, disagreement, or humor effectively, fostering a more engaging and human-centric appeal in conversations, which helps build stronger relationships among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects an emoji to react to a message in the chat during a project discussion with a manager.

Given a message in the chat, when the user clicks on the emoji reaction option, then the selected emoji should appear next to the message, confirming the reaction has been recorded.

A team member wants to see who reacted to their message with an emoji in the chat.

Given a message with emoji reactions, when the user hovers over the emoji, then a tooltip displays a list of users who reacted with that emoji.

Users wish to send a quick reaction to a message without typing a response.

Given a message in the chat, when the user selects an emoji from the quick access menu, then the emoji should instantly appear under the message, and the sender of the original message should be notified of the reaction.

A user wants to replace their previous reaction with a new one on a specific message.

Given a message with an existing emoji reaction, when the user clicks on a different emoji reaction, then the previous emoji should be replaced with the new one and any updates should be reflected to all chat participants.

A user wants to utilize the emoji and reaction feature effectively during a team meeting via chat.

Given the chat interface during the meeting, when the user sends a message followed by an emoji reaction, then the emoji should help convey the tone of the message without additional text, enhancing understanding among team members.

A user wishes to understand which emojis are most frequently used for reactions in a chat.

Given usage analytics, when the user accesses the chat statistics, then they should see a report detailing the top five emojis used for reactions, providing insight into team sentiment.

Structured Feedback Loop

Offers a templated feedback system that allows managers to provide constructive feedback to freelancers post-project. This organized approach helps freelancers understand their performance, identify areas for improvement, and celebrate successes, ultimately fostering professional growth and enhancing future project outcomes.

Requirements

Feedback Template Customization

"As a manager, I want to customize feedback templates so that I can provide specific and relevant evaluations to freelancers that address their unique performance on different projects."

Description

This requirement enables managers to customize feedback templates used when providing evaluations to freelancers after project completion. Managers can create and modify the structure of feedback forms to suit different project types or individual freelancer needs. This customization fosters tailored feedback, making it relevant for specific contexts and increasing its effectiveness in guiding freelancers on areas of improvement and recognizing their strengths. The customization options should include various inputs, such as checkboxes, text fields, and rating scales, ensuring a comprehensive approach to feedback. By offering a personalized experience, this feature enhances engagement and facilitates meaningful conversations between freelancers and managers, ultimately improving performance outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Manager customizes feedback template for a specific freelancer after project completion.

Given a manager has access to the feedback template customization interface, when they create a new feedback template with checkboxes, text fields, and rating scales, then the template should be saved successfully and appear in the list of available templates for future use.

Manager modifies an existing feedback template to better fit a different project type.

Given a manager selects an existing feedback template, when they modify at least one field (adding/removing options), and save the changes, then the modified template should reflect the changes in the list of available templates without errors.

Freelancer receives customized feedback form after project completion.

Given a manager has completed a project and allocated a customized feedback template, when the freelancer views their project completion details, then they should see the personalized feedback form with all custom inputs reflecting what the manager provided.

Feedback submission process for freelancers using customized templates.

Given a freelancer has access to their feedback form, when they complete the template and submit it, then they should receive a confirmation message, and the submitted feedback should be saved in their records.

Manager can generate a report on feedback provided through customized templates.

Given a manager wants to review feedback, when they select the option to generate a report for a specific time period or project type, then the system should compile and present a report of the feedback given using customized templates in a downloadable format.

Manager can reset a customized feedback template to its default state.

Given a manager is viewing a customized feedback template, when they select the reset option, then the template should return to its predefined default settings without retaining any previous customizations, and the manager should see a confirmation of the reset action.

Feedback History Tracking

"As a freelancer, I want to access a history of feedback received, so that I can track my progress over time and understand how I’ve improved in my work."

Description

The feedback history tracking requirement allows both managers and freelancers to view past feedback provided on earlier projects. This should include timestamps and details of the feedback to help track progress over time. This history is crucial for freelancers to understand their development journey, showing them how they have improved or addressed previous concerns raised in feedback. It also allows managers to tailor future feedback based on past interactions, making the process iterative and more constructive. By keeping a detailed feedback history, the platform supports continuous professional growth and enhances the quality of the feedback process.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Feedback History for a Completed Project by a Freelancer

Given a freelancer has completed a project, when they access the feedback history section for that project, then they should see a list of all feedback entries including timestamps and comments from the manager.

Accessing Feedback History for Review by a Manager

Given a manager is reviewing a freelancer's performance, when they navigate to the feedback history for that freelancer, then they should see all past feedback including date and details for each project worked on.

Filtering Feedback History by Date Range

Given a user is viewing feedback history, when they apply a date filter, then the system should display only the feedback entries that fall within the selected date range.

Receiving Notifications of New Feedback Related to Past Projects

Given a freelancer has received feedback on a project, when the feedback is added to the system, then the freelancer should receive a notification indicating that new feedback is available for review.

Feedback History Accessibility for Both Managers and Freelancers

Given a freelancer and manager are logged into their respective accounts, when either accesses the feedback history section, then both should see comparable and accurate feedback records for shared projects.

Editing and Updating Feedback Entries by Managers

Given a manager needs to update previously provided feedback, when they edit a feedback entry, then the system should save the updated feedback along with the timestamp of the edit for historical accuracy.

Displaying Feedback Improvement Trends over Time

Given a freelancer is reviewing their feedback history, when they view the feedback trends visualization, then they should see graphical representations indicating their performance improvements over time based on feedback received.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

"As a freelancer, I want to receive real-time notifications when I get feedback from my manager, so that I can respond quickly and take action on areas for improvement."

Description

This requirement implements a real-time notification system that alerts freelancers when they receive feedback from managers. Notifications should be push-based and can also be sent via email, ensuring freelancers are immediately aware of new feedback even when not logged into the platform. This immediate alert helps freelancers stay engaged and responsive to their performance evaluations, allowing them to address feedback in a timely manner. Additionally, integrating options for notifications to be customized (e.g., frequency, mode) empowers freelancers to control their feedback experience. Such responsiveness encourages a culture of continuous improvement and reinforces accountability among freelancers.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time feedback notification for freelancers upon receiving project evaluations from managers.

Given a freelancer has completed a project and feedback is submitted by the manager, when the feedback is posted, then a push notification is sent immediately to the freelancer's mobile device and an email notification is sent to their registered email address.

Customizable notification settings for freelancers to manage feedback alerts effectively.

Given a freelancer accesses their notification settings, when they customize their notification preferences for feedback, then the system should save their preferences and apply them to all future feedback notifications as specified.

Delivery of feedback notifications when the freelancer is not logged into the platform.

Given a freelancer is not logged into the ShiftSync platform, when feedback is submitted by a manager, then they should receive a push notification and/or an email notification of the feedback within 5 minutes of submission.

User experience validation for the feedback notification process within the application.

Given a freelancer receives feedback via notifications, when they click on the notification, then they should be redirected to the feedback section of the ShiftSync platform where the feedback is displayed in a clear and understandable format.

Accessibility and clarity of feedback notifications across devices.

Given a freelancer uses different devices (e.g., mobile, tablet, desktop), when they receive a notification, then the notification should display appropriately on all devices, maintaining readability and usability standards.

Ensuring overall system performance when sending multiple feedback notifications.

Given multiple managers submit feedback simultaneously, when the feedback is posted, then the notification system must send out all corresponding notifications within 2 minutes without performance degradation.

Feedback acknowledgment from freelancers after receiving notifications.

Given a freelancer receives feedback notification, when they acknowledge receiving the feedback through the notification, then the system should record this acknowledgment and update the feedback status in the freelancer's profile to reflect that the feedback has been viewed.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a manager, I want to see an analytics dashboard for feedback trends, so that I can identify areas where the team excels and where additional training might be needed."

Description

This requirement introduces an analytics dashboard that visualizes feedback data for both managers and freelancers. The dashboard will display trends over time, highlight areas of strength, and show common areas for improvement based on aggregated feedback data. These insights are important for both managers to shape their feedback strategies and for freelancers to understand overall performance patterns. By visualizing feedback analytics, users can make data-driven decisions for personal development and optimize team performance. This requirement aims to integrate various graphical representations, such as charts and graphs, to make complex feedback data easily digestible.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard User Access for Managers and Freelancers

Given that a user is either a manager or a freelancer, when they log into ShiftSync, then they should have access to the Feedback Analytics Dashboard tailored to their role, displaying relevant feedback metrics and insights.

Visualization of Feedback Trends Over Time

Given that the analytics dashboard is loaded, when a user views the feedback trends section, then they should see graphical representations (e.g., line charts, bar graphs) that depict feedback ratings over the last six months, allowing for easy tracking of performance changes.

Highlighting Areas of Strength and Improvement

Given that a user is reviewing the feedback analytics, when they navigate to the strengths and improvement section, then they should see clearly defined areas of strength highlighted in green and areas for improvement highlighted in red, enabling quick identification of key insights.

Data-Driven Recommendations for Managers

Given that a manager is utilizing the analytics dashboard, when they access the recommendations section, then they should receive actionable insights based on aggregated feedback data, specifically tailored to improve their feedback strategies.

Exporting Feedback Analytics Reports

Given that a user is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they click on the export button, then they should be able to download a comprehensive report in PDF format that includes all visualized data and insights from their feedback analytics.

Integrating Feedback from Multiple Projects

Given that a freelancer is viewing their feedback analytics, when they filter their feedback by project type or duration, then the dashboard should dynamically update to display analytics specific to the selected criteria, ensuring that insights are relevant and contextual.

User Interface Consistency and Accessibility

Given that the Feedback Analytics Dashboard is displayed, when a user interacts with various components (charts, graphs, tables), then all elements should adhere to UI/UX best practices for accessibility, ensuring usability for all users regardless of ability.

Feedback Integration with Project Management Tools

"As a manager, I want to integrate feedback with our project management tools so that freelancers can see their performance evaluations related to specific tasks they worked on, enhancing the relevance of the feedback."

Description

This requirement facilitates integration between the feedback system and existing project management tools used by users, such as Trello, Asana, or similar platforms. By synchronizing platforms, feedback can be contextualized within specific projects. For instance, feedback linked directly to the tasks completed in these tools allows freelancers to associate evaluations with tangible outputs. This integration enhances the practical value of feedback, making it easier for freelancers to identify areas needing improvement. It also allows managers to monitor project performance more holistically, embedding feedback into the workflow of project execution.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Integration for Project Evaluation

Given a project is completed in a project management tool, when a manager provides feedback through the ShiftSync system, then the feedback should be linked to the specific tasks associated with the project in the management tool.

Real-Time Feedback Availability

Given that feedback is provided on a project in ShiftSync, when a freelancer accesses their dashboard, then they should see the feedback contextually associated with the specific project and tasks within 5 minutes of submission.

Synchronization of Feedback Historical Data

Given that feedback has been provided on multiple projects over time, when a manager reviews a freelancer's past projects, then they should be able to view all feedback linked to these projects in a chronological format.

Integration with Multiple Project Management Tools

Given that a user has integrated ShiftSync with a project management tool such as Trello or Asana, when they link a project to a freelancer's feedback, then that feedback should automatically reflect in the project management tool.

Feedback Notification System

Given that a freelancer receives new feedback, when the feedback is submitted by the manager, then the freelancer should receive a notification through email and within the ShiftSync application immediately after the feedback submission.

Feedback Impact Analysis

Given that feedback has been provided to a freelancer, when the freelancer completes subsequent projects, then the system should allow the manager to analyze improvements in performance metrics associated with tasks that received feedback.

User-Friendly Feedback Templates

Given that a manager is providing feedback, when they access the feedback system, then they should be able to choose from predefined templates that guide them through providing constructive feedback effectively.

Chat History Archive

Preserves a complete history of conversations between freelancers and managers for easy reference. This searchable archive allows users to revisit past discussions, decisions, and clarifications, helping to maintain continuity and context for ongoing projects.

Requirements

Chat History Search Functionality

"As a freelancer, I want to search through my chat history so that I can easily find past discussions with my manager regarding project details and decisions."

Description

Enable users to efficiently search through the archived chat history using keywords or filters. This functionality will allow freelancers and managers to quickly locate specific conversations or details from past discussions. By providing a robust search capability, users can maintain context in their projects and make informed decisions based on historical interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for specific keywords in chat history to retrieve a past conversation regarding project updates.

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync, when they enter a keyword in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should display a list of chat conversations that contain the keyword, sorted by date.

A user applies multiple filters to narrow down the search results within archived chats.

Given the user has access to the chat history, when they select filters for date range and specific participants, then the system should return chat records that match the selected criteria only.

Users want to verify that the search results are relevant to their query for improved efficiency in finding information.

Given that the user has performed a search, when the results are displayed, then at least 80% of the returned conversations must contain the keyword or meet filter criteria selected by the user.

User intends to search for a past discussion on payment issues that occurred in the last month.

Given the user specifies a date filter for the past month while searching for 'payment', when they initiate the search, then the system must display all relevant conversations from that timeframe.

A manager wants to quickly locate a specific policy discussion with a freelancer.

Given the manager types a specific policy name in the search function, when they trigger the search, then the system must return all conversations related to that specific policy within 5 seconds.

User searches chat history but finds no matches for their query.

Given the user inputs a keyword that does not exist in the chat history, when they initiate the search, then the system should display a message stating 'No results found' without crashes or delays.

Automatic Chat Archiving

"As a manager, I want all our chat conversations automatically archived so that I don't have to worry about losing important discussions and decisions that affect our projects."

Description

Implement an automatic archiving feature that captures and saves all conversations between freelancers and managers in real time. This ensures that all dialogue is preserved without requiring manual input from users. Users will benefit from a comprehensive and uninterrupted record of communications, enhancing accountability and engagement in project management.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers and managers utilize the chat feature within ShiftSync to collaborate on a project, sharing information and updates in real time. Once a conversation occurs, it must be automatically archived without any action from the user, ensuring that all communications are captured for later reference.

Given a user engages in a conversation using the chat feature, when the message is sent, then the chat transcript should be automatically saved in the chat history archive without requiring any user intervention.

A manager wants to review the progress of a project. They search for a specific conversation held with a freelancer regarding project updates. The system must allow them to find and access the conversation quickly and efficiently through the search functionality.

Given a manager uses the search function in the chat history archive, when they enter keywords from a previous conversation, then the relevant chat logs should be returned in the search results within 2 seconds.

A freelancer requests clarification on project requirements through the chat feature. Once the conversation is concluded, the freelancer should be able to easily access the archived chat to refer back to the provided information at any time.

Given a freelancer finishes a conversation, when they navigate to the chat history archive, then they should be able to see the conversation listed with a timestamp and relevant details, ensuring ease of access.

During a team meeting, multiple chats occur within a short time span. It’s essential that all these conversations are automatically archived without any loss of data, ensuring that the entire context is captured for future reference.

Given multiple messages are exchanged in a rapid succession during a chat session, when the session ends, then all messages should be archived correctly in chronological order in the chat history archive.

Users need to know the storage limitations for chat archives while using ShiftSync. This information must be clearly outlined in the application to inform users about how long their chat history will be retained before any automatic deletions occur.

Given a user accesses the chat history settings, when they view the storage policy, then they should be presented with clear information regarding the retention period of archived chats and any applicable limitations on storage.

A freelancer notices an issue with missing chat history after an update to the application. They need reassurance that the automatic archiving functionality is reliable and that no chats are lost during the update.

Given an app update is implemented, when the user checks the chat history archive, then all previous conversations should be present and accessible without any data loss occurring.

User Permission Settings for Chat Access

"As a project manager, I want to control who can access the chat history so that sensitive information is only available to the appropriate team members and freelancers involved."

Description

Develop a permission management system that allows users to control who can access the chat history. Managers can set permissions for individual freelancers or groups, ensuring sensitive information is only accessible to authorized personnel. This feature enhances data security and allows for better management of project-related communications.

Acceptance Criteria

Manager grants access to chat history for a specific freelancer

Given that a manager wants to provide a freelancer access to chat history, when the manager sets the permission for that freelancer, then the freelancer should be able to view the chat history relevant to their projects.

Manager denies chat history access for a group of freelancers

Given that a manager wants to restrict access to chat history for a group of freelancers, when the manager sets permissions to deny access for that group, then no member of the group should be able to view the chat history.

Freelancer attempts to access restricted chat history

Given that a freelancer is trying to access chat history that they do not have permission to view, when they attempt to access this chat history, then the system should display a message indicating that access is denied.

Manager modifies existing permissions for a freelancer

Given that a manager wants to change the access level for a freelancer already given access to chat history, when the manager alters the permissions, then the updated access level should be immediately effective for that freelancer.

System displays current access permissions for chat history

Given that a manager wants to review which users have access to the chat history, when they navigate to the chat history permissions settings, then the system should display a list of all users and their current access levels clearly.

Audit of who accessed the chat history

Given that the system is required to track access to chat history for security purposes, when an audit log is generated, then it should show a complete history of who accessed the chat history, including timestamps and user IDs.

Set default permission settings for new freelancers

Given that a manager is onboarding a new freelancer, when they add the freelancer to the system, then the default permissions for chat history access should automatically apply based on the manager's predefined settings.

Chat History Insight Analytics

"As a team leader, I want to analyze our chat communications over time so that I can evaluate team engagement and identify areas for improvement in our collaboration."

Description

Create an analytics dashboard that provides insights into communication patterns over time, such as the number of messages exchanged and the duration of chats. This feature will help users assess engagement levels and identify any potential issues in team communication. By analyzing chat data, teams can improve their collaboration strategies and enhance overall productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Chat Insights Dashboard for Team Meetings

Given a logged-in user with admin access, when they navigate to the analytics dashboard, then they should see a summary of communication metrics, including total messages exchanged and average chat duration for the past month.

User Engagement Review After Project Completion

Given a project manager who has completed a project, when they view the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to filter the data to show only chats related to that project and view insights about team engagement during the project lifecycle.

Weekly Communication Assessment for Managers

Given a manager accessing the analytics dashboard weekly, when they select the 'Weekly Summary' option, then they should see a report showing communication trends, including peaks in messaging and any dips, within a selectable date range.

Identifying Communication Issues in Team Dynamics

Given a user who suspects communication gaps within their team, when they apply filters for specific team members, then they should be able to identify any significant discrepancies in message volume and response times between members.

Real-time Notification of Engagement Metrics

Given a dashboard user, when they enable real-time notifications, then they should receive alerts when chat volumes drop below a certain threshold that may indicate potential communication issues.

Custom Reports for Stakeholder Review

Given a user preparing for a stakeholder meeting, when they generate custom reports from the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to export data on chat engagement metrics in a comprehensive format that includes visual graphs.

Quick Access to Archived Chats for Insights

Given a user reviewing the communication analytics, when they click on a specific date in the timeline view, then they should have quick access to archived chats from that date, facilitating immediate context for engagement insights.

Export Chat History

"As a freelancer, I want to export my chat history so that I can keep a record of important conversations that I may need to reference later or share with clients."

Description

Allow users to export their chat history in various formats (e.g., PDF, CSV) for record-keeping or sharing outside the platform. This feature is crucial for users who may need to provide documentation of discussions or decisions made via chat. Exporting functionality will enhance the usability of information archived in ShiftSync.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the export of chat history after completing a project with a freelancer, seeking to document agreements made throughout the project for future reference.

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync and has access to chat history, When they select the export option, Then they should be presented with format choices (PDF, CSV) and an option to select a date range for the exported chats.

A manager wants to share the chat history with stakeholders outside the platform for transparency regarding a project's progress and decisions made during the process.

Given the user selects the format (either PDF or CSV) for the export, When they confirm the export, Then the system should generate the file without errors and prompt them to download it directly to their device.

A freelancer needs to provide evidence of project communications for an audit or during a conflict resolution process and wishes to export relevant chats.

Given the user has selected specific chats to export, When they choose the export format and confirm, Then the exported file should contain only the selected chats and retain the original format and context of the messages (timestamps, sender names).

Users require the ability to access and export their historical chat data across multiple projects for comprehensive record-keeping.

Given a user has multiple projects with chat histories, When they access the export feature, Then they should have the option to select which project's chats to export and whether to include all chats or only selected ones.

A user expects to view a confirmation message after successfully exporting their chat history to ensure that the operation was completed successfully.

Given the user has completed the export process, When the export finishes, Then the system should display a success confirmation message along with a download link for the exported file.

The user attempts to export chat history but does not have the necessary permissions to do so, triggering an error message.

Given that the user does not have permission to export chat history, When they attempt the export, Then the system should block the action and display an appropriate error message explaining the lack of permissions.

In-App Notifications for New Messages in Archived Chats

"As a freelancer, I want to receive notifications for new comments in archived chats so that I can stay updated on important discussions without needing to constantly check the chat history."

Description

Implement in-app notifications that alert users when there are new comments on previously archived chats. This feature ensures that users remain updated on ongoing discussions even after they have moved past a topic. Keeping users informed about relevant updates allows projects to progress smoothly and ensures that no important detail is missed.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an in-app notification when a new comment is added to an archived chat after they have navigated away from that chat.

Given that the user has archived a chat, when a new comment is added to that chat, then the user receives a real-time in-app notification indicating the number of new comments.

User can view a list of notifications for all archived chats with new comments.

Given that the user has multiple archived chats, when they access the notifications section, then they should see a list of all archived chats that have new comments with a timestamp of each comment.

User can click on a notification to be taken directly to the relevant archived chat.

Given a notification for a new comment in an archived chat, when the user clicks on the notification, then they should be directed to the specific archived chat containing the new comment.

User can dismiss or mark notifications as read for archived chats.

Given a notification for a new comment, when the user dismisses the notification, then it should no longer appear in their notifications list.

User receives notifications only for relevant chats based on their preferences.

Given the user's notification preferences, when a new comment is posted in an archived chat, then the user should only receive a notification if they have opted in for updates on that specific chat.

User is not overwhelmed by frequent notifications for the same archived chat.

Given that multiple new comments are added to an archived chat, when notifications are generated, then the user should receive a single summary notification that summarizes the new comments, rather than multiple notifications.

User can easily access notification settings to customize their preferences for archived chat updates.

Given the user’s need for control over notifications, when they navigate to the notification settings, then they should be able to enable or disable notifications for new comments on archived chats easily.

Instant File Sharing

Enables users to share files and documents directly within the chat interface, streamlining the collaboration process. This feature reduces the need for external email or file-sharing platforms, keeping all project-related communications and files in one accessible location.

Requirements

Secure File Sharing

"As a project manager, I want to securely share files directly within the ShiftSync chat, so that my team can collaborate efficiently without switching to external file-sharing platforms."

Description

The Secure File Sharing requirement allows users to share files and documents within the ShiftSync chat interface with robust security measures. This ensures that sensitive information is protected during transmission and storage, while maintaining compliance with relevant data protection regulations. By integrating end-to-end encryption and user permissions, team members can confidently share files without the worry of unauthorized access. This feature aims to streamline communication and enhance collaboration, as all files remain within the ShiftSync platform, thus reducing reliance on external sharing services and improving overall workflow efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a confidential document to the chat during an ongoing project discussion.

Given a user is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when the user selects a file to upload within the chat interface, then the file should be transmitted using end-to-end encryption and stored securely on the system, ensuring compliance with data protection regulations.

Team member receives a shared document and attempts to open it from the chat interface.

Given a team member has received a shared document link via the chat, when the team member clicks to open the document, then the file should only be accessible if the team member has the appropriate permissions set by the sender.

Admin wants to audit file sharing activity for compliance reasons.

Given an admin has access to the reporting feature in ShiftSync, when the admin requests a report on file sharing activity, then the system should provide a complete log detailing who shared what files, to whom, and when, ensuring traceability for compliance auditing.

A user attempts to share a file that exceeds the size limit.

Given a user is trying to upload a file larger than the prescribed limit, when the user attempts to share this file, then the system should display an appropriate error message indicating the size limitation and prevent the file from being uploaded.

A user receives a notification when a shared file is available for download.

Given a user has been granted access to a shared file, when the file is successfully uploaded by the sender, then the user should receive a notification within the chat interface alerting them that a new file is available for download.

User updates permissions on a shared document after sending it.

Given a user has shared a document, when the user updates the permissions of that shared document, then all previously granted access privileges should be updated according to the new settings, and the system should notify involved team members of the change.

Endpoint security verification during file sharing.

Given a user initiates file sharing, when the file is being transmitted, then the system should perform endpoint security verification on both the sender's and recipient's devices to ensure no unauthorized software is present that may compromise file security.

Version Control for Shared Files

"As a team member, I want to access previous versions of shared files, so that I can ensure I am working with the most current information and can track changes made to the document."

Description

The Version Control for Shared Files requirement enables users to track and manage different versions of documents shared within the ShiftSync platform. This functionality allows users to view the history of changes, compare different versions, and revert to previous iterations if necessary. By facilitating easy access to previous versions, teams can maintain clarity on document updates, ensuring that all members are aligned on the latest information. This feature is crucial for preventing confusion and enhancing project organization, particularly in fast-paced work environments where revisions are common.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a new version of a document within the chat interface during an active project discussion, and other team members need to recognize and access this new version easily.

Given a document that has been previously uploaded, when a user uploads a new version, then all users in the chat should receive a notification of the new version and be able to view the version history.

A team member needs to compare two different versions of a shared document to understand the changes made over time.

Given two distinct versions of a file, when a team member selects the compare option, then the system should display the differences highlighted between the versions side by side.

Users decide to revert to a previous version of a document after realizing recent changes introduced errors or unwanted modifications.

Given a document with multiple saved versions, when a user selects a previous version to revert to, then the system should update the current document to reflect the selected previous version successfully, maintaining a clear record of this action.

During a project update, a project manager needs to review the change history of a shared document to ensure all team members are aligned with the latest updates before a meeting.

Given a document shared with multiple users, when a project manager accesses the document history, then the system should display a chronological list of changes with timestamps and the user who made each change.

Multiple team members are collaborating on a document, and they want to see who made specific revisions to ensure accountability and clarity on contributions.

Given a document with several revisions, when a team member views the version history, then the system should provide details of each change, including which user made the modification along with the date and time of the change.

A team needs to understand the timeline of document updates for a project retrospective meeting.

Given a shared document with a history of changes, when the timeline view is selected, then the system should display a visual timeline indicating the dates of each update and the corresponding user responsible for those changes.

Real-time Collaboration on Documents

"As a collaborator, I want to edit documents in real time with my teammates, so that we can work more efficiently together without waiting for file transfers."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration on Documents requirement allows multiple users to edit shared files simultaneously within the ShiftSync platform. This feature supports live updates, enabling team members to see changes made by others in real time. Enhancing collaborative efforts, it minimizes delays often experienced in traditional file-sharing processes, thereby improving productivity and ensuring that all contributors can provide input instantaneously. This capacity is essential for teams that require constant feedback and dynamic content creation, making ShiftSync a central hub for integrated teamwork.

Acceptance Criteria

Users are collaborating in a project document in real time, making edits and viewing updates from team members simultaneously.

Given that multiple users are editing a shared document, when one user makes a change, then all other users should see that change reflected in their view within two seconds.

A user wants to access the document history after collaborating with other team members.

Given that users have collaborated on a document, when a user clicks on the document history, then they should be able to see a complete log of changes made by all users, including timestamps and user details for each change.

Users collaborate on a document while a conflict arises from simultaneous edits.

Given that two users are editing the same section of a document at the same time, when both save their changes, then the system should prompt the users to resolve the conflict and allow them to choose which version to keep or merge edits.

Users need to send the updated document to other team members who are not currently logged in.

Given that users have collaborated on the document, when they choose to share the document via email, then the most recent version of the document should be sent to the specified email addresses automatically.

A user wants to ensure that their changes are automatically saved as they collaborate.

Given that a user is actively editing a document, when they make any changes, then those changes should be saved automatically at 5-second intervals without requiring manual saving.

Users want to receive notifications for changes made by their teammates while they are not actively editing the document.

Given that changes are made to a document, when a user is not currently editing, then they should receive a notification summarizing the changes made in real time.

User Permissions and Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to set user permissions for file access, so that I can control who can view or edit sensitive project documents and maintain data security."

Description

The User Permissions and Access Control requirement allows administrators to define and manage access levels for users within the file-sharing feature of ShiftSync. This capability ensures that only authorized personnel can view, edit, or delete shared files, thereby protecting sensitive data and maintaining project integrity. By implementing customizable permissions based on user roles, teams can efficiently collaborate while safeguarding critical information against unintended modifications or breaches. This feature is vital for fostering a secure and productive working environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User Role Creation and Permission Assignment for File Sharing

Given an administrator creates a user with a specific role, When the admin assigns file sharing permissions to that role, Then users with that role should only have access to files as defined by their assigned permissions.

File Access Control During Sharing Process

Given a user tries to share a file, When the user selects the file and specifies recipient(s), Then the system must validate that the recipient has the appropriate permission level to access the file before completing the share action.

Editing Permissions on Existing User Roles

Given an administrator needs to modify user roles, When the admin selects a user role and changes its file sharing permissions, Then all users assigned to that role should automatically receive the updated permissions upon the next login.

Audit Trail of Access and Changes

Given a file that is shared with multiple users, When a user with access views, edits, or deletes the file, Then the system should log the action in an audit trail, including user ID, timestamp, and action performed.

Permission Denial for Unauthorized Users

Given a file shared with specific permissions, When a user without access attempts to view or edit the file, Then the system should prevent the action and display an appropriate error message indicating permission denial.

Role-based Access Customization for Different Teams

Given a team administrator sets up roles for different teams, When roles are assigned with varying access levels, Then team members should only see the files according to their assigned access and not files from other teams.

Multi-user File Collaboration with Adjusted Permission Levels

Given a file shared among multiple users with different access levels, When one of the authorized users edits the file content, Then only users with edit permissions should reflect the changes in real-time, while read-only users should not be able to make any modifications.

In-App Notification for File Transactions

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for file activities within ShiftSync, so that I am always aware of any changes made to shared documents."

Description

The In-App Notification for File Transactions requirement provides users with alerts and updates regarding shared files directly within the ShiftSync interface. This feature will notify users when files are shared, edited, or commented on, ensuring that all collaborators remain informed of changes in real time. By reducing the chances of missing important updates, this requirement enhances team communication and promotes immediate feedback, thereby streamlining the overall project workflow.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a new file is shared in a chat.

Given a user is in a chat session, when a teammate shares a file, then the user receives an immediate in-app notification about the new file.

User receives a notification when a shared file is commented on.

Given a user has access to a shared file, when another user comments on that file, then all users with access to the file should receive an in-app notification about the comment.

User receives a notification when a shared file is edited.

Given a user is viewing a shared file, when that file is edited by any collaborator, then the user is notified via in-app alert detailing the changes made.

User can access a history log of all file notifications.

Given a user has received multiple file notifications, when they access the notification history, then they should see a chronological list of all notifications related to file transactions with timestamps.

User can turn on or off notifications for specific files.

Given a user is viewing a shared file, when they choose to adjust notification settings, then they should have the option to enable or disable notifications for that specific file, which will be immediately reflected in their account settings.

User receives a summary notification at the end of the day for all file activities.

Given that a user has been active in chats with document sharing, when the end of the day is reached, then the user receives a summary notification listing all the file transactions from that day.

Notifications are delivered in real time without delays.

Given a user is awaiting file update notifications, when a file event occurs (share, edit, comment), then the user receives the notification within five seconds of the event occurring, ensuring instant awareness.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

Visualizes feedback trends and scores over time, giving freelancers insight into their performance across various projects. This dashboard empowers freelancers to track their progress, learn from past outcomes, and make data-driven improvements to their skills and work approach.

Requirements

Performance Metrics Visualization

"As a freelancer, I want to visualize my performance metrics over time so that I can understand my strengths and weaknesses, enabling me to improve my skills and work approach accordingly."

Description

This requirement entails the development of a user-friendly visual representation of performance metrics for freelancers. The dashboard will aggregate feedback from various projects, highlighting trends in performance scores, areas of improvement, and client ratings over time. This feature will allow users to easily interpret their performance data, identify strengths and weaknesses, and make informed decisions about their professional development. Integrating seamlessly with ShiftSync's existing feedback system, this analytics dashboard will not only enhance user experience but also encourage continuous improvement and skill growth.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer views their performance metrics on the dashboard after completing multiple projects to assess areas for improvement.

Given that the freelancer has completed at least three projects, when they access the Performance Metrics Visualization section, then they should see an aggregated view of performance metrics including average scores, feedback trends, and client ratings over time.

A freelancer filters their performance metrics by date range to analyze improvements over specific periods.

Given that the freelancer is on the Performance Metrics Visualization dashboard, when they select a date range for their completed projects, then the dashboard should only display performance metrics and feedback within that specified date range.

Freelancer receives a notification when their performance score drops below a certain threshold to encourage timely improvements.

Given that the freelancer has set performance score thresholds, when their average performance score falls below this threshold, then they should receive an automated notification via email and the dashboard alerting them of the drop and suggesting areas of focus for improvement.

Freelancer compares their performance metrics with industry benchmarks to evaluate their standing in their field.

Given that the freelancer is on the Performance Metrics Visualization dashboard, when they select the option to compare their metrics with industry benchmarks, then the dashboard should display a side-by-side comparison of their scores and trends against the established benchmarks.

Administrator reviews performance metrics across all freelancers to identify training needs.

Given that the administrator accesses the Performance Metrics Visualization dashboard, when they view the aggregated data of all freelancers, then they should be able to filter and sort the data to identify freelancers who may require additional training based on their performance metrics.

Freelancer clicks on an area of improvement within the dashboard to access recommended resources for skill development.

Given that the performance metrics dashboard highlights areas of improvement for the freelancer, when they click on a specific area, then they should be redirected to a page containing curated resources and training materials to aid in developing that skill.

A freelancer shares their performance metrics report with clients to demonstrate their capabilities and improvements.

Given that the freelancer is on the Performance Metrics Visualization dashboard, when they select the option to generate a shareable report, then a PDF report should be created that includes their performance metrics, feedback trends, and areas of achievement, ready for sharing with clients.

Feedback Categorization System

"As a freelancer, I want the feedback I receive to be categorized so that I can quickly identify specific areas for improvement and focus on them strategically."

Description

To enhance the user experience and data analysis, this requirement involves creating a feedback categorization system. Feedback collected from clients will be organized into predefined categories such as communication, quality of work, and timeliness. This categorization will allow freelancers to easily navigate through feedback, understand specific areas for improvement, and provide a structured approach to performance analysis. By implementing this system, freelancers will be able to target their growth strategies effectively. The system will integrate with the existing client feedback functions within ShiftSync.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback after completing a project, and it is categorized into predefined categories for easy analysis.

Given a user submits feedback related to a project, when the feedback is processed, then it must be categorized into one of the predefined categories (communication, quality of work, timeliness).

Freelancer accesses the feedback analytics dashboard to view categorized feedback trends over time.

Given the freelancer navigates to the feedback analytics dashboard, when they select a specific category, then the dashboard displays all feedback related to that category with trends and scores over time.

Freelancer reviews their performance improvement suggestions based on categorized feedback.

Given the freelancer reviews their categorized feedback, when accessing the insights section, then they must see personalized suggestions for improvement based on the highest feedback scores in each category.

Client feedback is imported from previous projects into the new feedback categorization system.

Given that client feedback from previous projects exists, when the feedback is imported into the system, then it must be categorized correctly into the predefined categories without any data loss.

Admin adds new categories to the feedback categorization system as per user requests.

Given an admin receives a request for a new feedback category, when they add the category in the system, then the category should be available for all users to select when leaving feedback.

Freelancers filter their feedback by specific categories on the dashboard.

Given that a freelancer wants to analyze specific feedback, when they apply filters for different categories on the feedback dashboard, then the displayed feedback must only include items from those selected categories.

Real-time Feedback Alerts

"As a freelancer, I want to receive real-time alerts for new feedback so that I can respond to clients quickly and address any issues immediately, thereby maintaining high client satisfaction."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for real-time alerts to notify freelancers immediately when they receive new feedback from clients. This feature aims to keep users engaged and informed about their performance in real-time, allowing them to address any concerns or implement changes promptly. Additionally, this feature will integrate with ShiftSync's mobile and web platforms, ensuring that users can receive alerts through their preferred method of communication, thus enhancing responsiveness and client relationships.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer receives real-time feedback alert after a client reviews their project.

Given a freelancer has completed a project and received client feedback, When the feedback is submitted, Then the freelancer should receive a real-time notification on both mobile and web platforms.

Freelancer can customize alert settings to receive notifications based on their preferences.

Given the freelancer is in the alert settings section, When they toggle preferences for feedback alerts, Then they should be able to successfully update their notification settings and see a confirmation message.

Freelancer views the frequency of feedback alerts over time in their dashboard.

Given a freelancer is on the analytics dashboard, When they select the feedback alerts history view, Then they should see a visual representation of feedback alert frequency and the dates they were received.

Freelancer receives alerts through multiple channels: email and push notifications.

Given a freelancer has opted for both email and push notifications, When a new client feedback is received, Then the freelancer should receive alerts via both email and mobile push notification.

Freelancer acknowledges and interacts with feedback alerts effectively.

Given a freelancer receives a feedback alert, When they click on the notification, Then they should be redirected to the feedback page of the specific project to view and respond to the client's feedback.

System logs all sent alerts for auditing purposes.

Given a new feedback alert is sent to a freelancer, When checking the system logs, Then there should be an entry indicating the alert was sent, including freelancer ID, feedback ID, and timestamp.

Freelancer can turn off feedback alerts temporarily during non-working hours.

Given a freelancer wishes to pause feedback alerts, When they set their preference for quiet hours in the alert settings, Then the system should not send alerts during the specified time window and confirm the update.

Historical Performance Comparison Tool

"As a freelancer, I want to compare my current performance metrics with historical data so that I can track my progress and set informed goals for future projects."

Description

This requirement involves creating a tool that allows freelancers to compare their performance metrics against past projects and periods. By visualizing historical data, users can gain valuable insights into their progress, track improvements over time, and set realistic goals for future projects. This tool will promote a reflective practice among freelancers and will be built to ensure a straightforward user experience, integrating with existing data analytics functionalities within ShiftSync.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Accessing the Historical Performance Comparison Tool

Given the freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the Feedback Analytics Dashboard and select the Historical Performance Comparison Tool, then the tool should display a clear and interactive visual representation of their performance metrics over selected past projects and periods.

Data Visualization Capabilities of the Tool

Given the freelancer is utilizing the Historical Performance Comparison Tool, when they view their historical data, then the metrics should be displayed in graphs and charts that allow for easy comparison of performance over time, ensuring clarity in visual representation.

Setting Goals Based on Historical Data

Given the freelancer has viewed their historical performance data, when they utilize the 'Set Goals' feature, then they should be able to input specific performance objectives informed by their past metrics, and the system should save these goals correctly for tracking purposes in future projects.

Timeframe Selection for Comparison

Given the freelancer is on the Historical Performance Comparison Tool, when they select different timeframes (e.g., last month, last three months, last year), then the tool should refresh the displayed data to reflect the chosen timeframe accurately.

Integration with Existing Data Analytics Functionalities

Given that the Historical Performance Comparison Tool is integrated with the existing data analytics functionalities, when the freelancer views their data, then the tool should seamlessly pull the latest performance metrics from the existing database without delays or errors.

Exporting Comparison Reports

Given the freelancer has reviewed their historical performance data, when they click on the 'Export Report' button, then they should receive a downloadable report in PDF format that summarizes their performance metrics comparisons for the selected timeframe and projects.

User Feedback and Adaptation of Tool Features

Given that the Historical Performance Comparison Tool is live, when freelancers utilize the tool, then the system should collect user feedback on ease of use and functionalities to inform future updates, ensuring continuous improvement based on user needs.

Customizable Dashboard Options

"As a freelancer, I want to customize my analytics dashboard to show metrics that are most relevant to me so that I can focus on improving the areas that matter most."

Description

This requirement focuses on allowing freelancers to customize their analytics dashboard according to their preferences. Users should be able to select which metrics to display, adjust visual formats, and save their settings for future sessions. This level of customization will empower freelancers to tailor the information most relevant to their performance analysis, enhancing the usability and effectiveness of the dashboard. This feature will be integrated with user profile settings to retain customization preferences.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer customizes their analytics dashboard for the first time.

Given the freelancer is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the dashboard settings and select desired metrics to display, then the chosen metrics should be visibly added to the dashboard.

Freelancer adjusts visual formats on their dashboard.

Given the freelancer has the dashboard open, when they select a different visual format for a specific metric, then the metric should be immediately updated to reflect the new format without requiring a page refresh.

Freelancer saves customization settings for future use.

Given the freelancer has customized their dashboard, when they click the 'Save' button, then their preferences should be stored and retrieved upon their next login without any loss of data.

Freelancer verifies the default metrics displayed in the dashboard.

Given a newly created user profile, when the freelancer accesses their analytics dashboard for the first time, then the default set of metrics should be displayed according to system defaults without any prior customizations.

Freelancer changes metrics and preferences and confirms updates.

Given the freelancer has customized their dashboard, when they check the dashboard after making a change, then all changes should be accurately reflected, indicating that the preferences are effective and functional.

Freelancer removes a metric from their dashboard.

Given the freelancer is on their dashboard, when they select a metric to remove and confirm this action, then the selected metric should no longer appear on the dashboard after the confirmation.

Feedback Sharing Feature

"As a freelancer, I want to share positive feedback from clients on my profile so that I can enhance my visibility and attract more clients through demonstrable proof of my strong performance."

Description

This requirement emphasizes the development of a feature that allows freelancers to share selected client feedback directly on their profiles or resumes. This functionality will enable users to showcase positive feedback and testimonials publicly, enhancing their marketability to potential clients. The sharing options should include various formats such as snippets of text, star ratings, or charts of performance over time. This integration with ShiftSync's platform will enhance the professional branding of freelancers.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully shares selected client feedback on their profile to enhance visibility to potential clients.

Given a freelancer has received client feedback, when they select feedback to share, then the selected feedback should appear visibly on their profile under a 'Client Feedback' section.

Freelancer views the feedback sharing options and formats available for showcasing testimonials.

Given a freelancer accesses the feedback sharing feature, when they open the sharing options, then they should see options for text snippets, star ratings, and performance charts.

Client feedback is properly formatted and displayed on the freelancer's profile.

Given a freelancer shares feedback, when a potential client views their profile, then the feedback should be displayed clearly in the chosen format, maintaining a professional appearance.

Freelancer edits or removes previously shared feedback to keep their profile updated.

Given a freelancer has shared feedback on their profile, when they choose to edit or remove the feedback, then the changes should be reflected on their profile in real-time.

Freelancer's shared client feedback integrates seamlessly with ShiftSync's existing features and usability.

Given a freelancer uses the feedback sharing feature, when navigating through their profile, then they should be able to easily access and interact with their feedback without performance issues.

Potential clients can filter freelancers based on the star ratings from shared feedback.

Given many freelancers have shared their client feedback, when a potential client searches or filters freelancers, then the search results should accurately display freelancers based on the average star ratings from shared feedback.

Mood and Reaction Emojis

Incorporates an emoji system for users to express their feelings about project updates or feedback instantly. This feature adds a personal touch to communications, helping to break down barriers and create a more engaging collaborative environment.

Requirements

Emoji Integration API

"As a project manager, I want to use emojis in project updates so that I can convey my team's feelings and reactions more effectively, making our communication more engaging and relatable."

Description

The Emoji Integration API requirement involves developing a robust API that allows users to effortlessly access a diverse range of emojis for expressing emotions related to project updates and interactions. This functionality should be seamlessly integrated into the ShiftSync platform, allowing users to insert emojis into comments and feedback sections within tasks and messages. The API will support real-time updates to ensure that any new emojis added to the system are immediately available to users. This feature is crucial for fostering a more engaging and personal communication experience, addressing user demands for emotional expression in professional settings, and enhancing overall user satisfaction and interaction on the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User inserts emojis in task comments to express their feelings about project updates.

Given a user is viewing a task, When they click on the emoji button in the comment section, Then they can see a dropdown list of available emojis to select from.

Real-time updates for emojis added in the system.

Given a new emoji has been added to the system, When users refresh their task view, Then the new emoji should be visible in their emoji selection list without delay.

Users provide feedback using emojis in a team chat.

Given a user is in a team chat, When they select an emoji and submit it in response to a message, Then the selected emoji should be displayed next to their message in the chat.

Users can search for specific emojis using keywords.

Given a user clicks on the emoji button, When they enter a keyword in the search bar, Then the emoji dropdown should display emojis relevant to the keyword entered.

Users can see a scrollable list of recently used emojis.

Given a user frequently uses certain emojis, When they click on the emoji button, Then their most recently used emojis should appear at the top of the emoji dropdown menu.

Users can access emoji support documentation.

Given a user navigates to the settings page, When they click on the emoji support link, Then they should be directed to a document explaining how to use emojis in the platform.

Accessibility compliance for the emoji feature.

Given the emoji integration is in place, When users navigate with accessibility tools, Then they should be able to select and insert emojis smoothly using keyboard shortcuts and screen reader notifications.

Emoji Feedback Preview

"As a team member, I want to preview my emoji reactions before sending them so that I can ensure my feedback accurately represents my feelings and is appropriate for the context."

Description

The Emoji Feedback Preview requirement entails creating a feature that allows users to preview emojis before they are submitted as feedback on project updates. This functionality includes a visual representation of the selected emojis and a confirmation step that encourages users to think about their feedback before sending it. The preview feature is designed to prevent misunderstandings and to enhance the quality of emotional expression in communications within the ShiftSync platform. By ensuring that users can review their chosen emojis, this requirement will support meaningful engagement and reduce the likelihood of miscommunication stemming from inappropriate emoji usage.

Acceptance Criteria

User opens the Emoji Feedback feature on a project update and selects an emoji to express their sentiment.

Given a user opens the Emoji Feedback feature, when they select an emoji, then a preview of the selected emoji should be displayed prominently before submission.

User selects an emoji and is prompted with a confirmation step before sending feedback.

Given a user selects an emoji, when they click on the 'submit' button, then a confirmation dialog must appear, asking the user to confirm their choice of emoji before sending it.

User wants to change their selected emoji after the preview has been displayed.

Given a user has selected an emoji and is viewing the preview, when they click on the 'change emoji' option, then they should be able to reselect a different emoji with the new selection also being previewed.

User submits their emoji feedback after confirming their selection.

Given a user confirms their emoji selection, when they click on the final 'submit' button, then the emoji feedback should be successfully sent and reflected in the project update chat.

User reviews the submitted emojis in the project update chat.

Given the user has submitted their emoji feedback, when they view the project update, then they should see their emoji feedback displayed alongside their message clearly.

User mistakenly submits an emoji feedback that doesn't reflect their true sentiment and wishes to provide feedback about that.

Given a user realizes their submitted emoji doesn't represent their feelings, when they select to edit their feedback, then they should be able to change their emoji feedback through the Emoji Feedback feature again.

Multiple users submit emoji feedback rapidly in a project update thread.

Given multiple users are submitting emoji feedback simultaneously, when the feedback is displayed, then all emojis should render correctly in real-time without loss of any submissions or display errors.

Emoji Analytics Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want to access analytics on emoji usage so that I can gauge employee sentiment and engagement within my team, enabling data-driven decision-making."

Description

The Emoji Analytics Dashboard requirement focuses on providing management with insights into how emojis are used within the platform. This feature will allow users to track the frequency and types of emojis used in project communications and interactions. The dashboard is intended to help identify trends in team morale and engagement, facilitating better management decisions and improving workplace culture. By analyzing the data generated from emoji usage, ShiftSync can refine its approach to user interaction and enhance features that promote positive communication and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard displays emoji usage statistics for all teams across various projects.

Given the management accesses the Emoji Analytics Dashboard, When the dashboard loads, Then it should display the total count of each emoji used per project and per team, updated in real-time.

User filters emoji data by specific time frames.

Given the management is on the Emoji Analytics Dashboard, When they select a time frame filter, Then the dashboard should refresh to show emoji usage data exclusively within the selected time range.

Dashboard provides visual representation of emoji trends over time.

Given the Emoji Analytics Dashboard is loaded, When the management navigates to the trends section, Then it should display a graph showing the frequency of each emoji used over the past month.

Management can export emoji usage data for reporting.

Given the management is reviewing emoji analytics, When they click the export button, Then the system should generate a downloadable report of the emoji usage data in CSV format.

Dashboard allows comparisons of emoji usage between different teams.

Given the management selects different teams for comparison, When they view the comparison section of the dashboard, Then it should visually display the differences in emoji usage among the selected teams.

System alerts management of significant changes in emoji usage patterns.

Given that management is on the Emoji Analytics Dashboard, When there is a sudden spike or drop in emoji usage, Then the system should notify the management through an alert on the dashboard.

Dashboard analyzes sentiment based on emoji usage.

Given the management accesses the Emoji Analytics Dashboard, When they view the sentiment analysis section, Then it should display an overall sentiment score derived from the emojis used in communications.

Customizable Emoji Set

"As a freelancer, I want to customize my emoji set so that I can express my personality and fit my communication style when collaborating with clients."

Description

The Customizable Emoji Set requirement allows users to upload and manage their own emojis within the ShiftSync platform. This feature will enable users to personalize their communication experience, select emojis that best represent their feelings, and add fun elements that enhance user engagement. Users will be able to customize their emoji sets to reflect their preferences or company culture, creating a more inclusive environment for feedback and reactions. This capability not only strengthens user ownership of the platform but also fosters a more vibrant and dynamic communication channel.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a new custom emoji to their account in ShiftSync.

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the emoji management section and select 'Upload Emoji', then the user should be able to upload an image file (PNG or JPEG format) that meets the size requirements (max 256x256 pixels).

User deletes a custom emoji from their account.

Given a user has uploaded custom emojis, when they select an emoji and click on 'Delete', then the emoji should be removed from their emoji set and the user should receive a confirmation message stating 'Emoji deleted successfully.'

User browses and selects from available emojis to customize their set.

Given a user is in the emoji management section, when they click on 'View Available Emojis', then they should see a list of default emojis alongside any custom emojis they have uploaded, with options to select or remove them.

User changes the order of their custom emojis.

Given a user has multiple custom emojis uploaded, when they drag and drop an emoji to reorder them, then the emojis should reflect the new order immediately in the selection menu.

User shares their custom emoji set with a team.

Given a user has created a custom emoji set, when they select 'Share Emoji Set' and choose a team, then all team members should see the shared emoji set within their emoji management section.

User views the emoji history and recent uploads.

Given a user accesses the emoji management section, when they click on 'Emoji History', then they should see a log of all previously uploaded and deleted emojis with timestamps and action descriptions.

User receives feedback on their emoji usage in project updates.

Given users have access to the emoji feature, when a project update includes custom emojis, then users should be able to see the emojis and associated reactions reflected in their project communication feed, ensuring real-time engagement.

Emoji Contextual Tooltips

"As a new team member, I want to see tooltips for emojis so that I can understand their meanings and use them correctly in my feedback and comments."

Description

The Emoji Contextual Tooltips requirement is aimed at providing users with tooltips that appear when hovering over emojis in the ShiftSync platform. These tooltips will explain the emotional meaning behind specific emojis, helping users who may not be familiar with all emoji meanings to use them appropriately. This feature is designed to reduce miscommunication and promote clearer interactions among users by ensuring a shared understanding of emoji use within the project context. By making emoji meanings transparent, this requirement will enhance the overall effectiveness of the emoji system in fostering better communication workflows within the app.

Acceptance Criteria

User hovers over a smiley face emoji on a project update to express satisfaction with progress made.

Given the user is viewing a project update, when the user hovers over the smiley face emoji, then a tooltip displaying 'This emoji means happiness or approval' should appear.

A user is unsure about the meaning of a specific emoji and seeks clarification for effective communication in a project feedback.

Given the user is unsure about a thumbs up emoji, when the user hovers over the thumbs up emoji in the feedback section, then the tooltip should display 'This emoji means approval or agreement.'

Team members are discussing feedback on a project and are using various emojis to convey their reactions.

Given multiple team members are using emojis in their messages, when a user hovers over any emoji used in the conversation, then the corresponding tooltip providing its meaning should display accurately.

A new user unfamiliar with emojis uses the platform for the first time during project collaboration.

Given the new user is using the platform, when they hover over an emoji they have never seen before, then a tooltip should provide a clear, concise description of the emoji's meaning.

Users engage in a feedback session post-project completion using various emojis to share their experiences.

Given the users are in a feedback session, when any user hovers over an emoji shared in the session, then the tooltips should consistently clarify the emotional context corresponding to that emoji.

A user wants to improve their understanding of emoji meanings before interacting with others.

Given a user is reading a guide on effective emoji use, when they hover over an emoji in the guide, then the tooltip should explain the meaning of that emoji comprehensively, aiding in their understanding.

A user with accessibility needs is using a screen reader to navigate through emojis in project updates.

Given an accessibility feature is active, when the user hovers over an emoji, then the screen reader should announce the tooltip text that explains the emoji's meaning.

Notification Customization

Provides users the ability to set preferences for notifications related to chat messages and feedback requests. This ensures that users stay informed without being overwhelmed, allowing them to focus on their work while being notified of essential updates or communications.

Requirements

Custom Notification Settings

"As a freelancer, I want to customize my notification settings for chat messages and feedback requests, so that I can focus on my tasks without being overwhelmed by constant alerts."

Description

The Custom Notification Settings requirement allows users to tailor their notification preferences specifically for chat messages and feedback requests within the ShiftSync platform. This feature empowers users to select which notifications they would like to receive, enabling them to focus on their work without the distraction of excessive alerts. By integrating this functionality, ShiftSync promotes a more user-centric experience, ensuring that users are only informed about the most critical updates. This capability is essential for improving user engagement and satisfaction, ultimately leading to better productivity and enhanced communication within the gig economy context.

Acceptance Criteria

Users want to customize their notification preferences for chat messages so that they only receive alerts for direct messages from specific contacts, avoiding notifications from group chats.

Given a user is in their notification settings, when they select 'Customize Chat Notifications', then they should be able to specify contacts whose messages will trigger notifications, and save the settings successfully.

A freelancer is receiving numerous notification requests for feedback and needs to prioritize them based on relevance, so they can manage their responses effectively without feeling overwhelmed.

Given a user is on the notification settings page, when they opt to receive feedback notifications only from current active projects, then they should not receive notifications from completed projects and the settings should be saved correctly.

A user wishes to temporarily mute all notifications while focusing on a high-priority task, but they want to ensure that critical notifications still come through.

Given a user is active in their notification settings, when they enable 'Do Not Disturb' mode, then they should be prompted to select specific notifications (like approvals or urgent messages) that will be exceptions to this muting, and these preferences should save accurately.

A team leader wants to configure notification settings for their team to minimize distractions but ensure important updates about project milestones are communicated.

Given a team leader accesses the notification settings for team members, when they deselect notification options for non-critical updates and leave selected only for project milestone alerts, then these changes should apply to all designated team members and be reflected in their individual accounts.

A user receives a notification for a feedback request and wishes to manage future notifications related to that specific client to ensure they are not missed due to too many irrelevant notifications.

Given a user has received a notification for a feedback request, when they access their notification settings, then they should be able to set preferences specifically for the client related to that request, ensuring that these settings are distinctly saved for the client and affect future notifications only for them.

Real-time Notification Updates

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications for chat messages and feedback requests, so that I can respond immediately and maintain effective communication with my team."

Description

Real-time Notification Updates ensure that users receive instant alerts when a new chat message is received or when feedback is requested. This functionality is crucial for maintaining effective communication within the ShiftSync platform. By providing real-time updates, users can respond promptly to important messages and feedback requests, which enhances collaboration and operational efficiency. This requirement addresses the need for immediacy in communications, allowing freelancers and businesses to stay connected and responsive in a dynamic work environment.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when a new chat message is sent in an active conversation thread.

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync and has an active chat open, When a new message is sent by another participant in the chat, Then the user should receive an immediate notification alerting them of the new message.

User receives a notification when a feedback request is generated by their client.

Given the user is online and has feedback request notifications enabled, When their client sends a feedback request through the platform, Then the user should receive a timely notification indicating that a new feedback request is available.

User can customize notification preferences for chat messages and feedback requests.

Given the user accesses the notification settings in ShiftSync, When they select preferred notification types and save their changes, Then the user should see a confirmation message indicating that their notification preferences have been updated successfully.

Notification display shows relevant content and actionable buttons.

Given the user receives a notification, When they view the notification on their device, Then the notification should display the sender's name, a preview of the message, and buttons to 'Reply' or 'Dismiss'.

Notifications are not overly intrusive and respect the user's focus mode.

Given the user is in 'Do Not Disturb' mode, When a new chat message or feedback request is sent, Then the system should suppress notifications during this mode, with a summary available upon exiting the mode.

User receives follow-up reminders for unread messages or pending feedback requests.

Given the user has unread messages or pending feedback requests, When a specified time period elapses, Then the user should receive a reminder notification summarizing these items.

User can turn off notifications for specific chats or clients at any time.

Given the user is in a chat with a specific client, When they choose to mute notifications for that chat, Then they should receive a confirmation that notifications for that chat have been successfully disabled.

Notification Frequency Control

"As a user, I want to control how often I receive notifications for chat messages and feedback requests, so that I can manage my attention and avoid notification overload."

Description

The Notification Frequency Control requirement provides users with the option to set the frequency of notifications they receive for chat messages and feedback requests. Users can choose to receive notifications instantly, hourly, or daily, catering to their personal workflow preferences. This feature enhances user autonomy and aids in reducing notification fatigue, allowing users to manage their time effectively while still keeping informed about important communications. The integration of this feature aligns with ShiftSync's goal of creating a user-centric platform that supports diverse working styles and enhances productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects the 'Instant' notification frequency option for chat messages and feedback requests.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they select 'Instant' for notifications, then they should receive a notification for each chat message and feedback request immediately after it is sent.

User selects the 'Hourly' notification frequency option for chat messages and feedback requests.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they select 'Hourly' for notifications, then they should receive a single notification summarizing all chat messages and feedback requests received in the past hour.

User selects the 'Daily' notification frequency option for chat messages and feedback requests.

Given a user is in the notification settings, when they select 'Daily' for notifications, then they should receive a single notification summarizing all chat messages and feedback requests received in the past 24 hours at a designated time.

User changes notification frequency from 'Instant' to 'Daily'.

Given a user has previously set their notification frequency to 'Instant', when they change it to 'Daily', then they should stop receiving instant notifications and only receive the daily summary as configured.

User applies their preferred notification settings and then sends a chat message to another user.

Given a user has set their notification preference to 'Hourly', when they send a chat message, then the recipient should receive notification of that message according to their own notification frequency setting.

User receives a notification for feedback requests according to their selected frequency.

Given a user has set their notification frequency to 'Hourly', when a feedback request is sent during that hour, then they should receive a notification about that feedback request as part of the hourly summary notification.

User interacts with a notification to ensure it functions correctly post-setup.

Given a user has set their notification preferences, when they receive a notification and click on it, then the app should navigate the user to the relevant chat or feedback request screen without errors.

Notification History Log

"As a user, I want to be able to access a history of my notifications, so that I can track my communications and ensure I have not missed any important messages or feedback."

Description

The Notification History Log requirement enables users to access a record of all notifications received regarding chat messages and feedback requests. This feature serves as a valuable reference, allowing users to review past communications whenever necessary. It enhances accountability and transparency within team interactions, ensuring users can track their responses and follow up on previous messages smoothly. The implementation of this feature aligns with ShiftSync's mission to foster strong communication practices while ensuring users can manage their interactions efficiently.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Notification History Log on the ShiftSync platform to review messages from a previous week.

Given the user is logged in and navigates to the Notification History Log, When the user selects a specific date range, Then all notifications within that range should be displayed accurately, showing timestamps and message content.

A user receives a notification for a feedback request and wants to view it in their Notification History Log later.

Given a feedback request notification is received, When the user accesses the Notification History Log, Then the feedback request notification should be listed with a clear indicator of its status (read/unread).

A team member reviews their Notification History Log to track responses to chat messages over the past month.

Given the user is on the Notification History Log page, When the user filters notifications by 'Chat Messages' for the past month, Then all chat message notifications should be retrievable with options to mark them as read or follow up.

Users receive multiple notifications, and they want to ensure they're not receiving duplicate entries in their Notification History Log.

Given the user has received multiple notifications for the same event, When the user views their Notification History Log, Then only unique notifications should be displayed without duplicates, maintaining chronological order.

A user wants to ensure they can navigate back to previous notifications after receiving new ones.

Given a user receives new notifications, When they check the Notification History Log, Then the user should be able to scroll to view older notifications without losing their place.

The Notification History Log is being accessed from a mobile device by a user.

Given the user is logged into the ShiftSync application, When the user navigates to the Notification History Log on a mobile device, Then the notifications should be displayed in a mobile-responsive format, allowing easy access and readability.

Sound and Visual Alert Options

"As a user, I want to select how I am alerted for notifications (sound or visual), so that I can customize my notification experience according to my environment and personal preference."

Description

The Sound and Visual Alert Options requirement allows users to choose their preference for notification alerts, including both sound alerts and visual notifications. By providing this flexibility, users can pinpoint the best way to be alerted about important messages, accommodating their individual working environments and personal preferences. Implementing this capability not only enhances user experience but also aids in ensuring that crucial notifications are noticed without causing disturbance during work. This requirement is key in aligning ShiftSync's functionality with user expectations for a customizable and user-friendly interface.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects sound alerts for notifications during work hours.

Given the user has selected the sound alert option for notifications, when a new chat message or feedback request is received, then the user must hear an audible alert that is loud enough to be noticed without being disruptive.

User configures visual alerts to appear on the screen while working.

Given the user has configured visual alert settings, when a new chat message or feedback request is received, then a visual notification must appear prominently on the user's screen for at least 5 seconds.

User toggles off all sound alerts for notifications during a meetings context.

Given the user has turned off sound alerts in their notification settings, when there is a new chat message or feedback request, then no sound notification should be played.

User prefers a combination of sound and visual notifications while multitasking.

Given the user has chosen to receive both sound and visual notifications, when a notification is generated, then both an audible alert and a visual notification should be displayed simultaneously.

User updates notification preferences for urgent messages only.

Given the user has specified that only urgent messages should trigger notifications, when an urgent message is received, then that message must generate a sound alert and a visual notification according to the user's preference settings.

User tests notification settings after initial setup.

Given the user has finished setting up their notification preferences, when they trigger a test notification, then the user must receive feedback confirming that the notification was set up correctly via sound and/or visual alert based on their selected preferences.

Compliance Alert System

Automatically monitors changes in local laws and regulations that affect gig workers and notifies businesses when updates occur. This proactive approach ensures that companies remain compliant with the latest legal standards, reducing risks associated with non-compliance and avoiding potential fines.

Requirements

Real-time Compliance Monitoring

"As a business owner, I want to receive immediate notifications about changes in laws and regulations that affect my gig workers so that I can ensure compliance and avoid legal penalties."

Description

The Compliance Alert System shall provide real-time monitoring of changes in local laws and regulations affecting gig workers. It will integrate with external legal databases and resources to ensure that the information is up to date and trustworthy. This functionality enables businesses to stay informed and promptly adjust their practices to maintain compliance, thereby mitigating risks associated with legal penalties and enhancing operational integrity. The system will include customizable alerts that can be configured according to specific industry requirements, helping users prioritize compliance concerns effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Monitoring of Legal Updates for Gig Workers

Given an integration with external legal databases, when local laws are updated, then the system should push notifications to the users immediately.

Customizable Alert Configuration for Compliance Updates

Given an admin user who accesses the compliance alert settings, when they configure alert preferences for specific industries, then the system should save these preferences and notify the user accordingly.

User Notification System for Compliance Changes

Given that a legal update has occurred, when the update is processed by the system, then all relevant users should receive an email and in-app notification detailing the change.

Verification of Information Source Integrity

Given the integration with legal databases, when new legal information is captured, then the system should validate the source's credibility and timestamp the data accordingly.

Reporting on Compliance Alert Effectiveness

Given that compliance alerts have been delivered, when an admin user accesses the compliance reports, then the user should see detailed metrics on alert effectiveness, including response times and compliance actions taken.

Historical Tracking of Compliance Changes

Given that compliance alerts have been generated, when a user looks up historical records, then the system should display a timeline and summary of all past legal changes and alerts generated in relation to those laws.

User Training and Help System for Compliance Alerts

Given that new users are onboarded to the system, when they access the training module, then they should have access to resources explaining how to set up and manage compliance alerts effectively.

Customizable Notification Settings

"As a compliance manager, I want to customize the types of legal alerts I receive so that I can focus on the most relevant information for my business."

Description

The system shall allow users to set custom criteria and preferences for receiving compliance alerts. Users will be able to choose the types of regulations that are most relevant to their business, the preferred channels (such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications), and the frequency of updates. This flexibility ensures that alerts are relevant and actionable, allowing businesses to prioritize their responses to legal changes effectively. By tailoring notifications, users can focus on the most impactful changes and improve overall compliance management processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up custom notification preferences for compliance alerts based on their business type.

Given the user is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the compliance alert settings, then they should be able to select relevant regulation types, preferred channels for notifications, and set frequency options for updates.

User receives a compliance alert based on their selected notification settings after a relevant legal change is identified.

Given that a relevant legal change occurs and the user has enabled notifications for that regulation type, when the system detects the change, then the user should receive an alert via their chosen communication channel (email, SMS, or in-app) within 24 hours.

User edits existing notification preferences and saves the changes.

Given the user is in their notification settings, when they change any of the existing notification preferences (type, channel, frequency), then they should be able to save these changes without error, and the system should reflect the updated preferences immediately.

User checks the history of compliance alerts received through the system.

Given the user has opted to receive compliance alerts, when they access the compliance alert history section, then they should be able to view a logged history of all alerts received along with timestamps, types, and the status of the user's response to each alert.

User attempts to set notification preferences without logging in.

Given the user is not logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they try to access the notification settings page, then they should be redirected to the login page with a prompt indicating that login is required to access these settings.

User receives a prompt to review their notification settings as a periodic compliance check.

Given that the user has not accessed their notification settings in over 30 days, when they log into the system, then they should see a prompt reminding them to review and update their compliance notification preferences.

System logs compliance alerts for auditing purposes.

Given that a compliance alert is sent to the user, when the alert is processed, then the system should log the alert details in the database, including the type of alert, timestamp, and user ID, ensuring accurate audit tracking.

Compliance History Log

"As a regulatory auditor, I need access to historical compliance data so that I can assess the organization’s adherence to legal standards during audits."

Description

The Compliance Alert System shall maintain a comprehensive history log of all compliance-related alerts and updates. This feature will provide an audit trail that businesses can refer to during compliance reviews or audits. The history log will include details such as the type of regulation, date of the alert, and a summary of the necessary actions taken by the business. This functionality not only aids in demonstrating compliance during inspections but also serves as a valuable tool for evaluating the efficacy of the company’s compliance strategy over time.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Compliance Alerts and Update History

Given a compliance alert has been triggered, when the user accesses the compliance history log, then they should see the corresponding entry with the correct type of regulation, date of alert, and summary of actions taken.

Auditing Compliance History

Given the compliance history log contains multiple entries, when an auditor reviews the log, then they should be able to filter entries by date range or type of regulation accurately, ensuring all relevant information is retrievable.

Receiving Notifications of Regulatory Changes

Given there is a change in local laws that affect gig workers, when the update is processed, then the business user should receive a notification including a summary of the change and a link to the history log.

Exporting Compliance History for Reporting

Given the compliance history log is accessed, when the user selects the export option, then the history log should be successfully exported in a readable format (CSV or PDF) that captures all relevant details of the alerts.

Reviewing Compliance Actions Taken

Given the compliance history log includes multiple alerts, when a user reviews the log, then they should be able to see detailed notes on actions taken for each alert, demonstrating proactive compliance management.

System Performance During High Usage

Given multiple compliance alerts are generated simultaneously, when users access the compliance history log, then the system should maintain performance without significant delays in loading or displaying entries.

Securing Compliance Log Data

Given the compliance history log contains sensitive information, when a user attempts unauthorized access, then they should be denied access, ensuring compliance log data is secure.

Integration with Payroll Systems

"As a payroll administrator, I want the compliance alerts to update our payroll processing system automatically so that I can ensure accurate and compliant employee compensation without manual intervention."

Description

The Compliance Alert System shall offer seamless integration with existing payroll systems to ensure that any regulatory changes impacting payroll practices are automatically reflected in payment processes. This integration will help businesses comply with labor laws, tax regulations, and other compliance requirements in real-time, reducing the risk of errors in employee compensation due to outdated practices. It will also facilitate timely updates for tax withholding and benefits adjustments, thus safeguarding the company from potential financial penalties.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Payroll System for Regulatory Updates

Given that the Compliance Alert System detects a change in local laws affecting payroll practices, when the integration with the payroll system is active, then the system shall automatically update the payroll processing guidelines to reflect these regulatory changes within 24 hours.

Notification of Compliance Changes

Given that a change in local labor laws is detected, when the Compliance Alert System notifies the payroll department, then the notification must be received within 1 hour of the regulatory change, ensuring timely compliance.

Testing Integration with Different Payroll Systems

Given that the Compliance Alert System is connected to multiple payroll systems, when a regulatory change occurs, then all integrated systems must successfully reflect the updated compliance requirements without errors across each platform.

Real-Time Updates for Tax Withholding

Given that the Compliance Alert System identifies a change in tax regulations, when this change occurs, then the payroll system must adjust tax withholding calculations in real-time before the next payroll cycle begins.

Audit Trail of Compliance Changes

Given that the Compliance Alert System updates compliance-related information, when a change is implemented, then an audit trail must be generated that logs all actions taken, including timestamps and details of the change, ensuring traceability.

User Training for Compliance Alerts

Given that the Compliance Alert System is implemented, when the payroll team receives training on the new system, then at least 90% of participants must successfully demonstrate an understanding of how to manage compliance alerts effectively by passing a knowledge assessment.

Feedback Mechanism for Compliance Alerts

Given that the Compliance Alert System is operational, when users receive alerts about compliance changes, then there must be a feedback option to report issues or suggest improvements, and at least 80% of users should engage with this feedback mechanism within the first month.

User Training and Support Resources

"As a new user of the compliance system, I want access to instructional resources so that I can quickly learn how to use the system effectively and keep my business compliant."

Description

To facilitate effective use of the Compliance Alert System, comprehensive training and support resources shall be developed. This includes tutorials, FAQs, and interactive support tools that guide users through setting up alerts, customizing notifications, and utilizing compliance history logs. Providing these resources will enhance user engagement with the system and ensure that businesses can maximize the benefits of compliance monitoring tools, leading to improved adherence to regulations and greater operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Compliance Alert System to review available training resources.

Given a user is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the Compliance Alert System section, then they should see a list of training resources including tutorials, FAQs, and interactive support tools.

User completes a tutorial on setting up compliance alerts.

Given a user is in the tutorial section, when they finish the tutorial on setting up compliance alerts, then the system should prompt them with a completion message and provide a link to a quiz for assessment.

User searches for specific compliance regulations in the FAQ section.

Given a user is on the FAQ page of the Compliance Alert System, when they enter a relevant keyword in the search bar, then the system should return relevant FAQs related to that keyword.

User customizes notification preferences for compliance changes.

Given a user accesses the notification settings within the Compliance Alert System, when they make changes to their notification preferences and save them, then the system should confirm the changes have been successfully saved.

User engages with interactive support tools for troubleshooting.

Given a user is experiencing issues with the Compliance Alert System, when they use the interactive support tool, then they should receive guidance tailored to their specific issue, along with options for further assistance if needed.

User accesses compliance history logs to review past alerts.

Given a user is in the Compliance Alert System, when they navigate to the compliance history logs, then they should be able to view a complete list of past alerts with timestamps and relevant details.

User receives an email notification about new compliance regulations.

Given a user has opted in to receive email notifications, when a new compliance regulation is published, then the system should send an email alerting the user of the update details.

Reporting and Analytics Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want to view compliance alert trends through a reporting dashboard so that I can identify potential compliance risks and inform strategic decisions."

Description

The system shall feature a reporting and analytics dashboard that provides insights into compliance trends and alerts over time. Users will be able to visualize data regarding compliance updates, response times, and overall adherence to regulations through graphs and charts. This functionality will help businesses identify patterns, assess risks associated with non-compliance, and improve their compliance strategy based on informed data analysis, ultimately driving better decision-making processes within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Reporting and Analytics Dashboard displays compliance trends over the past year.

Given a user accesses the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they select the compliance trends view, then the dashboard should display a line graph showing trends for each month based on compliance violations and updates over the past 12 months.

User receives notifications about compliance alerts through the dashboard.

Given a compliance alert is triggered due to a change in local laws, when the user logs into the dashboard, then they should see a notification within 24 hours of the alert occurrence with relevant details.

Users can filter compliance data by time period and type.

Given the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when a user applies filters for a specific date range and type of compliance issue, then the dashboard should update to only show data relevant to the selected filters accurately.

The dashboard provides an overall adherence score based on compliance data.

Given that the user has access to the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they view the compliance overview section, then the dashboard should display an overall adherence score calculated based on the number of compliance violations versus the total number of updates in the selected timeframe.

Users can export compliance trend data from the dashboard.

Given the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when the user selects the export option for compliance trend data, then they should receive a downloadable CSV file containing the displayed data as per the selected filters.

The dashboard visualization refreshes at regular intervals.

Given the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard is open, when data is updated from the compliance alert system, then the dashboard should refresh the visualizations automatically every 15 minutes without user intervention.

Regulatory Insights Dashboard

Provides a user-friendly dashboard presenting an overview of compliance status across all relevant jurisdictions. This feature enables business owners to visualize compliance metrics, monitor gig worker adherence, and identify areas needing improvement, thus enhancing transparency and accountability.

Requirements

Compliance Metric Visualization

"As a business owner, I want to view compliance metrics across all jurisdictions in a visual format so that I can quickly identify any compliance issues and take action to address them."

Description

The Compliance Metric Visualization requirement focuses on creating a dashboard that allows users to easily view and understand compliance metrics across different jurisdictions. This feature will aggregate data on gig worker compliance, presenting it in customizable graphical formats such as charts and graphs. This will enable business owners to quickly assess their compliance status, identify trends, and understand areas that require attention. The dashboard will integrate seamlessly with existing data sources in ShiftSync, ensuring that users have access to real-time information on compliance and can make informed decisions to improve adherence and operational practices.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Compliance Metrics Dashboard for the first time.

Given a user is logged into ShiftSync and has access to the Compliance Metrics Dashboard, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see a clear overview of compliance metrics presented in graphical formats (charts and graphs).

User customizes the Compliance Metrics dashboard view.

Given the user is on the Compliance Metrics Dashboard, when they select different options to customize the graph types (e.g., bar chart, pie chart) and date ranges for compliance metrics, then the dashboard updates in real-time to reflect the selected customizations without delays.

User monitors compliance metric trends over time.

Given the user has accessed the Compliance Metrics Dashboard, when they view the compliance metrics over a specified date range, then they should be able to see visual representations (charts/graphs) that accurately depict trends in compliance metrics such as increases or decreases in compliance status.

User identifies non-compliance areas through the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Compliance Metrics Dashboard, when they hover over or click on specific segments of the graphs, then they should receive detailed insights (e.g., percentages, descriptions) regarding areas of non-compliance or metrics needing improvement.

User receives alerts for compliance issues.

Given the user has set compliance thresholds on the dashboard, when compliance metrics fall below these thresholds, then the user should receive an automated alert notification to take action.

User integrates external data sources into the Compliance Metrics Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Compliance Metrics Dashboard setup page, when they initiate the data source integration process, then they should be able to successfully connect and visualize data from external compliance data sources without errors.

User exports compliance metrics for reporting purposes.

Given the user is on the Compliance Metrics Dashboard, when they select the option to export the compliance data, then the data should be exported successfully in a specified format (e.g., CSV, PDF) and include all visible metrics on the dashboard.

Real-time Compliance Alerts

"As a compliance officer, I want to receive real-time alerts whenever compliance thresholds are breached so that I can address issues proactively and ensure our gig workers are compliant."

Description

The Real-time Compliance Alerts requirement is designed to notify users immediately when compliance thresholds are not met or when there are changes in regulations that may impact their gig workers. These alerts will be sent through various channels, including in-app notifications, emails, and SMS. By integrating with regulatory bodies' data feeds, the system will ensure that users receive timely and accurate information, allowing them to act swiftly to rectify any compliance issues. This proactive approach to compliance management will reduce the risk of penalties and improve the overall integrity of the workforce.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives compliance alerts for gig worker status changes.

Given a gig worker's compliance status changes, when the change is detected, then an in-app notification, email, and SMS alert are sent to the user within 1 minute.

User receives alerts for non-compliance of gig workers.

Given a gig worker is found to be non-compliant, when the compliance check is triggered, then the user should receive an alert through all configured channels (in-app, email, SMS) within 2 minutes.

User gets real-time updates on regulation changes that impact gigs.

Given there is a change in compliance regulations, when the data feeds are updated, then the user should receive an immediate alert regarding the specific change through in-app notifications and email.

User tracks compliance alert response effectiveness.

Given the compliance alerts have been issued, when the user reviews the response rate, then at least 80% of alerts should confirm user acknowledgment or action taken.

User customizes alert preferences.

Given the user wants to customize alert settings, when accessing the settings page, then the user should be able to select preferred channels (in-app, email, SMS) and set thresholds for alerts.

User views compliance metrics on the dashboard after alerts.

Given compliance alerts have been triggered, when the user accesses the Regulatory Insights Dashboard, then the dashboard should reflect updated compliance metrics indicating actions taken post-alert.

User tests the reliability of the alert system.

Given the alert system is under testing, when simulated non-compliance events are triggered, then all alerts should be successfully delivered to the user in under 5 minutes with 100% accuracy.

Interactive Compliance Support

"As a gig manager, I want to access a support system that provides me with clear explanations and guidance about compliance requirements so that I can help my team to meet those regulations efficiently."

Description

The Interactive Compliance Support requirement will provide users with access to a knowledge base and interactive guides that explain compliance requirements for each jurisdiction. This feature will include FAQs, step-by-step compliance checklists, and links to relevant regulatory resources. The integration of chat support will also be included, allowing users to ask specific questions and receive guidance directly within ShiftSync. This will enhance users’ understanding of complex compliance landscapes and empower them to maintain compliance more effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Interactive Compliance Support feature to find regulations for their jurisdiction.

Given the user navigates to the Interactive Compliance Support section, when they select their jurisdiction, then the user should see a list of compliance requirements specific to that jurisdiction.

User interacts with the knowledge base to find specific compliance FAQs.

Given the user accesses the knowledge base, when they enter a keyword related to compliance, then they should receive a list of relevant FAQs and resources related to that keyword.

User uses the compliance checklist to ensure they meet all requirements before submitting their compliance report.

Given the user opens the step-by-step compliance checklist, when they mark off items as completed, then the checklist should visually indicate progress and notify them if any requirements are not met.

User initiates a chat support session to get clarification on a specific compliance requirement.

Given the user clicks on the chat support icon, when they type in a question related to compliance, then they should receive a timely and relevant response from the support system or staff.

User views their compliance adherence metrics on the Regulatory Insights Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Regulatory Insights Dashboard, when they select a timeframe for review, then the dashboard should display updated compliance metrics reflecting the chosen period.

User attempts to access compliance resources that are currently unavailable.

Given the user tries to access a compliance resource that is down, when they click the link, then a user-friendly error message should inform them of the unavailability and provide alternative contact options.

Compliance Reporting Tool

"As a business owner, I want to generate detailed compliance reports so that I can analyze our adherence performance over time and prepare for audits smoothly."

Description

The Compliance Reporting Tool requirement involves creating a feature that allows users to generate detailed compliance reports for specific time frames and jurisdictions. This will enable business owners to review adherence trends over time and prepare necessary documentation for audits or regulatory reviews. The reports will be customizable and exportable in multiple formats (e.g., PDF, Excel), facilitating easier sharing with stakeholders or regulatory bodies. This capability will bring greater transparency and accountability to the compliance process within ShiftSync.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a compliance report for the past quarter to review gig worker adherence across multiple jurisdictions for an upcoming audit.

Given the user is on the Compliance Reporting Tool, when they select the 'Generate Report' option for the last quarter and choose multiple jurisdictions, then a detailed report should be generated accurately reflecting compliance metrics for each selected jurisdiction.

A business owner customizes a compliance report by selecting specific metrics and time frames prior to export.

Given the user is on the compliance report customization screen, when they select specific compliance metrics and set a custom date range, then the report should reflect only the chosen metrics and the specified date range before exporting.

After generating a compliance report, the user exports the report as a PDF and checks the exported file for accuracy.

Given the user has generated a compliance report, when they choose to export the report as a PDF, then the exported file should accurately contain all report data as displayed in the application, including headers and formatting.

A user accesses the compliance reporting tool and views compliance metrics for a specific jurisdiction over the last year.

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync and accesses the Compliance Reporting Tool, when they select a jurisdiction and the last year as the time frame, then the dashboard should display the relevant compliance metrics for that jurisdiction clearly and accurately.

A business owner shares the generated compliance report with a regulatory body using the share feature in the Compliance Reporting Tool.

Given the user has generated a compliance report, when they use the 'Share Report' feature and input the regulatory body’s contact information, then the report should be successfully sent and a confirmation message displayed.

The user generates a compliance report but selects no jurisdictions or metrics, observing the system's feedback.

Given the user is on the Compliance Reporting Tool, when they attempt to generate a report without selecting any jurisdiction or compliance metrics, then the system should display an error message prompting the user to select at least one option before proceeding.

A user frequently reviews compliance reports to identify areas needing improvement and records notes on necessary actions.

Given the user is reviewing generated compliance reports, when they note down areas needing improvement, then those notes should be saved with the report context in the system for future reference, ensuring traceability.

Dashboard User Customization

"As a user of ShiftSync, I want to customize my compliance dashboard layout and visible metrics so that I can focus on the most important data relevant to my business."

Description

The Dashboard User Customization requirement allows users to modify their compliance dashboard according to their specific needs and preferences. Users can select which metrics to display, rearrange the layout of widgets, and set personal filters for data views. By enabling this level of customization, ShiftSync ensures that users can focus on the most relevant information that aligns with their business objectives. This will improve usability and make the dashboard more relevant and actionable for each user.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to customize their compliance dashboard on the ShiftSync platform to display only the compliance metrics relevant to their specific industry and business needs.

Given the user accesses the compliance dashboard, when they select metrics from a predefined list, then only the selected metrics should be displayed on the dashboard and other metrics should be hidden.

A user rearranges the layout of the widgets on their compliance dashboard to prioritize certain data views for better visibility.

Given the user is on the customization page, when they drag and drop the widgets to rearrange their order, then the widgets should persist in the new order upon saving changes, and on the next login.

A business owner applies personal filters to the data views on their dashboard to focus on specific time frames and types of compliance metrics.

Given the user sets a filter for date range and specific compliance metrics, when they apply the filter, then only the data matching these criteria should be displayed in the dashboard with correct statistics.

A user attempts to reset their compliance dashboard customization to the default settings after making several changes.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they click the reset button, then all changes should revert back to the default settings with no saved changes.

Users from different jurisdictions access the dashboard to customize their compliance metrics according to their local regulations.

Given users access the dashboard, when they select their respective jurisdiction, then the available metrics should dynamically adjust to reflect only applicable compliance metrics for that jurisdiction.

A user saves their dashboard customization settings and wants to ensure these settings are retained across multiple devices.

Given the user customizes their dashboard on one device, when they log in from a different device, then the customized dashboard should appear the same with all settings intact.

Integration with Third-party Compliance Tools

"As an administrator, I want to integrate ShiftSync with our existing compliance tools so that all compliance data is synchronized and easily accessible from one platform."

Description

The Integration with Third-party Compliance Tools requirement allows ShiftSync to connect with existing compliance management tools used by businesses, such as regulatory tracking systems and workforce management solutions. This integration will facilitate data synchronization, ensuring that compliance data is consistently updated across platforms. It will benefit users by eliminating duplicate work and providing a holistic view of compliance across different systems. This integration will also enhance the overall functionality of ShiftSync, positioning it as a more comprehensive solution for gig economy compliance management.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Existing Compliance Management Systems in a Small Business Environment

Given that the user has an account with a third-party compliance management tool, When the user initiates the integration process, Then the system should establish a secure connection and import compliance metrics within 5 minutes without user intervention.

Real-Time Data Synchronization for Compliance Metrics

Given that the user has integrated their compliance management tool, When compliance metrics are updated in the third-party tool, Then ShiftSync should reflect these updates in the Regulatory Insights Dashboard within 2 minutes.

User Notification for Integration Success or Failure

Given that the integration process has been initiated, When the process is complete, Then the user should receive a notification indicating success or failure, with actionable steps to take in case of failure.

User Access to Historical Compliance Data Post-Integration

Given that the user has successfully integrated their third-party compliance tool, When they access the Regulatory Insights Dashboard, Then they should be able to view historical compliance data for the past 12 months.

User-friendly Instructions for Integration Process

Given that a user is on the integration setup page, When they review the instructions, Then the instructions should be clear, concise, and include step-by-step guidance with visual aids.

Permission Management for Data Access Between Systems

Given that the integration between ShiftSync and a third-party compliance tool is established, When the user configures permissions, Then the user should be able to set access restrictions for different roles within their organization.

Audit Trail of Data Synchronization Events

Given that the user has completed the integration, When compliance data is synchronized between ShiftSync and the third-party tool, Then an audit trail of these synchronization events should be maintained and accessible to the user within the dashboard.

Automated Reporting Suite

Generates compliance reports based on gig worker activities and adherence to regulations. These reports can be scheduled or on-demand, allowing business owners and HR specialists to streamline their auditing processes and maintain thorough records for review or regulatory compliance.

Requirements

Scheduled Reporting Setup

"As a business owner, I want to schedule automated compliance reports so that I can ensure timely auditing without manual intervention and maintain regulatory adherence efficiently."

Description

The Scheduled Reporting Setup allows users to configure recurring compliance reports based on gig worker activities. Users can specify parameters such as frequency (daily, weekly, monthly), report type, and distribution list. This feature integrates seamlessly with the existing reporting framework, enabling automated generation and delivery of reports directly to relevant stakeholders. It streamlines the auditing process by ensuring timely and consistent reporting, facilitating regulatory compliance, and reducing administrative workload.

Acceptance Criteria

Scheduled Reporting for Weekly Compliance Audits

Given a user accesses the Scheduled Reporting Setup, when they select weekly frequency, choose compliance report type, and input the distribution list, then the system should successfully save the configuration and generate reports every week for the specified recipients.

Daily Reporting Notification

Given a user sets up a scheduled report for daily compliance tracking, when the report is generated, then the system should automatically send the report to all specified recipients and ensure delivery confirmation is logged in the system.

Monthly Performance Summary for Stakeholders

Given a user configures a scheduled report for a monthly performance summary of gig workers, when the monthly report is generated, then it should include comprehensive data analysis and be sent on the first day of the month to the defined stakeholders list without any manual intervention.

Modifying Scheduled Reports

Given an administrator wants to modify an existing scheduled reporting setup, when they change the frequency from weekly to monthly and update the distribution list, then the system should save these changes and reflect the new settings without disrupting the current scheduling.

Canceling a Scheduled Report

Given a user decides to remove a scheduled report, when they select the report and choose to cancel, then the system should successfully delete the report from the scheduling list and notify the user of the cancellation.

Historical Reporting Verification

Given reports have been generated over a period of time, when a user requests to view historical reports through the reporting suite, then the system should retrieve and display all previously scheduled reports with correct timestamps and recipient logs.

User Interface for Setting Up Reports

Given a user accesses the Scheduled Reporting Setup, when they navigate through the user interface to set up a report, then the interface should be intuitive and provide clear guidance and prompts for inputting all necessary parameters without confusion.

On-Demand Reporting Access

"As an HR specialist, I want to generate compliance reports on-demand so that I can promptly address inquiries from management or regulatory bodies and ensure all documentation is current and accurate."

Description

The On-Demand Reporting Access feature provides users the ability to generate compliance reports instantly, as needed. Users can select parameters for the report, such as date range, specific gig workers, and report types. This functionality enhances flexibility, allowing users to respond quickly to internal requests or regulatory inquiries. By integrating this feature into the reporting suite, businesses can maintain accurate and up-to-date records without delays.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates an on-demand compliance report for a specific date range and types of gig workers for an internal audit.

Given the user accesses the On-Demand Reporting Access feature, when they select the date range and specific gig workers, then the system should generate a report reflecting the selected parameters within 5 seconds.

HR specialist requests instant compliance reporting during a regulatory audit meeting.

Given the HR specialist initiates a report generation, when selecting the report type as 'Compliance', then the report must include all relevant data for the last 30 days, without errors, and be delivered within 10 seconds.

A business owner needs to track compliance of gig workers based on activities over a custom period.

Given the business owner provides a custom date range and clicks on 'Generate Report', when the report is generated, then it should accurately reflect all worker activities within that time frame and include a summary of compliance issues, if any.

User wishes to schedule a report to be generated daily for the workforce activities.

Given the user schedules a compliance report to be generated daily at 9 AM, when the time arrives, then the report should be automatically generated and sent to the designated email without any action required by the user.

User attempts to generate a report with incorrect parameters.

Given the user selects invalid parameters (e.g., start date later than end date), when they attempt to generate the report, then the system should return a clear and concise error message indicating the issue and prevent report generation.

Admin reviews a compliance report generated on-demand for audit purposes.

Given the admin accesses a generated compliance report, when reviewing the report, then it should include all necessary details clearly organized (e.g., worker names, work hours, compliance status) and allow for easy data extraction or export.

User invalidates an existing report generation session.

Given the user is in the process of generating a report, when they select the 'Cancel' option, then the system should successfully terminate the report generation without creating any incomplete or erroneous reports.

Customizable Report Templates

"As a compliance officer, I want to customize my reporting templates so that I can present information that aligns with our company's branding and fulfills specific regulatory requirements effectively."

Description

Customizable Report Templates allow users to create tailored compliance reports that suit their specific requirements. Users can choose from predefined templates or create their own, incorporating company branding and modifying relevant data fields. This feature is designed to enhance user experience and satisfaction by providing the flexibility to present information in a way that aligns with organizational standards. It ensures adaptability to various compliance needs while maintaining the integrity of the report data.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a customized compliance report using predefined templates and incorporates company branding elements for a specific project review.

Given the user is logged in and has access to the Automated Reporting Suite, When they select a predefined template and add branding elements, Then the report should reflect the branding and any modifications made by the user before generation.

User modifies an existing report template to add or remove data fields according to the compliance requirements of a new regulation.

Given the user has selected an existing report template, When they successfully add or remove data fields, Then the updated template should save these changes accurately and display a confirmation message.

User accesses a scheduled report and requests to modify the frequency of the report generation.

Given the user has access to the list of scheduled reports, When they choose to edit the frequency of a specific report, Then the new frequency should update successfully and the user should receive an alert confirming the changes.

User views the finalized report to ensure all required compliance data is present and accurately formatted before submission for auditing.

Given the report has been generated after customization, When the user opens the report, Then all selected data fields must be populated correctly and match the organizational standards without any discrepancies.

User exports the customized report in various formats like PDF or Excel for sharing with stakeholders.

Given the user has created and finalized the report, When they select the export option and choose a format, Then the system should successfully output the report in the selected format without data loss or formatting issues.

User attempts to use a report template that exceeds the allowed data fields for compliance reporting.

Given the user selects a template and tries to add extra data fields beyond the limit, When they attempt to save the template, Then the system should display an error message indicating the maximum field limit has been exceeded.

User schedules a report for automatic generation at specific intervals and verifies its successful addition to the scheduler.

Given the user is in the report scheduling interface, When they configure a new report schedule, Then the schedule should be added successfully to the list of scheduled reports, and the user should see a confirmation message.

Real-Time Compliance Tracking

"As a compliance manager, I want to track gig worker compliance in real-time so that I can efficiently identify and resolve issues as they arise, ensuring adherence to regulations at all times."

Description

The Real-Time Compliance Tracking feature enables users to monitor gig worker activities and compliance status as they occur. This functionality includes dashboards that provide insights into worker performance against regulatory standards, highlighting areas of non-compliance immediately. By integrating real-time analytics into the reporting suite, organizations can proactively address issues and enhance overall compliance strategies, leading to improved operational transparency.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time monitoring of gig worker activities for compliance with work regulations.

Given a user accesses the compliance tracking dashboard, when real-time worker performance data is updated, then the dashboard should reflect the latest compliance status for each worker in less than 5 seconds.

Automated alerts for non-compliance in gig worker activities.

Given a user has set compliance thresholds in the system, when a worker's activity falls below this threshold, then the system should automatically send an alert notification to the user within 1 minute of detection.

Generating compliance reports based on real-time data.

Given a user selects the option to generate a compliance report, when the report is based on real-time gig worker activity data, then the report should accurately reflect all compliance statuses for the selected time frame without manual input errors.

Visualization of compliance trends over time.

Given a user accesses the compliance tracking dashboard, when they select a time period for analysis, then the system should display a visual representation of compliance trends highlighting areas of improvement or concern over that period.

User access controls for compliance tracking features.

Given different user roles in the ShiftSync application, when a user attempts to access the compliance tracking feature, then the system should enforce role-based access, allowing only authorized users to view sensitive compliance data.

Integration with external regulatory compliance databases.

Given that the system has access to external regulatory compliance databases, when regulations are updated, then the system should automatically pull the latest compliance requirements within 24 hours.

User training and support for compliance tracking feature.

Given that a user is new to the compliance tracking feature, when they access the training resources, then the system should provide easy-to-understand documentation and tutorials accessible within 2 clicks from the dashboard.

Data Export Functionality

"As an analyst, I want to export compliance reports in various formats so that I can present data to stakeholders and facilitate detailed analysis and discussions during meetings."

Description

The Data Export Functionality allows users to export compliance report data in various formats such as CSV, PDF, or Excel. This feature ensures that users can easily share and analyze reports externally or within the organization as needed. By facilitating data export, this functionality enhances the usability of reports for presentations to stakeholders, audits, and compliance reviews, ensuring data is accessible and usable in different contexts.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates an export of compliance report data from the Automated Reporting Suite for a specific date range.

Given the user selects a specific date range and format (CSV, PDF, or Excel), when they click the 'Export' button, then the system should generate a file with the compliance report data in the chosen format and prompt the user to download it.

User wants to export compliance reports in PDF format and shares them with stakeholders via email.

Given the user selects the 'PDF' format for export, when they click 'Export', then the report is generated, and an email prompt opens with the PDF attached, allowing the user to add recipient addresses and send it directly.

User encounters an error during the export process due to an internal server issue.

Given the user clicks on 'Export' and an internal error occurs, when the error is detected, then the system should display a clear error message indicating the issue and suggest steps to resolve or retry the operation.

User needs to export compliance reports regularly on a weekly basis.

Given the user sets up a scheduled export for compliance reports every week, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically generate the report in the selected format and send it to the designated email address without any manual intervention.

User requires a summary of the exported report data before finalizing the export.

Given the user proceeds to export a compliance report, when they click 'Review' before the final export, then the system should display a summary of the report data, allowing the user to verify accuracy before confirming the export operation.

User wants to export compliance report data to Excel for detailed analysis.

Given the user selects the 'Excel' format for the export, when they click the 'Export' button, then the system should generate the Excel file with properly formatted cells and downloadable content, including all compliance report metrics accurately reflected.

Region-Specific Compliance Guidelines

Offers tailored compliance guidelines based on the gig worker’s location. This feature equips businesses with the necessary tools and resources to ensure that all local legal requirements are met, alleviating the burden of research and reducing the risk of violations.

Requirements

Localized Compliance Checklist

"As a small business owner, I want a localized compliance checklist so that I can ensure my gig workers meet all legal requirements specific to their location without conducting extensive research."

Description

This requirement involves creating a dynamic compliance checklist tailored to the specific legal regulations of each region where gig workers operate. The checklist will be automatically updated based on the gig worker’s location and will guide businesses through necessary compliance measures. It should integrate with the existing ShiftSync platform, allowing users to easily access and review local laws and regulations. This feature will significantly reduce the risk of legal violations by providing businesses with immediate access to essential compliance information, ensuring they remain informed about their obligations. Additionally, the checklist will support businesses in documenting compliance efforts, further enhancing accountability and transparency within their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the localized compliance checklist from the dashboard after logging into the ShiftSync platform.

Given the user is logged in to the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the compliance checklist section, then the user should see a localized compliance checklist specific to their gig workers' region with all relevant local legal regulations listed.

A user updates the gig worker's location in their profile settings and refreshes the compliance checklist.

Given the gig worker's location has been updated in their profile, when the user refreshes the compliance checklist, then the checklist should automatically update to reflect the compliance regulations applicable to the new location.

The user reviews the compliance checklist to ensure all necessary legal requirements are met before allocating a new task to a gig worker.

Given the user is viewing the compliance checklist, when they check off all items on the checklist, then the system should allow them to allocate tasks to the gig worker without warning messages regarding compliance violations.

The system sends automated reminders to users about upcoming compliance deadlines based on the user's region.

Given the user has upcoming compliance deadlines relevant to their region, when the specified deadline approaches, then the system should send automated email reminders to the user with the details of the compliance requirements due.

The user generates a report of compliance efforts documented through the checklist.

Given the user has completed the compliance checklist for a specific period, when they select the 'Generate Report' option, then the system should create a downloadable report summarizing all compliance activities and acknowledgments to be retained for auditing purposes.

A user attempts to access the checklist without being logged in to the platform.

Given the user is not logged in to the ShiftSync platform, when they attempt to access the compliance checklist, then they should be redirected to the login page with a message indicating that login is required to access compliance resources.

Real-Time Compliance Updates

"As a gig economy manager, I want real-time compliance updates so that I can adapt my business operations to new legal requirements as they arise, preventing potential violations."

Description

This requirement aims to implement a system that provides real-time updates regarding changes in compliance regulations within the regions where gig workers are located. It will leverage reliable data sources to track legal changes and notify users through the ShiftSync platform. Having access to timely compliance information will allow businesses to promptly adapt to new laws and regulations, minimizing the risk of non-compliance. The feature will include alerts, detailed descriptions, and actionable insights on how these changes impact existing compliance checklists, ensuring that businesses can continuously meet their legal obligations.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Notification of Compliance Regulation Changes for Gig Workers in California

Given the user is a business owner operating in California, When there is a change in compliance regulations that affects gig workers, Then the user receives an automatic notification within the ShiftSync platform detailing the change, including its date of effect and relevant compliance checklist updates.

Access to Detailed Compliance Change Descriptions

Given the user receives a notification of a compliance change, When the user clicks on the notification, Then the user should be redirected to a detailed description page that explains the compliance change, its implications, and actionable steps required for compliance.

Summary Report of Compliance Changes for Multiple Regions

Given the user has gig workers in multiple regions, When the user requests a summary report of compliance changes, Then the system generates and displays a report that includes a list of all relevant compliance changes for each region, along with recommendations for compliance actions.

Actions Tracking for Compliance Updates

Given the user has been notified of a compliance change, When the user marks the necessary actions taken to comply with the update, Then the system should log these actions and display a confirmation that the compliance update has been addressed.

Customization of Notification Settings for Compliance Updates

Given the user wants to tailor notification preferences for compliance updates, When the user accesses notification settings, Then the user should be able to customize the frequency and urgency of compliance update notifications based on their specific needs.

Integration with Existing Compliance Checklists

Given the user is utilizing compliance checklists in ShiftSync, When a compliance update is received, Then the system automatically updates the relevant compliance checklists to reflect the new regulations, ensuring users are aware of what changes have been made.

Compliance Resource Library

"As a compliance officer, I want access to a resource library on compliance regulations so that I can easily find trustworthy information and materials to ensure our operations adhere to local laws."

Description

This requirement focuses on the creation of a comprehensive library of resources that provides users with access to documentation, guides, and templates related to compliance in different regions. The library will include downloadable materials and links to authoritative sources, covering various topics such as labor laws, tax regulations, and safety standards applicable to gig work. By having a centralized resource library, businesses can easily locate and utilize tools that assist in maintaining compliance. This integration will enhance the usability of ShiftSync and support businesses in staying informed and prepared for audits or inspections.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing Compliance Resource Library from User Dashboard

Given a user is logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the Compliance Resource Library section, then they should see a list of available resources organized by region and topic.

Downloading Compliance Documents and Templates

Given a user is in the Compliance Resource Library, when they select a specific compliance document or template, then they should be able to download the file in a standard format such as PDF or DOCX without any errors.

Searching for Specific Compliance Information

Given a user is in the Compliance Resource Library, when they enter keywords into the search bar, then the system should display relevant documents and resources matching the search criteria within 2 seconds.

Viewing Authoritative Links in Compliance Resource Library

Given a user is browsing the Compliance Resource Library, when they click on an authoritative link provided in a resource, then the link should open the relevant webpage in a new tab, ensuring that the user can access up-to-date information.

Filtering Resources by Compliance Topics

Given a user is in the Compliance Resource Library, when they apply filters for compliance topics (e.g., labor laws, tax regulations), then the system should display only the resources that match the selected filters.

Staying Updated with Compliance Changes

Given a user is subscribed to notifications for the Compliance Resource Library, when new compliance resources are added, then the user should receive an email notification detailing the new additions within 24 hours.

User Feedback Mechanism for Compliance Tools

"As a ShiftSync user, I want to provide feedback on compliance tools so that I can help improve the feature’s usability and effectiveness for my business and others."

Description

This requirement entails implementing a user feedback mechanism specifically for the compliance tools within ShiftSync. The feedback system will allow users to report difficulties, suggest improvements, and share their experiences regarding the compliance guidelines and resources. It will help the development team identify areas needing enhancement and ensure that the compliance tools are user-friendly and effective. Regularly gathering and analyzing user feedback will drive continued improvement in the compliance features, ensuring they meet the changing needs of businesses operating in the gig economy.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback on compliance guidelines via the feedback form on the ShiftSync platform.

Given a user accesses the feedback form, when the user fills out all required fields and submits the feedback, then a confirmation message should be displayed to the user, and the feedback should be logged in the system.

User reports a specific difficulty encountered while using the compliance tools in ShiftSync.

Given a user selects the 'Report a Difficulty' option, when the user describes the issue and submits the report, then the issue should be categorized automatically, and an acknowledgment notification should be sent to the user.

User suggests an improvement for the compliance tools based on their experience.

Given a user selects the 'Suggest Improvement' option and submits their suggestion, then the suggestion should be tracked in the database with a status of 'Under Review' for the development team to evaluate.

Users can view previously submitted feedback and suggestions within their account.

Given a user logs into their account, when the user navigates to the feedback section, then all previously submitted feedback and suggestions should be displayed with their current status.

Development team reviews user feedback on a monthly basis to identify common themes and issues.

Given the scheduled review date, when the development team accesses the feedback analytics dashboard, then they should see a summary report highlighting key themes, issues, and actionable insights from user feedback.

User checks for response updates on submitted feedback through the ShiftSync platform.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the user navigates to the feedback status section, then they should be able to see updates and responses provided by the ShiftSync support team regarding their submitted feedback.

Integration with Local Tax Services

"As a small business, I want to integrate with local tax services so that I can manage gig worker tax compliance efficiently and ensure accurate reporting."

Description

This requirement is for creating an integration with local tax services to provide users with accurate tax compliance information relevant to their gig workers. This feature will automate tax calculations based on the latest local tax laws and provide necessary forms and instructions for filing. By directly integrating with tax services, ShiftSync will enhance the compliance experience for businesses, simplifying tax obligations and reducing the risk of miscalculations and penalties. The goal is to streamline financial processes for users while ensuring adherence to all applicable tax regulations.

Acceptance Criteria

User Integration with Local Tax Services for Accurate Tax Reporting

Given that a user has entered their business location, when they access the tax integration feature, then the system should display relevant local tax compliance information and applicable forms for their gig workers based on the latest laws.

Automation of Tax Calculations based on Local Regulations

Given the integration is set up, when gig worker payment transactions are processed, then tax calculations should automatically apply according to the current local tax regulations without manual input.

Access to Updated Tax Forms and Filing Instructions

Given a user is within the tax services integration feature, when they request assistance for filing taxes, then the system should provide up-to-date tax forms and clear instructions based on their location and type of work.

Notification of Tax Updates

Given that tax laws change, when an update to local tax regulations is available, then the system should automatically notify users of any changes and how it affects gig worker tax calculations.

User Feedback and Support for Tax Integration Feature

Given that users are engaging with the tax integration feature, when users submit feedback regarding their experience, then the system should log feedback and provide support resources tailored to their needs.

Testing Accuracy of Tax Calculations through Sample Transactions

Given the tax integration is operational, when sample gig worker transactions are processed, then the calculated taxes should match the expected values based on known local tax rates and rules for at least 95% of samples.

Integrated Compliance Training

Integrates compliance training modules for gig workers directly into the platform. This feature ensures that freelancers are educated about the regulations affecting their work environment, enhancing their understanding and adherence, which ultimately helps businesses maintain a compliant workforce.

Requirements

Compliance Training Module Integration

"As a freelancer, I want access to compliance training modules directly within ShiftSync so that I can quickly and efficiently learn about the regulations affecting my work, ensuring I remain compliant and knowledgeable in my field."

Description

The Integrated Compliance Training feature will provide comprehensive training modules directly accessible through the ShiftSync platform. These modules will cover important regulations and laws affecting gig work, tailored to specific industries and job types. By integrating these training resources seamlessly into the platform, freelancers can complete their training tasks in a user-friendly manner. This feature not only improves the knowledge base of gig workers but also reduces the compliance risks for businesses by ensuring their workforce is educated on necessary regulations. The expected outcome is a highly informed workforce that supports companies in maintaining adherence to laws, thus fostering a compliant working environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer accesses compliance training module after logging into ShiftSync for the first time.

Given a freelancer logs into ShiftSync for the first time, When they navigate to the Training section, Then they should see the list of available compliance training modules tailored to their industry and job type.

Freelancer completes a compliance training module and receives a completion certificate.

Given a freelancer selects and completes a compliance training module, When the training is finished, Then the freelancer should receive a certificate of completion that they can download or print.

Admin views compliance training completion reports for the workforce.

Given an admin accesses the compliance training section, When they request a report on freelancer training completions, Then they should see a summarized report displaying the percentage of freelancers who have completed each module.

Compliance training modules are updated when regulations change.

Given updated regulations affecting gig work, When the compliance training modules are revised, Then the platform should automatically notify all freelancers about the updates and prompt them to review the new content.

Freelancer receives reminders for compliance training deadlines.

Given a freelancer has not completed the required compliance training modules, When the training deadlines approach, Then the freelancer should receive automated reminders via email or in-app notifications.

Freelancer provides feedback on the compliance training module.

Given a freelancer finishes a compliance training module, When they are prompted for feedback, Then they should be able to submit their thoughts on the module content and user experience for improvement.

Progress Tracking for Compliance Training

"As a manager, I want to track the compliance training progress of my freelancers in ShiftSync so that I can ensure timely completion and adherence to necessary regulations."

Description

The Progress Tracking feature enables both freelancers and employers to monitor the completion status of compliance training modules within ShiftSync. Each user's training progress will be tracked and displayed, providing insights into what has been completed and what remains outstanding. This functionality will help managers ensure that their workforce is adequately trained and compliant while providing freelancers with clear goals for their learning requirements. This feature aims to enhance accountability and ensure timely completion of compliance training, ultimately resulting in a fully compliant workforce.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer views their compliance training progress on their dashboard after logging into ShiftSync.

Given the freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the compliance training section, then they should see a progress bar indicating the percentage of training modules completed and a list of remaining modules with their respective statuses.

Manager checks the compliance training completion status of their team members using ShiftSync.

Given the manager is logged into ShiftSync, when they access the team compliance training report, then they should see a summary of each team member's completion status, including completed, in-progress, and not started modules.

Freelancer receives a notification when a compliance training module is assigned to them.

Given a compliance training module is assigned to the freelancer, when the assignment is made, then the freelancer should receive a notification in ShiftSync prompting them to start the training module.

Employer reviews compliance training completion rates for their workforce.

Given the employer has access to compliance training reports, when they generate a report, then it should display the overall completion rate of compliance training across the entire workforce with the option to filter by department.

Freelancer marks a compliance training module as complete after finishing the training.

Given the freelancer has completed a compliance training module, when they click the 'mark as complete' button, then the system should update their progress and reflect the change on their dashboard as completed.

System automatically updates training completion status for freelancers who have completed all required modules.

Given a freelancer has completed all assigned training modules, when the compliance training deadline is reached, then their status should automatically update to 'compliant' in the system.

Certification Issuance and Management

"As a freelancer, I want to receive and manage my compliance certification within ShiftSync so that I can easily prove my training completion to potential employers."

Description

This requirement involves the automated issuance and management of compliance certifications upon successful completion of training modules. Once freelancers complete their training, they will receive digital certificates stored within their ShiftSync profiles. This feature will provide companies with an easy way to verify the compliance status of their workforce. The automated management of certifications will also include reminders for renewal and re-training when applicable, ensuring that workers maintain current knowledge of regulations over time. This feature enhances reliability and trust between freelancers and employers by maintaining up-to-date records of compliance.

Acceptance Criteria

Completion of Compliance Training Module for Certification Issuance

Given a freelancer has completed the required compliance training module, when they log into their ShiftSync profile, then they should see a notification indicating the successful completion and issuance of their digital certificate.

Automatic Certificate Storage and Access

Given a freelancer receives their digital compliance certificate, when they navigate to the certification section of their ShiftSync profile, then they should be able to view and download their certificate without any errors.

Compliance Status Verification for Employers

Given an employer is reviewing a freelancer's profile, when they check the compliance certification section, then they should see the current status of the freelancer's certificates, including expiration dates and renewal reminders if applicable.

Renewal Notification for Expired Certifications

Given a freelancer’s compliance certificate is nearing its expiration date, when the specified notification period arrives, then the freelancer should receive an automated reminder via email and within the ShiftSync platform about the upcoming renewal requirement.

Re-training Requirement Notification

Given a freelancer has a compliance training module that requires re-training, when the due date for re-training is reached, then the freelancer should receive a notification prompting them to complete the re-training module to maintain their certification status.

Audit of Certification Issuance Process

Given a designated administrator performs a compliance audit, when they review certification issuance logs, then they should be able to view detailed records of all issued certificates, including timestamps, freelancer identities, and training module completion dates.

User Experience for Digital Certificate Access

Given a freelancer has completed the necessary training, when they click the 'View Certificates' button in their profile, then they should be directed to a user-friendly page displaying all their certificates with clear options to view, download, or share.

Interactive Learning Tools

"As a freelancer, I want interactive training tools in ShiftSync so that I can learn about compliance regulations in an engaging way that keeps my attention and enhances memory retention."

Description

The Interactive Learning Tools feature will provide engaging and interactive training modules that cater to various learning styles. This could include videos, quizzes, case studies, and real-life scenarios relevant to the gig economy. Implementing these interactive elements will make learning more effective and enjoyable for freelancers, thereby increasing knowledge retention and application of the training material. This aspect of engagement is vital in ensuring that compliance training remains relevant and memorable, leading to a more informed workforce.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers access the Interactive Learning Tools on the ShiftSync platform to complete their compliance training modules.

Given a freelancer is logged into their ShiftSync account, when they navigate to the 'Compliance Training' section, then they should see a list of interactive training modules available for completion, including videos, quizzes, and case studies.

A freelancer completes an interactive quiz as part of the compliance training and receives immediate feedback.

Given a freelancer has completed an interactive quiz, when they submit their answers, then the system should provide immediate feedback, indicating the correct answers and any areas for improvement.

A business administrator reviews the training completion statuses of all freelancers to ensure compliance protocols are met.

Given an administrator accesses the compliance training overview dashboard, when they view the section on training completion, then they should see a list of freelancers with their completion status, including those who have completed, are in progress, and have not started their training.

Freelancers utilize real-life scenario-based training to understand compliance requirements better.

Given a freelancer is engaged in a real-life scenario module, when they complete the scenario, then they should be able to answer related questions correctly with at least an 80% accuracy to demonstrate understanding of the situation.

The platform tracks the time spent by freelancers on each interactive training module to monitor engagement levels.

Given a freelancer is taking an interactive training module, when they complete or exit the module, then the system should log the time spent on that module to track engagement and report it back to the administrator.

Freelancers provide feedback on the interactive training modules they completed to help improve future versions.

Given a freelancer has completed a training module, when they are prompted to submit feedback, then they should have the opportunity to rate the module and provide comments, which are collected for analysis.

The platform allows businesses to customize the interactive training tools based on specific compliance needs relevant to their industry.

Given a business administrator is configuring training modules, when they select specific compliance requirements for their industry, then the system should generate a customized list of interactive training tools relevant to those needs.

Feedback and Improvement Mechanism

"As a user, I want to provide feedback on the compliance training I take in ShiftSync so that I can contribute to improving the training experience for myself and others."

Description

The Feedback and Improvement Mechanism will allow users to provide feedback on the compliance training modules they complete. This will include ratings, comments, and suggestions for improvement. Collecting user feedback is essential for continuous improvement of the training materials to ensure relevance, effectiveness, and user satisfaction. This mechanism also allows the ShiftSync team to fine-tune the content based on real user experiences, which will lead to higher engagement and more effective learning outcomes for all users.

Acceptance Criteria

Users complete a compliance training module and submit feedback through the integrated feedback mechanism.

Given a completed compliance training module, when the user submits feedback with a rating and comments, then the feedback should be successfully saved in the system and visible to the administrative team.

Users provide feedback on multiple compliance training modules and request support for improving training materials.

Given multiple compliance training modules completed, when a user provides feedback for each module, then each feedback submission should be tracked separately along with the user details and timestamps.

Administrators review and analyze feedback collected from users on compliance training modules.

Given the collected feedback in the system, when the administrator views the feedback reports, then the report should clearly display average ratings, user comments, and suggestions for each training module.

Users receive confirmation after submitting feedback on compliance training modules.

Given that a user has submitted feedback, when the submission is successful, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been recorded.

The system verifies compliance training module feedback is linked to specific user accounts.

Given a user has submitted feedback, when the feedback is retrieved, then it should accurately reflect the user's account details associated with the training module.

Compliance training module feedback is available for trend analysis over time.

Given feedback data from users over multiple training sessions, when the administrator generates a trend analysis report, then the report should show user satisfaction trends over time for each training module.

Users can edit or retract their feedback on completed compliance training modules within a certain time frame.

Given a feedback submission, when a user requests to edit or retract feedback within the allowed time frame, then the system should allow them to modify or remove their feedback successfully.

Non-Compliance Notifications

Sends automated alerts to managers when a gig worker falls out of compliance with specified regulations. By providing immediate notifications, this feature helps businesses take swift action to rectify issues, mitigating potential risks and maintaining the integrity of their operations.

Requirements

Automated Compliance Monitoring

"As a compliance manager, I want to receive real-time updates on gig workers' compliance status so that I can take immediate action if any issues arise."

Description

This requirement focuses on the development of a system that continuously monitors gig workers' adherence to specified regulations and compliance standards. The functionality will include tracking various compliance metrics, such as work hours, credential validity, and job completion standards. By integrating this monitoring capability into ShiftSync, the system can automatically assess compliance in real-time, allowing managers to address any deviations quickly. The expected outcome is to reduce the risk of regulatory violations and enhance overall operational integrity.

Acceptance Criteria

Gig Worker Compliance Tracking via ShiftSync

Given a gig worker has logged hours in ShiftSync, when their working hours exceed the allowed limit, then an automated notification should be sent to the manager within 5 minutes of the violation.

Credential Validity Monitoring

Given a gig worker's credentials are stored in the system, when these credentials are about to expire within 14 days, then an automated notification should be sent to both the worker and the manager.

Job Completion Standards Assessment

Given a task assigned to a gig worker, when the worker fails to meet the specified job completion criteria, then the system will trigger a notification to the manager detailing the non-compliance within 10 minutes.

Integration of Compliance Metrics into Dashboard

Given the manager accesses the compliance dashboard, when the compliance metrics for gig workers are displayed, then they must accurately reflect real-time data of all tracked compliance factors.

Manager Override of Compliance Notifications

Given a compliance notification has been triggered, when a manager takes corrective action, then the system should allow the manager to acknowledge and document the action taken against the notification.

Historical Compliance Records Management

Given a gig worker has completed multiple tasks, when a manager requests a historical compliance report, then the system should provide a comprehensive report detailing compliance records over the last 12 months.

Real-time Assessment of Compliance Violations

Given that compliance metrics are being monitored, when a violation occurs, then the system should initiate a real-time assessment and provide a summary of the violation to the manager immediately.

Customizable Notification Settings

"As a manager, I want to customize my compliance notification settings so that I receive alerts that are most pertinent to my role and responsibilities."

Description

Develop a feature that allows managers to customize their notification preferences regarding compliance alerts. Managers will be able to set thresholds for notifications based on the severity or type of compliance issue, tailoring alerts to their specific needs. This personalization enhances user experience and ensures that managers are only notified about the most relevant compliance issues, thereby increasing their efficiency in managing gig workers.

Acceptance Criteria

Customizing Notification Preferences for Compliance Alerts

Given a manager is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the notification settings page and select the compliance alerts section, then they should be able to customize thresholds for receiving alerts based on severity (e.g., low, medium, high) and type of compliance issue.

Testing Notification Delivery for Customized Settings

Given a manager has configured their notification preferences, when a gig worker falls out of compliance, then the system should send an automated alert to the manager only if the compliance issue meets their specified thresholds.

Updating Notification Preferences

Given a manager has already set their notification preferences, when they change the severity or type of compliance issue notifications on the settings page, then the updated preferences should be saved and effective immediately.

Viewing Previous Notifications

Given a manager has received compliance alerts, when they access the notifications history section of the application, then they should be able to view all previous alerts along with their timestamps and issue details.

Failure to Meet Compliance Alert Configuration

Given a manager has set specific notification thresholds, when a compliance issue occurs but does not meet the set criteria, then no alerts should be sent to the manager's device.

Integration of Multiple Notification Channels

Given a manager has set up their notification preferences, when a compliance alert is triggered, then the alert should be sent through all selected channels (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notification) based on the manager's configurations.

User Guidance for Customization Options

Given a manager is on the notification settings page, when they hover over help icons next to the customization options, then tooltips explaining each setting should appear to assist in the configuration process.

Historical Compliance Reports

"As a business owner, I want to access historical compliance reports so that I can identify trends and make data-driven decisions for future workforce management."

Description

Create a functionality that generates historical reports on compliance data over specified periods. These reports will allow managers to analyze trends in compliance, identify recurring issues with specific workers or tasks, and make informed decisions regarding training or policy adjustments. By providing this data, ShiftSync can help businesses enhance their compliance strategies and improve workforce management processes based on documented performance trends.

Acceptance Criteria

Generation of Historical Compliance Reports for Manager Review

Given the manager is logged into ShiftSync, when they select a specific time period and request a compliance report, then the system should generate a report detailing compliance data for the selected period, including a summary of non-compliance incidents and trend analysis.

Accessibility of Historical Compliance Reports

Given the manager has generated a compliance report, when they view the report, then the data should be accessible in a user-friendly format with options to download in PDF and CSV formats.

Filtering Options for Compliance Report

Given the manager is generating a compliance report, when they apply filtering options for specific workers or tasks, then the report should only include data pertinent to the selected filters, providing insights into those particular areas.

Automated Alerts for Compliance Issues Identified in Reports

Given the historical compliance report highlights recurring compliance issues, when the report is generated, then an automated alert should be sent to the relevant manager(s) regarding the identified issues.

Historical Compliance Reports Overview Dashboard

Given the manager is on the compliance reports page, when they look at the dashboard, then they should see an overview of all generated reports, including graphical representations of compliance trends over the specified periods.

User Permissions for Accessing Compliance Reports

Given various users in the system, when a manager attempts to share a compliance report, then the system should allow sharing only with users who have the necessary permissions to view the report.

Retention Policy for Historical Reports

Given a set retention policy is established, when the compliance reports are generated over time, then the system should automatically archive or delete reports based on the defined retention duration, ensuring storage compliance.

Integration with Regulatory Databases

"As a compliance officer, I want ShiftSync to automatically update compliance requirements based on regulatory changes so that I can ensure our gig workers are always compliant without manual updates."

Description

This requirement outlines the need to integrate ShiftSync with external regulatory databases to ensure real-time access to compliance requirements that affect gig workers. By linking the platform with these databases, any updates or changes in regulations can automatically reflect on the compliance criteria set within the application, ensuring that the business remains informed and compliant with current laws.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of ShiftSync with regional regulatory databases for accurate compliance assessment.

Given that the ShiftSync platform is connected to regulatory databases, when a change is made in the compliance requirements, then the application should reflect these updates within 5 minutes and notify managers of non-compliance.

Real-time alerts for non-compliance detected from regulatory database updates.

Given that a gig worker is verified against the regulatory database, when a gig worker falls out of compliance, then an automated notification should be sent to the manager within 2 minutes.

Historical compliance tracking through the integration with regulatory databases.

Given the regulatory database integration, when a compliance check is performed, then the system should generate a compliance report including all historical data for the past 6 months.

User interface designed for compliance management post-regulatory database integration.

Given the integration with regulatory databases, when a manager accesses the compliance dashboard, then they should see updated compliance metrics and notification history in a user-friendly format.

Testing the robustness of database integration and error handling under load.

Given that the regulatory database is receiving a high volume of updates, when ShiftSync queries the database, then the system should return accurate compliance data consistently without performance lag or errors.

User permissions and access controls related to compliance data integration.

Given the integration with regulatory databases, when a user tries to access compliance data, then their role should dictate the level of access granted, and unauthorized access must be denied.

Training and support materials updated for the integrated compliance functionality.

Given the integration with regulatory databases, when training materials are reviewed, then they should include information on how to interpret compliance alerts and use the updated system effectively.

User Training and Documentation for Compliance Management

"As a gig worker, I want to access training materials regarding compliance standards so that I can understand my responsibilities and avoid non-compliance issues."

Description

Develop comprehensive training modules and documentation that educate managers and gig workers about compliance processes, the implications of non-compliance, and the use of the compliance notification system within ShiftSync. This requirement emphasizes the importance of ensuring all users are well-equipped to understand and adhere to compliance standards, fostering a culture of accountability and legal safety.

Acceptance Criteria

User Training Module for Compliance Management Completion

Given a manager accesses the training module, when they complete the module, then they should receive a certificate of completion and a feedback survey.

Documentation Access and Usability Verification

Given a user accesses the compliance documentation, when they search for specific non-compliance issues, then they should find relevant documentation within two clicks.

Non-Compliance Notification Alerts

Given a gig worker falls out of compliance, when the manager receives an automated alert, then the alert should include the worker's details and specific compliance issue within 5 minutes of the occurrence.

Training Material Engagement Measurement

Given the training materials are provided, when users review the materials, then at least 80% of users should report that the training materials are informative and easy to understand.

Compliance Awareness Quiz Effectiveness

Given a compliance awareness quiz is administered post-training, when participants complete the quiz, then they should achieve an average score of at least 75% to demonstrate understanding of compliance processes.

Feedback Loop for Training Improvements

Given users complete the training and documentation, when they provide feedback, then at least 70% of respondents should suggest useful improvements or highlight gaps in the training material.

Customizable Compliance Workflows

Allows businesses to create and implement customizable compliance workflows tailored to specific industry needs. This feature enhances operational efficiency by ensuring that companies can adapt their compliance processes according to changing regulations or internal requirements.

Requirements

Workflow Customization Interface

"As a compliance manager, I want to be able to customize compliance workflows so that I can ensure our processes meet the specific regulations of our industry without relying on IT support."

Description

The Customizable Compliance Workflows feature requires a user-friendly interface that allows businesses to easily create and modify their compliance workflows. This interface should support drag-and-drop functionality for ease of use, enabling users to design workflows that fit specific compliance requirements in their industry. It should also include a library of predefined templates to help users get started quickly. The benefit of this customization is that businesses can adapt their processes to meet changing regulations efficiently, thus improving compliance adherence and reducing the risk of penalties. The integration with existing user accounts should allow for seamless management of workflows within the ShiftSync platform, ensuring that users can update their processes without extensive training.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new compliance workflow using the drag-and-drop interface.

Given a user has access to the workflow customization interface, when they drag pre-defined compliance steps into the workflow canvas and connect them, then they should be able to save the workflow successfully.

User modifies an existing compliance workflow to accommodate new regulations.

Given an existing compliance workflow is loaded in the interface, when the user selects a step and modifies it using the available options, then the changes should be saved and reflected immediately in the workflow overview.

User utilizes the library of predefined templates to create a compliance workflow.

Given the user is on the templates page, when they select a compliance template and apply it to their new workflow, then the new workflow should populate with the steps defined in the selected template, ready for further customization.

User deletes an outdated compliance workflow from their account.

Given a user is viewing their list of compliance workflows, when they select an outdated workflow and confirm deletion, then the workflow should no longer appear in their workflow list.

User shares a compliance workflow with team members.

Given a user has created a compliance workflow, when they enter the email addresses of team members and share the workflow, then those members should receive access and notifications about the shared workflow.

User accesses training resources for the workflow customization interface.

Given the user has logged into ShiftSync and navigated to the workflow customization interface, when they click on the help or training section, then they should see a list of tutorials and tips for using the interface effectively.

User integrates the workflow with existing user accounts.

Given a user has created a workflow, when they attempt to link it to their existing user permissions, then the system should confirm successful integration and reflect on the user's profile.

Automated Compliance Monitoring

"As a business owner, I want to receive alerts when my compliance workflows are not aligned with regulations so that I can take immediate corrective action and avoid potential fines."

Description

To enhance the Customizable Compliance Workflows feature, an automated compliance monitoring system needs to be integrated. This requirement involves creating a module that continuously checks the compliance workflows against current regulations and internal standards. It should provide alerts or notifications when discrepancies are found, helping businesses stay updated with their compliance status. By implementing this, ShiftSync will help businesses avoid compliance lapses, ensuring that they operate within legal and regulatory frameworks. The integration should be smooth, allowing users to view compliance status within their dashboards alongside their task management features, thus providing a comprehensive view of operations.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated alerts for compliance discrepancies trigger when the compliance workflows are checked against new regulations.

Given that the compliance workflows are set up, when new regulations are enacted, then the system should automatically check for compliance discrepancies and send alerts to the designated users.

User dashboard displays real-time compliance status alongside task management features.

Given that the user is logged into the ShiftSync dashboard, when they view the compliance status section, then it should display current compliance standing and alerts in real-time alongside ongoing tasks.

Historical compliance monitoring reports are generated for review by management.

Given that the compliance monitoring system has been running for a specified period, when a user requests a compliance report, then the system should generate a report detailing compliance status over that period, including any discrepancies found.

Compliance workflows can be customized in response to regulatory updates within the platform.

Given that a new regulation has been released, when the user accesses the compliance settings, then they should be able to modify their workflows to meet the new compliance standards quickly and efficiently.

Notifications are sent via multiple channels (email, SMS) when compliance issues are detected.

Given that a compliance issue is detected, when the system triggers an alert, then notifications should be sent to the specified user through both email and SMS for increased visibility.

Users can access a compliance history log within the user interface.

Given that the user accesses the compliance section of the dashboard, when they seek to view historical compliance actions, then they should see a log detailing all past compliance checks and the outcomes for each.

The system integrates seamlessly with existing task management tools within ShiftSync.

Given that the compliance monitoring module is implemented, when users interact with task management features, then the compliance status should be integrated, allowing users to manage tasks based on compliance needs.

Role-Based Access Control for Compliance Workflows

"As an administrator, I want to set user permissions for compliance workflows so that I can ensure only authorized employees can modify important compliance documents."

Description

This requirement involves implementing role-based access control (RBAC) for the customizable compliance workflows. The objective is to ensure that only authorized personnel can create, modify, or view compliance workflows, thus maintaining the integrity of the compliance processes. This feature should allow administrators to assign specific roles to users, controlling their access levels based on their job functions. Implementing RBAC will enhance security by preventing unauthorized changes and ensuring that workflows are managed by qualified staff. This requirement is crucial for compliance-sensitive industries, helping to protect confidential information and fostering accountability.

Acceptance Criteria

As an administrator, I need to assign roles to users in the compliance workflow management system so that only authorized personnel can access the relevant workflows according to their job function.

Given that I am logged in as an administrator, when I attempt to assign a user a specific role in the compliance workflows, then that role should be successfully assigned, and the user should receive access according to that role's permissions.

As a compliance officer, I want to view the compliance workflows I am authorized for without seeing unauthorized workflows, ensuring I only see relevant tasks.

Given that I am logged in as a compliance officer, when I view the list of compliance workflows, then I should only see workflows for which I have been granted viewing permissions based on my role.

As an HR manager, I need to modify compliance workflows to reflect the latest regulatory changes, ensuring the system is up-to-date.

Given that I am logged in as an HR manager, when I try to modify an existing compliance workflow, then the system should allow me to make changes only if I have the correct modification permissions assigned.

As an administrator, I want to audit user access to compliance workflows for security purposes, verifying that only authorized personnel have access.

Given that I am logged in as an administrator, when I generate an audit report of user access to compliance workflows, then the report should accurately reflect all users' access levels and roles assigned, ensuring compliance integrity.

As a user with limited access, I need to attempt to access a compliance workflow that I do not have permission for, ensuring the system properly restricts access.

Given that I am logged in as a user with limited access permissions, when I try to access a compliance workflow outside my authorized areas, then I should receive an access denied message, preventing any unauthorized access.

As a system administrator, I need to revoke a user's role to ensure that unauthorized personnel cannot access sensitive compliance workflows.

Given that I am logged in as a system administrator, when I revoke a user's role assigned to compliance workflows, then the user should immediately lose all access rights associated with that role.

Compliance Workflow Audit Trail

"As a compliance officer, I want to see a complete audit trail of all changes made to compliance workflows so that I can ensure accountability and easily prepare for audits."

Description

The Compliance Workflow Audit Trail feature requires the development of a logging system that records all actions taken within the compliance workflows. This system must log who made changes, what changes were made, and when they occurred. The audit trail is essential for accountability and traceability, providing businesses with a historical record of their compliance processes. It will also be useful for compliance audits, as organizations can demonstrate adherence to protocols. This feature will integrate with existing reporting functionalities in ShiftSync, enabling users to generate compliance reports that include audit trail data.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit Trail for Workflow Changes by Users

Given a compliance workflow, when a user makes a change, then the audit trail logs the user ID, timestamp, and a detailed description of the change.

Integration with Reporting Functionality

Given the audit trail data, when a user generates a compliance report, then the report includes all relevant audit information, ensuring easy access to historical records.

User Access and Permissions

Given a user accessing the compliance workflow, when they attempt to view or modify the audit trail, then the system ensures that only users with the appropriate permissions can access this data.

Historical Records Retention

Given a compliance workflow, when changes are made, then the audit trail retains records for a minimum of seven years, adhering to compliance regulations.

Search Functionality for Audit Trail Entries

Given a compliance audit trail, when a user searches for specific changes, then the system provides search filters by user, date range, and types of changes made.

Notification of Significant Changes

Given an audit trail, when a critical change is made to a compliance workflow, then the system sends automated notifications to relevant stakeholders.

Exporting Audit Trail Data

Given an audit trail log, when a user selects the option to export data, then the system allows the user to download the log in a CSV format for external analysis.

Real-Time Compliance Progress Tracking

"As a project manager, I want a dashboard that shows the real-time status of compliance tasks so that I can quickly assess our compliance progress and take necessary actions."

Description

This requirement focuses on providing users with real-time tracking of their compliance progress within the customizable workflows. A visual dashboard displaying metrics such as completion status, overdue items, and upcoming deadlines should be implemented. This functionality aims to enhance user awareness and management of compliance tasks, allowing for timely actions on pending requirements. Integration with ShiftSync's existing task management features is crucial, as it will create a holistic view of tasks and compliance efforts. This feature will significantly improve operational efficiency by enabling proactive compliance management.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard displays compliance metrics in real-time for users to monitor progress and manage tasks effectively.

Given the user is logged into the dashboard, when they navigate to the compliance section, then they should see real-time updates on completion status, overdue items, and upcoming deadlines.

Users receive notifications for overdue compliance tasks to ensure timely actions.

Given a compliance task is marked overdue, when the user accesses their notifications, then they should receive an alert for the overdue task including the details of the task and the deadline.

Integration with task management features allows users to view compliance-related tasks alongside other assigned tasks.

Given the user accesses the task management section, when they filter for compliance tasks, then they should see a consolidated view of all tasks, including compliance-related tasks, with their respective statuses.

Historical compliance progress data visualization allows users to assess trends over time.

Given the user accesses the compliance progress dashboard, when they select a time range, then they should see a visual representation of compliance completion trends for that period.

Users can customize compliance workflows to reflect specific industry regulations.

Given the user is in the compliance workflow settings, when they create or edit a workflow, then they should be able to define specific compliance requirements, timelines, and responsible parties for each task.

The dashboard is accessible on various devices for ease of monitoring compliance progress on the go.

Given the user accesses the ShiftSync platform, when they view the compliance dashboard on mobile or tablet, then the dashboard layout should adjust appropriately while retaining all functionality and data visibility.

Users can generate compliance progress reports to share with stakeholders.

Given the user is in the reporting section, when they select compliance progress reports, then they should be able to generate and download the report in multiple formats including PDF and Excel with all relevant metrics included.

Customizable Reporting for Compliance Workflows

"As a compliance analyst, I want to create customizable reports on compliance workflows so that I can analyze our performance and identify improvement areas."

Description

The requirement for customizable reporting is essential for businesses to analyze their compliance workflows effectively. Users should be able to generate reports based on various criteria, such as the status of workflows, completion rates, and audit trail data. Reports should be exportable in multiple formats (PDF, Excel, etc.) for flexibility in presentation. This functionality will empower businesses to visualize their compliance performance and identify areas for improvement. Integration with existing analytics tools in ShiftSync should allow users to drill down into specific data points, enhancing decision-making capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

As a compliance officer, I want to generate a report that summarizes the status of all compliance workflows to ensure that all regulatory requirements are being met by the end of the reporting month.

Given that the compliance workflows are active, when I request to generate a report, then the report must include the status of each workflow, indicating whether they are 'Completed', 'In Progress', or 'Not Started' with accurate counts for each category.

As a human resources manager, I need to create a detailed report on completion rates for compliance workflows to assess employee adherence to training protocols.

Given that the compliance workflows involve training modules, when I request a completion rate report, then the report should show the percentage of employees who have completed each training module and flag those who have not met the requirements.

As a compliance analyst, I want to export compliance reports in multiple formats to share with stakeholders who require different presentation styles.

Given that I have successfully generated a compliance report, when I choose to export the report, then the system must allow me to export the report in at least PDF and Excel formats without data loss or formatting issues.

As a business owner, I need to review audit trail data for compliance workflows to ensure transparency and accountability in my operations.

Given that audit trail data is generated during compliance workflow activities, when I access the audit report, then the report must include a chronological list of all actions taken on workflows, along with timestamps and user identifiers.

As an operations manager, I want to integrate my compliance workflows with existing analytics tools to enhance data analysis capabilities.

Given that the compliance reporting feature supports integration, when I connect to my analytics tool, then I should be able to view and analyze compliance data seamlessly without errors or interruptions in data flow.

As a compliance officer, I want to review compliance performance over time to identify trends and areas for improvement.

Given that I have access to historical compliance workflow data, when I generate a trend report, then the report should display performance metrics over selected time periods, allowing me to visualize improvements or declines in compliance efficacy.

Tailored Learning Paths

A feature that creates customized onboarding modules for each freelancer based on their skills, experience level, and project type. This benefit ensures that users receive relevant training and information, allowing them to quickly grasp the necessary tools and features of ShiftSync, thus enhancing their productivity and confidence.

Requirements

Dynamic Onboarding Module Creation

"As a freelancer, I want to receive customized onboarding training based on my skills and project type so that I can quickly learn how to use ShiftSync effectively and feel confident in managing my tasks."

Description

The Dynamic Onboarding Module Creation requirement enables ShiftSync to automatically generate tailored onboarding modules for freelancers based on their unique profiles, including skills, experience levels, and the types of projects they will be handling. This feature aims to streamline the onboarding process by providing personalized training content, which enhances user engagement and accelerates their understanding of the platform’s functionalities. It integrates seamlessly with ShiftSync’s user database and training content library, ensuring that each freelancer receives relevant and timely information. The expected outcome is a more efficient onboarding experience, resulting in improved user productivity and satisfaction.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers are onboarded onto ShiftSync after signing up, automatically receiving custom-tailored onboarding modules based on their profiles.

Given a new freelancer with specific skills, When they create an account, Then a personalized onboarding module is generated reflecting their skills and experience level and includes relevant training materials and tools.

The onboarding module is updated when a freelancer updates their skills or takes on different project types to ensure continued relevance.

Given an existing freelancer updates their skills, When they save their profile, Then the onboarding module reflects the new information and recommends new training resources accordingly.

Freelancers can access their onboarding module upon logging into their account for the first time.

Given a new user intends to access the platform, When they log in for the first time, Then they are redirected to their tailored onboarding module.

The onboarding modules should involve interactive elements to enhance engagement and understanding.

Given a tailor-made onboarding module, When a freelancer accesses it, Then they encounter at least two interactive elements such as videos, quizzes, or simulations during the onboarding process.

The system tracks the progress of freelancers as they complete various onboarding modules.

Given a freelancer is using the onboarding module, When they complete a section, Then their progress is noted, and the next relevant section is recommended based on their completion status.

Freelancers can provide feedback on the onboarding modules to improve future training materials.

Given that a freelancer has completed their onboarding module, When they are prompted for feedback, Then they are able to submit comments and suggestions which are recorded in the system for review.

The onboarding module is accessible on various devices to accommodate the freelancers’ needs.

Given a freelancer is using a mobile device or tablet, When they attempt to access their onboarding module, Then it should be fully functional and easy to navigate on all supported devices.

Skill Assessment Integration

"As a project manager, I want to assess the skills of new freelancers during onboarding so that I can customize their training and optimize their performance on projects from day one."

Description

The Skill Assessment Integration requirement allows ShiftSync to assess the skills and experience levels of freelancers during the onboarding process. This feature will utilize short quizzes and practical assessments to evaluate users' competencies and learning needs. By incorporating this functionality, the onboarding modules can be further tailored to meet specific skill gaps, ensuring that freelancers receive the right training to excel in their roles. This integration not only enhances user satisfaction by aligning training with actual needs but also improves the overall effectiveness of the onboarding process, enabling users to be productive from the outset.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Onboarding with Skill Assessment

Given a freelancer logs into ShiftSync for the first time, when they begin the onboarding process, then they should be prompted to complete a skill assessment quiz tailored to their selected project type.

Custom Learning Path Generation

Given a freelancer completes their skill assessment, when the assessment results are evaluated, then a custom learning path should be generated and displayed that aligns with their skill gaps and experience level.

Assessment Feedback Mechanism

Given a freelancer finishes their skill assessment, when the assessment is submitted, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance along with suggestions for relevant training modules.

Tracking Skill Improvement

Given that a freelancer completes the onboarding training, when they retake the skill assessment after one month of usage, then their new assessment scores should show an improvement as compared to their initial scores.

Administrative Dashboard Visualizations

Given an administrator accesses the ShiftSync dashboard, when they view the skill assessment results across different freelancers, then they should see a graphical representation of average skill levels and training completion rates.

Mandatory Skill Assessment Completion

Given a freelancer is assigned to a project, when they have not completed their skill assessment, then they should not be able to access any tasks or project details until the assessment is completed.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a freelancer, I want to have the opportunity to give feedback on my onboarding experience so that I can contribute to improving the training materials and processes for future users."

Description

The Feedback Loop Mechanism requirement establishes a system where freelancers can provide feedback on the onboarding modules and training materials they receive. This feature includes interactive surveys and rating systems that allow users to share their thoughts on content relevance, delivery format, and overall effectiveness of the training. Integrating this feedback into the onboarding process helps ShiftSync continually improve the training materials and approach, ensuring they remain effective and relevant over time. This mechanism fosters an inclusive learning environment, ultimately enhancing user experience and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer submits feedback on the onboarding module after completing the training session.

Given the freelancer has finished an onboarding module, when they access the feedback form, then they can submit their ratings and comments regarding the module's content, format, and effectiveness.

Admin reviews the feedback received from freelancers on the onboarding modules.

Given the feedback has been submitted by freelancers, when the admin accesses the feedback report, then they can see a summary of ratings and comments for each module, categorized for further analysis.

Freelancer receives a prompt to provide feedback after completing a module.

Given the freelancer completes an onboarding module, when the module ends, then they should receive a notification directing them to the feedback form within 2 minutes.

The feedback system collects response data on user satisfaction over time.

Given multiple freelancers have provided feedback over a period, when the admin reviews feedback data, then they should see trends in satisfaction ratings and feedback comments for each onboarding module.

Freelancers can see a confirmation message after submitting their feedback.

Given the freelancer has submitted their feedback, when the feedback form is submitted, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their feedback has been received successfully.

Feedback collected from freelancers leads to iterative updates of the onboarding module.

Given that feedback has been received and analyzed, when improvements are made to the onboarding module based on that feedback, then freelancers should be notified of the changes and the reasons for them.

The feedback mechanism is accessible and user-friendly across devices.

Given the freelancer accesses the feedback form on any device, when they navigate the form, then it should load correctly and be fully functional without display issues on mobile and desktop.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a freelancer, I want to see my onboarding progress tracked visually so that I can stay motivated and understand how much I have left to complete to be fully onboarded."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement equips users with a visual tool to track their onboarding progress and milestones within the ShiftSync platform. This feature will display users' completed modules, assessments, and next steps in their learning path. By providing a clear overview of what has been achieved and what remains, this functionality fosters accountability and encourages freelancers to stay engaged with their training. The dashboard will also have motivational elements, such as badges for completed tasks, which can boost user morale and engagement during onboarding.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer views the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing their onboarding module.

Given a freelancer has completed a module, When they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the completed module should be marked as complete and visually represented in the dashboard.

Freelancer checks their progress on the dashboard after additional training modules are released.

Given new training modules are available, When a freelancer accesses the dashboard, Then the dashboard should reflect these new modules as available with the correct status indicators for each module.

User receives motivational feedback upon completing a task.

Given a freelancer has completed a task, When they look at the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then a badge is awarded and displayed immediately to acknowledge the accomplishment.

Freelancer wants to see their overall progress in the onboarding process.

Given a freelancer accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they view the milestones section, Then it should display their overall completion percentage based on their available and completed modules.

User checks for upcoming assessments on their dashboard.

Given a freelancer is using the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When they view the assessment section, Then it should list all upcoming assessments along with their due dates and status.

Freelancer wants to revisit a completed module.

Given a freelancer has completed a module, When they click on the module in the dashboard, Then they should be redirected to the module content for review.

User must receive a notification for milestones achieved within the dashboard.

Given a freelancer completes a significant milestone, When the milestone is achieved, Then a notification should be sent to the user through the dashboard informing them of their achievement.

Multilingual Support for Onboarding Content

"As a non-English speaking freelancer, I want the onboarding materials to be available in my language so that I can fully understand and engage with the training content."

Description

The Multilingual Support for Onboarding Content requirement ensures that ShiftSync’s onboarding modules and training materials are accessible in multiple languages. This feature aims to cater to a diverse range of freelancers from various geographical backgrounds, enhancing usability and inclusivity. By localizing content into the primary languages spoken by users, ShiftSync will promote better comprehension and engagement with the training material. This capability not only aligns with global business practices but also expands the platform's reach and usability across different markets.

Acceptance Criteria

As a freelancer onboarding onto ShiftSync, I want to select my preferred language from a list at the beginning of the onboarding process so that I can receive training materials in a language I am comfortable with.

Given that I am a new freelancer, when I access the onboarding module, then I should see a language selection menu with at least five languages available, including English, Spanish, French, German, and Mandarin.

As a freelancer, I want to view all onboarding content fully translated into my selected language so that I can understand the training material without language barriers.

Given that I have selected my preferred language, when I navigate through the onboarding materials, then all text and instructional content should be displayed accurately in the chosen language without any missing translations.

As a project manager, I want to ensure that onboarding feedback from freelancers is collected in their native language to assess the clarity and effectiveness of the training materials.

Given that freelancers complete the onboarding process, when they provide feedback, then the feedback form should allow submissions in their selected language, and I should receive all responses translated back to English for analysis.

As a product manager, I want to track usage metrics of the onboarding content in different languages to understand how effective multilingual support is.

Given that the onboarding process is live, when I analyze the usage data from the analytics dashboard, then I should see distinct usage metrics for each language option selected by users, including completion rates and average time spent on materials.

As a developer, I want to ensure that all technical aspects of the multilingual support function correctly across different devices and browsers to provide a uniform experience.

Given that I test the onboarding module, when I check the multilingual support feature on various devices and browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, mobile devices), then all language selections should function without errors and display the correct translations uniformly.

As a user experience designer, I want the multilingual onboarding feature to be intuitive and visually consistent across languages so that users feel comfortable navigating the process regardless of their language proficiency.

Given that I evaluate the onboarding interface, when I switch between languages, then the layout, buttons, and navigation elements should remain visually consistent and accessible in all supported languages without any overlap or confusing elements.

As a content creator, I want to ensure that training materials are culturally and contextually relevant in each supported language to improve engagement and comprehension.

Given that I review the onboarding content, when I assess the materials for each language, then I should find that examples, idioms, and cultural references are appropriately localized to suit the target audience's understanding and preferences.

Resource Library Access

"As a freelancer, I want to access a resource library with training materials so that I can further my understanding of ShiftSync at my own pace."

Description

The Resource Library Access requirement provides freelancers with access to a centralized library of additional training resources, including videos, articles, and FAQs that complement their onboarding modules. This feature expands the learning experience, empowering freelancers to explore topics in greater depth and at their own pace. By integrating this resource library into the onboarding process, freelancers can self-service their training needs, enhancing their overall productivity and confidence with the ShiftSync platform. This capability promotes continuous learning and ensures that users have support beyond the initial onboarding.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer accesses the Resource Library during the onboarding process to find additional training materials relevant to their assigned tasks.

Given the freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the Resource Library, then they should be able to access and view at least 10 unique training resources specific to their onboarding module.

Freelancer utilizes the Resource Library to enhance their knowledge of a specific tool featured in their onboarding module.

Given the freelancer selects a training video from the Resource Library, when they complete the video, then they should have the option to take a quick quiz related to the video's content with a passing score of 80% or higher to reinforce knowledge retention.

A freelancer identifies a knowledge gap and uses the Resource Library to search for supplementary materials about a particular feature of the ShiftSync platform.

Given the freelancer enters a keyword in the Resource Library search bar, when they submit the search, then the system should return relevant materials that include at least 5 articles or FAQs related to that keyword.

The Resource Library is integrated into the onboarding dashboard for freelancers to easily access.

Given a new freelancer is on their onboarding dashboard, when they click on the Resource Library link, then they should be redirected to the Resource Library with a user-friendly interface displaying various categories of resources.

Freelancer receives a notification when new resources are added to the Resource Library that are relevant to their ongoing training.

Given a freelancer has accessed the Resource Library, when new resources are added, then they should receive a notification via email or in-platform alert highlighting the new additions to the library within 24 hours of release.

A freelancer reviews usage statistics of the Resource Library to track their engagement with training materials.

Given the freelancer has completed training in the Resource Library, when they check their usage statistics, then they should see a summary report displaying the total number of resources accessed, time spent per resource, and scores on any quizzes attempted.

Interactive Setup Wizard

An engaging step-by-step wizard that guides new freelancers through the initial setup of their profile, task preferences, and notification settings. This feature simplifies the onboarding process, making it intuitive and user-friendly, which ultimately reduces frustration and fosters a smoother transition onto the platform.

Requirements

Profile Setup Guidance

"As a new freelancer, I want to be guided through the setup of my profile so that I can complete my onboarding quickly and without confusion."

Description

The Interactive Setup Wizard will provide a step-by-step guidance for freelancers to create and customize their profiles within ShiftSync. This feature will include prompts for personal information, areas of expertise, availability schedules, and photo uploads. By guiding users meticulously through the process, the wizard aims to reduce the intimidation often associated with new platform onboarding. This not only enhances user engagement but also increases the number of completed profiles, which is crucial for establishing trust between freelancers and clients. Integration with the existing user database will allow for seamless auto-filling of information where applicable, ensuring a smooth transition for freelancers joining the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

New Freelancer Completes Profile Setup Using Wizard

Given a new freelancer accesses the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they follow all steps and input required information, then their profile should be successfully created and saved in the user database.

User Information Auto-Fill Feature Works Correctly

Given the new freelancer has previously provided information in the system, when they access the Interactive Setup Wizard, then applicable fields should be auto-filled with their existing data.

Profile Completeness Validation

Given a freelancer completes the profile setup, when all required fields are filled (personal information, areas of expertise, availability schedules, and photo), then the wizard should indicate that their profile is complete and ready for submission.

Error Handling During Setup Process

Given a freelancer encounters an issue while filling out their profile, when they attempt to submit the form, then a descriptive error message should be displayed guiding them on how to correct the issue without losing entered data.

User Experience for Returning Users

Given a returning freelancer uses the Interactive Setup Wizard to update their profile, when they access the wizard, then they should see their previously entered data prioritized while still allowing for modifications.

Verification of Uploaded Profile Photo

Given a freelancer uploads a profile photo during setup, when the photo is submitted, then the system should verify the photo meets specified standards (size, format) and display a success message if compliant or an error message if not.

Confirmation of Profile Setup Completion

Given a freelancer completes all steps in the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they reach the final step, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating their profile has been successfully created, along with next steps for using the platform.

Task Preference Selection

"As a freelancer, I want to select my preferred tasks and working hours during setup so that I can receive job notifications that suit my skills and availability."

Description

The wizard will facilitate freelancers in setting up their task preferences, allowing them to specify the types of tasks they are interested in and their preferred working hours. This ensures that the platform can better match freelancers with suitable opportunities, thereby increasing job satisfaction and successful placements. Users will have options to select preferences based on industry, required skills, and task complexity. By implementing this feature, freelancers can streamline their experience on ShiftSync and increase the likelihood of receiving task notifications that align with their skills and availability, driving higher engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers complete the Interactive Setup Wizard by selecting their task preferences including industry, required skills, and task complexity.

Given a freelancer starts the setup wizard, when they reach the task preference selection step, then they must be able to view and select from a comprehensive list of industries, skills, and complexity levels relevant to their expertise.

The selection of task preferences is saved and retrieved for future use without any data loss.

Given a freelancer selects their task preferences, when they click the 'Save' button, then their preferences must be stored in the system and retrieved correctly during future logins without alteration.

Freelancers receive task notifications based on their selected preferences after completing the setup wizard.

Given a freelancer has completed the task preference setup, when new tasks matching their criteria are available, then they must receive a notification alerting them of these opportunities through their preferred communication channel.

The task preference setup process is user-friendly and intuitive for first-time users.

Given a freelancer is navigating the setup wizard, when they interact with the task preference selection, then they should be able to complete the selection process within 5 minutes without external assistance.

The setup wizard provides clear instructions and examples to assist freelancers in making their selections.

Given a freelancer is on the task preference selection screen, when they look for guidance, then they must see tooltips or help sections that explain each option and provide examples of tasks for each preference selected.

The setup wizard allows freelancers to modify their task preferences at any point after their initial setup.

Given a freelancer has completed setting up their task preferences, when they choose to revisit the preferences section at a later time, then they must be able to view, edit, and save new preferences successfully.

Notification Settings Customization

"As a freelancer, I want to customize my notification settings during setup so that I can manage how and when I receive important updates about tasks and payments."

Description

The Interactive Setup Wizard will include a section for freelancers to customize their notification settings regarding new tasks, payments, and important updates. This customization process allows freelancers to select their preferred methods of communication (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notifications) and the frequency of these alerts. By providing this flexibility, the feature aims to enhance user satisfaction and engagement, ensuring that freelancers stay informed while avoiding information overload. This feature will facilitate a better communication framework between freelancers and the platform, ultimately enhancing user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer successfully navigates through the Interactive Setup Wizard to customize their notification settings during the initial onboarding process.

Given a freelancer is in the setup wizard, when they reach the notification settings section and select their preferred communication methods and frequencies, then those settings should be saved accurately for future reference and reflected in their profile.

Freelancer receives a confirmation message after successfully saving their notification settings in the Interactive Setup Wizard.

Given a freelancer has completed the notification settings customization, when they click on the save button, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating that their settings have been successfully updated.

Freelancer revisits the notification settings after completing the setup wizard and verifies that their previous customizations were retained correctly.

Given a freelancer has completed the Interactive Setup Wizard and logs back into their profile, when they access the notification settings, then their previously selected preferences should be pre-populated and editable.

Freelancer receives notifications through their chosen method after customizing their settings in the setup wizard.

Given a freelancer has customized their notification settings to receive task updates via email, when a new task is assigned to them, then they should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the task assignment.

Freelancer opts out of receiving any notifications and verifies that they do not receive alerts about tasks and updates.

Given a freelancer has selected the opt-out option for all notifications in the setup wizard, when there are any task updates or new assignments, then they should not receive any notifications via their selected communication methods.

Freelancer encounters an error while trying to save their notification settings and receives an appropriate error message.

Given a freelancer makes an invalid selection in the notification settings section of the setup wizard, when they attempt to save the settings, then an appropriate error message should be displayed informing them of the issue and prompting corrective action.

Freelancer is provided with clear instructions about the impact of their notification settings on their workflow during the setup process.

Given a freelancer is in the notification settings section of the setup wizard, when they hover over the information icon, then a tooltip explaining how each notification option affects their task engagement should be displayed.

Progress Tracking Indicator

"As a new user, I want to see my progress in the setup process so that I can understand how far along I am and what steps I have left to complete."

Description

Implementing a progress tracking system within the Interactive Setup Wizard will visually indicate to users how far they are in the setup process. This feature will help manage user expectations and reduce drop-off rates during onboarding. Users will see a progress bar that fills as they complete each step of the setup, encouraging them to complete the workflow. This element is crucial for enhancing user experience by providing clarity and a sense of achievement as they move through the setup stages, thereby improving overall engagement with the ShiftSync platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User Progress Tracking During Setup

Given a new user is on the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they complete a setup step, then the progress bar should visually update to reflect the completion status of the step and show the overall completion percentage.

Visual Feedback After Each Step Completion

Given a user completes each step in the setup process, when they proceed to the next step, then a confirmation message should appear, indicating that the previous step has been successfully completed.

Overall Progress Display at All Stages

Given a user is navigating through the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they view the progress bar, then it should display the total number of setup steps alongside the count of completed steps, enabling the user to gauge their progress.

Persisting Progress Across Sessions

Given a user has started the setup process and leaves the wizard, when they return to the Interactive Setup Wizard, then their progress should be saved and the progress bar should reflect the steps completed.

Notification of Completion

Given a user reaches 100% completion in the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they finish the setup, then they should receive a notification confirming the successful setup along with a prompt to start using ShiftSync.

Accessibility Compliance of Progress Indicators

Given the Interactive Setup Wizard is being used, when a user with accessibility needs navigates the setup process, then all progress indicators should be compliant with accessibility standards to ensure usability for all users.

Progress Bar Responsiveness Across Devices

Given a user accesses the Interactive Setup Wizard from different devices, when they view the progress bar, then it should be responsive and visually clear on all devices, including desktops, tablets, and smartphones.

Help & Support Access

"As a freelancer, I want easy access to help and support during the setup process so that I can resolve any issues I encounter without frustration."

Description

The Interactive Setup Wizard will feature an integrated help and support section, offering FAQs and live chat support options for users who may encounter issues during the setup process. Including this support will ensure that freelancers can receive real-time assistance and guidance, addressing any potential barriers to completing their setup. The availability of help resources directly within the wizard fosters a user-friendly environment, encouraging freelancers to engage more confidently with the platform, ultimately leading to a smoother onboarding experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Integrated Help & Support Access in the Interactive Setup Wizard for Freelancers during Profile Setup.

Given the freelancer is on the second step of the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they click on the 'Help' button, then they are presented with a list of relevant FAQs for that specific step.

Live Chat Support Availability during the Interactive Setup Wizard.

Given the freelancer is using the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they encounter an issue and click on the 'Live Chat' button, then they should be connected to a live support representative within 1 minute.

Visibility of Help Section in the Interactive Setup Wizard.

Given the freelancer is in the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they reach any step in the setup process, then the 'Help & Support' section is accessible and clearly visible on the screen at all times.

Dynamic FAQs relevant to the user's current step in the Interactive Setup Wizard.

Given the freelancer is on any specific step of the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they access the FAQs, then the FAQs displayed should be directly related to the current step they are on.

User Feedback Collection on Help & Support Feature during the Setup Process.

Given the freelancer has used the Help & Support feature during the setup, when they reach the final step of the Interactive Setup Wizard, then a feedback form should appear asking about their satisfaction with the help received.

Mobile Responsiveness of Help & Support Feature in the Interactive Setup Wizard.

Given the freelancer is using a mobile device to access the Interactive Setup Wizard, when they view the 'Help & Support' section, then it should be fully functional and visually appealing on mobile screens.

Guide for Common Issues in the Help & Support Section of the Wizard.

Given the freelancer is accessing the Help & Support section at any point during the setup, when they browse through the resources, then they should find a guide addressing at least the top 5 common issues indicated by user analytics.

Skill Assessment Tool

An integrated assessment tool that evaluates a freelancer's current skills and knowledge in relation to their selected projects. By identifying areas for improvement, this feature enables the onboarding assistant to provide targeted resources and training, ensuring freelancers are well-prepared and capable of delivering high-quality work from the outset.

Requirements

Freelancer Skill Evaluation

"As a freelancer, I want to assess my current skills against project requirements so that I can identify areas where I need to improve and access training resources to enhance my abilities."

Description

This requirement involves the development of a skill assessment tool that enables freelancers to evaluate their current skills and knowledge based on selected projects. The tool will provide a series of customized assessments, incorporating both theoretical knowledge and practical tasks relevant to the projects. By identifying skill gaps, this feature ensures that the onboarding process is meaningful, allowing onboarding assistants to offer tailored resources and training. This integration within ShiftSync will enhance the overall quality of freelancer work, increasing client satisfaction and enabling freelancers to effectively meet project requirements.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer completes a skill assessment as part of the onboarding process.

Given a registered freelancer, when they access the Skill Assessment Tool, then they should see a list of relevant projects and a Start Assessment button.

Assessment accurately evaluates freelancer's skills in real-time.

Given a freelancer has started the assessment, when they answer skill-based questions, then the tool should provide immediate feedback on each answer given.

Onboarding assistant receives a report of the freelancer's skill gaps.

Given a freelancer completes the assessment, when the assessment is submitted, then the onboarding assistant should receive a detailed report outlining strengths and areas for improvement.

Freelancer receives targeted training resources based on assessment results.

Given that the onboarding assistant has reviewed the assessment report, when they assign training resources, then freelancers should receive a personalized list of resources tailored to address their skill gaps.

Freelancer can retake the assessment after completing the recommended training.

Given a freelancer has completed the training resources, when they access the Skill Assessment Tool again, then they should have the option to retake the assessment to measure improvement.

System performance during peak usage of the Skill Assessment Tool.

Given that multiple freelancers are using the assessment tool simultaneously, when the assessments are being completed, then the system should maintain performance without lag or downtime.

Real-time Feedback Mechanism

"As a freelance worker, I want to receive immediate feedback on my performance during tasks so that I can make necessary adjustments and improve my work quality in real time."

Description

This requirement entails creating a robust real-time feedback mechanism that allows freelancers to receive immediate input on their performance during tasks. This integrated feature will enable clients and project managers to provide constructive feedback, fostering a culture of continuous improvement. The functionality includes notifications, a dashboard for tracking feedback, and an option for freelancers to ask for clarification or additional resources. This mechanism will improve communication and help freelancers deliver higher-quality work while facilitating a more collaborative environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer receives real-time feedback during a project execution phase.

Given a freelancer is actively working on a project, When the client provides feedback via the platform, Then the freelancer should receive a notification within 5 seconds and see the feedback displayed on their dashboard.

Clients provide constructive feedback on completed tasks.

Given a client reviews a completed task, When the client submits feedback, Then the freelancer should be able to view this feedback in their dashboard, and it should be categorized as 'Positive', 'Constructive', or 'Neutral'.

Freelancer requests clarification on feedback received.

Given a freelancer sees feedback that requires clarification, When the freelancer clicks the 'Request Clarification' button, Then the client should receive a notification to respond, initiating a dialogue around the feedback.

Dashboard tracking of received feedback is accessible to freelancers.

Given a freelancer logs into their dashboard, When they navigate to the feedback section, Then they should see a history of all feedback received within the last 30 days, including dates and categories.

Notification system for feedback update.

Given a freelancer has received feedback, When the client updates the feedback, Then the freelancer should receive an immediate notification indicating that feedback has been modified.

Performance metrics based on feedback are displayed on the freelancer's profile.

Given feedback has been provided on multiple tasks, When a freelancer views their profile, Then they should see aggregated performance metrics reflecting their feedback scores over time.

Customized Training Resource Library

"As an onboarding assistant, I want to provide freelancers with personalized training resources based on their skill assessments so that they can better prepare for their projects and improve their performance."

Description

This requirement involves the creation of a comprehensive library of customized training materials and resources tailored to the assessed skill gaps of freelancers. The library will include video tutorials, articles, and interactive learning modules that are relevant to the types of projects freelancers undertake. By linking this resource library to the skill assessment tool, onboarding assistants can guide freelancers to appropriate resources based on their individual assessments, ensuring personalized growth and development. This will facilitate a more competent and prepared workforce, leading to better project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancers access the customized training resource library after completing their skill assessments to find relevant training materials.

Given a freelancer has completed a skill assessment, when they access the training resource library, then they should see a list of training materials tailored to their identified skill gaps.

Onboarding assistants review the effectiveness of training resources linked to specific skill assessments of freelancers.

Given an onboarding assistant's dashboard shows a summary of freelancers' skill assessments, when they select a specific assessment, then they should be able to see all linked training resources and their usage statistics.

Freelancers utilize training materials from the resource library to enhance their skills in specific areas of their assessments.

Given a freelancer selects a training resource from the library, when they complete the training module, then they should receive a completion certificate indicating their newfound skills or knowledge.

The system tracks usage of training materials to identify the most effective resources for freelancer development.

Given multiple training resources are available in the library, when the usage data is analyzed, then the system should generate a report showcasing the top 5 most used resources by freelancers.

Freelancers provide feedback on the training materials they have accessed to improve future resource offerings.

Given a freelancer has completed a training module, when they submit their feedback, then the system should store this feedback and make it available for future adjustments to the resource library.

New training materials are added to the library based on emerging skill needs identified from freelancer assessments.

Given a new skill demand is identified from recent assessments, when training material is created and uploaded, then it should automatically appear in the resource library under the relevant skill category.

Project Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a client, I want to track the progress of projects in real time so that I can stay informed about deadlines and adjust expectations as needed."

Description

This requirement involves developing a project progress tracking dashboard that allows both freelancers and clients to monitor the status of ongoing tasks in real time. The dashboard will display key performance indicators, milestones, and deadlines, fostering transparency in the work process. By integrating this feature, ShiftSync will enable users to visualize project progress, adjust timelines as necessary, and enhance communication regarding task completion. This tool will keep all parties informed, reducing uncertainty and encouraging proactive project management.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Monitoring of Project Status

Given a freelancer has logged into their account, when they navigate to the project progress tracking dashboard, then they should be able to see real-time updates on all ongoing tasks including completion percentages, deadlines, and assigned team members.

Key Performance Indicators Display

Given the client is accessing the dashboard, when they review the key performance indicators related to their projects, then they should observe clear metrics such as task completion rates, total hours logged, and budget adherence displayed clearly and accurately.

Milestones and Deadlines Visualization

Given a user is on the project progress tracking dashboard, when they view the project timelines, then they should be able to see visual markers for milestones and deadlines that are color-coded to indicate their status (on track, at risk, overdue).

Adjusting Timelines in Response to Delays

Given a project has displayed a delay in one of its tasks, when the freelancer interacts with the project timeline on the dashboard, then they should be able to easily update the timeline and notify the client of the changes via an automated message.

User Role Permissions and Access

Given multiple users assigned to a project, when each user accesses the project progress tracking dashboard, then they should only see information relevant to their role (freelancer view vs client view), ensuring sensitive data is protected and unnecessary clutter is avoided.

Integration with Other Project Management Tools

Given a user has linked their external project management tools with ShiftSync, when they view the project progress tracking dashboard, then they should see integrated updates from those tools (e.g., Asana, Trello) reflecting on the dashboard without discrepancies.

Feedback Mechanism for Dashboard Improvements

Given the dashboard is in use, when users submit feedback about dashboard usability, then there should be a mechanism in place to collect and categorize this feedback for future improvements, and users should receive confirmation that their feedback has been recorded.

Automated Skill Gap Reporting

"As a project manager, I want to receive automated reports on the skill gaps of our freelancers so that I can identify training needs and allocate resources effectively."

Description

This requirement focuses on building an automated reporting feature that analyzes skill gaps across the freelancer workforce based on assessment results. The system will generate comprehensive reports for onboarding assistants and project managers, highlighting trends, common deficiencies, and recommendations for group training initiatives. This reporting functionality will assist management in understanding workforce capabilities and strategically planning development activities to enhance the overall skill level within the organization. This integration will lead to improved performance across the board, benefiting both freelancers and clients.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Skill Gap Reporting for New Freelancer Onboarding

Given a new freelancer completes the skill assessment, when the assessment results are analyzed, then an automated report highlighting skill gaps and recommendations for training must be generated within 24 hours.

Monthly Skill Gap Overview for Management

Given that the automated reporting system is operational, when the month ends, then a comprehensive report summarizing skill gaps across all freelancers must be produced and accessible to project managers by the 5th of each month.

Trend Analysis for Skill Development Over Time

Given a freelancer has completed skill assessments over a six-month period, when the automated reporting tool is used, then it must provide a trend analysis that shows improvement in identified skill gaps and overall freelancer development.

Reporting for Group Training Initiatives

Given identified common skill deficiencies across freelancers, when the report is generated, then it must include recommendations for group training sessions tailored to address those deficiencies with scheduling options.

User-Friendly Report Interface for Onboarding Assistants

Given the automated report is generated, when an onboarding assistant accesses the report, then the interface must be intuitive and structured in a way that highlights critical findings within the first two pages of the report.

Integration with Project Management Tools for Action Items

Given an automated skill gap report has been generated, when viewing the report, then it must provide actionable items that can be easily integrated into existing project management tools for follow-up by project managers.

Historical Data Comparison for Skill Assessments

Given a freelancer has skill assessments from previous quarters, when the automated reporting tool is utilized, then it must compare the latest assessment with historical data to identify areas of consistent struggle or improvement.

Expert Recommendations Hub

A section within the onboarding assistant that curates best practice guides, tips, and resources from experienced freelancers and industry experts tailored to the user's specific role and projects. This feature empowers new users with insights and strategies, elevating their understanding of successful project completion and enhancing their overall effectiveness.

Requirements

Curated Best Practices Library

"As a new freelancer, I want easy access to curated best practices and resources so that I can improve my skills and successfully complete projects from the beginning."

Description

The Curated Best Practices Library is an essential component of the Expert Recommendations Hub, providing a repository of high-quality guides, articles, and tips tailored to various freelance roles and projects. This library will be regularly updated with contributions from seasoned freelancers and industry experts, ensuring that users have access to current and relevant information. The feature will enhance user onboarding by providing new freelancers with essential tools and knowledge to navigate their projects effectively, leading to more successful outcomes and higher client satisfaction. Integration with the onboarding assistant will facilitate easy access, making it a go-to resource for users seeking to improve their project management skills and productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates onboarding and accesses the Curated Best Practices Library via the onboarding assistant for the first time.

Given the user is on the onboarding screen, when the user selects the Curated Best Practices Library, then the user should see a list of guides and resources tailored to their specific freelance role.

A new user searches for specific project tips in the Curated Best Practices Library.

Given the user is in the Curated Best Practices Library, when the user enters a search term related to their project, then the system should return relevant guides and tips within 3 seconds.

A seasoned freelancer submits a new best practice guide to the Curated Best Practices Library.

Given a seasoned freelancer has created a guide, when they submit it for review, then the guide should be added to the library after passing a quality review within 48 hours.

A user views a best practice guide in the Curated Best Practices Library and decides to bookmark it.

Given the user is viewing a best practice guide, when the user selects the bookmark option, then the guide should be saved in the user's bookmarks for easy access later.

An administrator updates the Curated Best Practices Library with new best practice articles weekly.

Given the administrator has prepared new articles, when they update the library, then at least 5 new articles should be available to users each week without downtime.

User receives notifications of new best practices added to the Curated Best Practices Library.

Given the user is registered and actively using the Curated Best Practices Library, when new articles are added, then the user should receive a notification within 24 hours.

User provides feedback on a guide from the Curated Best Practices Library.

Given the user has accessed a guide, when the user submits feedback, then their feedback should be logged and the user should receive a confirmation of receipt.

Tailored Recommendation Engine

"As a new user, I want personalized recommendations based on my profile and past experiences so that I can learn strategies that best suit my projects and expertise."

Description

The Tailored Recommendation Engine will analyze user profiles, past projects, and peer feedback to deliver personalized suggestions for best practices and resources within the Expert Recommendations Hub. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, this engine will ensure that every user receives content that resonates with their unique experiences and needs, fostering a more engaging onboarding process. This feature aims to facilitate a quicker learning curve and promote best practices in project management, enabling users to apply relevant strategies that enhance their effectiveness and efficiency in their roles. It will seamlessly integrate into the onboarding workflow to provide context-sensitive recommendations during the user journey.

Acceptance Criteria

User onboarding with tailored recommendations

Given a new user has completed their profile and selected their role, when they access the Expert Recommendations Hub, then the system must display personalized best practice guides and resources relevant to their role.

Content relevance evaluation based on past projects

Given a user has engaged with several past projects, when the tailored recommendation engine analyzes their project data, then it must provide suggestions that align specifically with the types of projects they have previously completed.

Machine learning algorithm effectiveness

Given the recommendation engine has received user feedback and interaction data, when the engine recalibrates its algorithms, then it must show an improved accuracy of recommendations in at least 80% of user cases based on follow-up surveys.

Integration of recommendations into the onboarding workflow

Given a user is navigating through the onboarding process, when they reach the relevant sections, then the tailored recommendations must pop up contextually without interrupting the flow, accessible with a single click.

User feedback collection on recommendations

Given users have accessed recommendations from the Expert Recommendations Hub, when they provide feedback on the usefulness of the content, then at least 70% of users must rate the recommendations as 'helpful' or 'very helpful.'

Performance metrics tracking for the recommendation engine

Given the tailored recommendation engine is live, when user engagement metrics are analyzed, then the engine must demonstrate an increase in user interaction time by at least 30% within the first month of deployment.

Continuous learning from peer feedback

Given users provide ongoing peer feedback on the recommendations, when the system updates its database, then it must reflect changes that enhance the relevance of future recommendations in subsequent user sessions.

Interactive Learning Modules

"As a new freelancer, I want to engage in interactive learning modules so that I can apply what I learn to real-world scenarios effectively."

Description

The Interactive Learning Modules will offer users an engaging way to learn through practical, scenario-based content that complements the curated resources in the Expert Recommendations Hub. Each module will cover a specific aspect of project management, such as communication best practices, time management strategies, and client relations. Users can participate in quizzes, case studies, and hands-on assignments that reinforce their learning. This requirement is vital for fostering a deeper understanding of the material, ensuring that users not only read the content but also apply the knowledge in a simulated environment. The modules will be easily accessible within the onboarding process, providing new users with an interactive experience that enhances retention of information and skill application.

Acceptance Criteria

New users navigate to the Interactive Learning Modules section from the onboarding assistant and complete a module on communication best practices.

Given a new user has accessed the Expert Recommendations Hub, when they click on the Interactive Learning Modules, then they should see a list of available modules, including communication best practices, and be able to start one.

A user completes a module on time management strategies and takes a quiz afterward to test their understanding.

Given a user has completed the time management module, when they finish the module, then they should be prompted to take a quiz and score at least 80% to be considered successfully completed.

Users revisit modules they have previously completed to review the content and associated quizzes.

Given a user has previously completed a module, when they access the module again, then they should see the option to retake the quiz and reviews of their past responses.

Users receive feedback based on their performance in quizzes within the Interactive Learning Modules.

Given a user completes the quiz for a learning module, when they finish, then they should receive immediate feedback on their performance, including correct answers and explanations for incorrect responses.

A user completes multiple modules during onboarding and rates their experience after finishing all of them.

Given a user has completed all available modules, when they reach the end of the last module, then they should be prompted to rate their overall experience on a scale from 1 to 5 and provide optional comments.

The Interactive Learning Modules provide users with different types of scenarios to practice their skills based on real-world project management situations.

Given a user is in the Interactive Learning Modules, when they participate in a case study, then they should be able to engage with at least three different real-world scenarios related to project management.

Community Feedback System

"As a user, I want to be able to give feedback on resources and share my experiences so that I can contribute to the community and help improve the quality of information available."

Description

The Community Feedback System will enable users to provide feedback on the curated resources and share their experiences with different strategies outlined in the Expert Recommendations Hub. This feature will foster a community-driven environment where users can rate, comment, and discuss best practices with peers. The feedback collected will be analyzed to continuously improve the quality of the resources provided, ensuring they remain relevant and effective. This requirement supports users in building a network of contacts within the platform, encouraging knowledge sharing and collaboration among freelancers, ultimately enhancing the overall user experience and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Submission Process

Given a user is logged into the Expert Recommendations Hub, when they select a curated resource to provide feedback on, then they should be able to rate the resource from 1 to 5 stars and enter a comment with a maximum of 500 characters.

User Feedback Visibility

Given a user has submitted feedback on a resource, when they view that resource again, then their feedback should be displayed alongside the resource with other user comments sorted by rating in descending order.

Feedback Moderation by Admin

Given the admin user is reviewing feedback submissions, when they check for inappropriate content, then they should have the ability to flag, delete, or approve user feedback in real-time, ensuring the community standards are upheld.

Community Rating Summary Display

Given multiple users have provided feedback on a resource, when another user views that resource, then they should see the average rating displayed prominently along with the number of ratings submitted.

Feedback Analytics for Improvement

Given feedback has been collected over a period of time, when an admin reviews the feedback data, then they should be able to access charts and reports that analyze user ratings and comments to identify trending strategies and areas for improvement.

User Notification for Feedback Updates

Given a user has submitted feedback on a resource, when there are changes or responses related to their feedback, then they should receive an email notification summarizing the updates to keep them engaged.

Mobile Responsiveness of Feedback System

Given a user accesses the Expert Recommendations Hub from a mobile device, when they navigate to the feedback section, then the interface should be fully responsive and easy to use, maintaining all functionalities available on desktop.

Resource Sharing Functionality

"As a user, I want to share valuable resources with my network so that I can collaborate and help others improve their skills too."

Description

The Resource Sharing Functionality will allow users to share curated resources from the Expert Recommendations Hub with their network via social media, email, or direct links. This feature promotes collaboration among freelancers and enhances the community aspect of the platform by enabling knowledge sharing outside of the platform. Users will be encouraged to spread useful tips and best practices, contributing to a collaborative environment. This functionality should be seamless, allowing users to easily share content without navigating away from the main platform, thereby reinforcing the habit of collaboration and resource sharing within the gig economy.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a best practice guide from the Expert Recommendations Hub on Facebook from the onboarding assistant interface.

Given the user is logged into ShiftSync and is on the Expert Recommendations Hub, When the user selects a best practice guide and clicks the 'Share on Facebook' button, Then the guide link should be successfully shared on the user's Facebook wall with a preview.

A user sends a curated resource via email to a colleague while using the Expert Recommendations Hub.

Given the user is in the Expert Recommendations Hub, When the user selects a resource and clicks the 'Share via Email' button, Then an email template should open with the resource link inserted, and the user should be able to enter recipient details and send the email successfully.

A user generates a direct link for a resource and shares it in a chat application.

Given the user is viewing a resource in the Expert Recommendations Hub, When the user clicks the 'Get Direct Link' button, Then a unique link to the resource should be generated and copied to the clipboard, allowing the user to paste it in any chat application.

User checks the ease of sharing resources without leaving the platform during the onboarding process.

Given the user is actively engaged in the onboarding process, When the user attempts to share a resource from the Expert Recommendations Hub, Then the sharing should occur in a modal window that allows the user to return to the onboarding experience immediately after sharing.

A user attempts to share a resource that is no longer available in the Expert Recommendations Hub.

Given the user selects a resource that has been archived, When the user clicks to share this resource, Then a notification should inform the user that the resource is no longer available for sharing.

A user reviews the sharing options available for a specific resource in the Expert Recommendations Hub.

Given the user is viewing a particular resource, When the user looks at the sharing options, Then the options for sharing via social media, email, or direct link should be clearly displayed and accessible without any navigation issues.

Real-Time Q&A Support

A live chat support function where freelancers can ask questions and receive instant feedback during their onboarding process. This immediate assistance helps to resolve any uncertainties or obstacles they encounter, allowing for a more seamless experience as they familiarize themselves with the platform and its functionalities.

Requirements

Live Chat Integration

"As a freelancer, I want to access live chat support during my onboarding so that I can quickly resolve any questions or issues I encounter with the platform."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a live chat feature within the ShiftSync platform that allows freelancers to communicate directly with support staff in real time. The live chat integration is crucial for providing immediate assistance to freelancers during their onboarding process. This will not only facilitate quicker resolutions to inquiries but also enhance user satisfaction by ensuring that help is readily available. The chat function should be seamlessly integrated with the existing workflow of the platform, allowing users to access it easily without disrupting their tasks. Effective implementation will lead to improved onboarding experiences and faster acclimatization to the platform's features, ultimately driving reduced dropout rates and fostering greater engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer initiates a live chat session during onboarding to ask about specific features they do not understand.

Given the freelancer is on the onboarding page, when they click on the live chat button, then the chat window should open, allowing them to type their query and receive a response from support.

A freelancer has a question about payment processing and uses the live chat feature for assistance.

Given the freelancer sends a question through live chat, when the support staff responds, then the freelancer should receive a notification and see the reply in the chat window within 2 minutes.

Freelancer attempts to access the live chat feature while navigating through different modules of the ShiftSync platform.

Given the freelancer is in any section of the platform, when they click the live chat icon, then the chat feature should be easily accessible and not disrupt their current workflow.

A support staff member responds to a freelancer's inquiry regarding account verification.

Given a support staff receives a new inquiry in the live chat, when they respond, then there should be a record of the conversation saved for future reference and transparency.

Freelancer encounters a technical issue while onboarding and uses live chat for immediate support.

Given the freelancer describes the technical issue in live chat, when the support team has received the inquiry, then a follow-up message should confirm that the issue is being addressed and provide an estimated resolution time.

Freelancer completes a live chat session and rates the support experience.

Given that the chat session is concluded, when the freelancer is prompted to rate their experience, then they should be able to submit feedback easily and receive a confirmation that their feedback has been recorded.

A freelancer accesses the live chat feature outside of normal business hours and receives an automated response.

Given the freelancer initiates a chat outside of support hours, when they send a question, then the system should provide an automatic response informing them of the support timings and options for follow-up.

Knowledge Base Access

"As a freelancer, I want to access a knowledge base with helpful resources so that I can troubleshoot issues and learn about using the platform on my own before seeking additional help."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating and maintaining a comprehensive knowledge base that includes FAQs, how-to guides, and tips regarding the ShiftSync platform. The knowledge base will serve as a self-service support option for freelancers, enabling them to find answers independently at any time. The availability of this resource will complement the live chat functionality by giving users a robust option for troubleshooting common issues and learning about features without needing to wait for a support response. A well-organized and easily navigable knowledge base will enhance the overall user experience and reduce the load on live support, leading to more efficient operations and better user retention.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer uses the knowledge base to find answers to common onboarding questions during the first week of using ShiftSync.

Given a freelancer is on the knowledge base page, When they search for FAQ topics, Then the correct articles related to their queries are displayed in the search results and can be accessed in less than 3 seconds.

A freelancer encounters an issue with the payment process and accesses the knowledge base to find troubleshooting steps.

Given a freelancer is experiencing a payment issue, When they browse the troubleshooting section, Then they can find at least three relevant articles that help resolve their issue before contacting support.

The knowledge base is regularly updated with new information and user feedback to ensure it remains relevant and useful.

Given new features are added to ShiftSync, When the feature is released, Then at least one knowledge base article related to it is published within two weeks of the release date.

Freelancer finds the knowledge base easy to navigate and use while seeking assistance on ShiftSync functionalities.

Given a freelancer is using the knowledge base, When they evaluate its user interface, Then 90% of user feedback indicates that the knowledge base is easy to navigate and search.

Freelancers utilize the knowledge base as a primary resource before reaching out for live chat support.

Given that freelancers have access to both the knowledge base and live chat support, When analyzing support requests, Then there is a 30% decrease in simple inquiries directed to live chat after the knowledge base is implemented.

The knowledge base provides clear and concise articles that aid freelancers in effectively using ShiftSync's features.

Given a freelancer reads any article in the knowledge base, When they follow the guide in that article, Then they can successfully complete the task without additional support at least 80% of the time.

User Feedback Loop

"As a user, I want to submit feedback on my onboarding experience and support interactions so that my insights can help improve the service for future users."

Description

This requirement involves establishing a feedback mechanism that allows freelancers to provide comments and suggestions on the onboarding process and live chat support experience. By creating surveys or feedback forms that can be easily accessed after support interactions, the platform will gather valuable insights into user satisfaction and areas for improvement. Analyzing feedback will help ShiftSync enhance its support structure and onboarding experience over time, adapting to the evolving needs of freelancers. This iterative improvement process will foster a more user-centered design approach, contributing to greater retention and loyalty among platform users.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer accesses the live chat support for the first time during the onboarding process.

Given that a freelancer initiates a live chat session, when they ask a question about the onboarding process, then they should receive a response within 2 minutes.

Freelancer evaluates their live chat support experience after the session ends.

Given that a freelancer completes a chat session, when prompted with a feedback form, then they should be able to submit feedback on a scale of 1-5 regarding their experience.

ShiftSync collects feedback from freelancers regularly after support interactions.

Given that a freelancer has interacted with the live chat, when they receive a follow-up email within 24 hours, then the email should contain a link to the feedback survey.

Admin reviews the feedback collected from freelancers on the onboarding process.

Given that multiple feedback forms have been submitted, when the admin analyzes the data, then they should identify at least three common areas for improvement based on the feedback received.

New onboarding procedures are developed based on freelancer feedback.

Given that feedback forms indicate a recurring issue with navigation, when the onboarding materials are updated, then the new materials should reflect clearer navigation instructions based on the feedback.

The impact of the feedback loop on user satisfaction is evaluated over a period of six months.

Given that feedback collection is ongoing, when the user satisfaction ratings are compiled every month, then there should be a measurable increase in average satisfaction ratings by at least 10% within six months of implementation.

Multi-Language Support

"As a non-English speaking freelancer, I want to access live chat and support resources in my preferred language so that I can receive help without language barriers."

Description

This requirement aims to implement multi-language support for the live chat and knowledge base functionalities. By allowing freelancers to communicate in their preferred language, ShiftSync can enhance accessibility and inclusivity, catering to a diverse user base. This feature will involve the translation of support materials and the ability to live chat with support representatives fluent in multiple languages. The implementation of multi-language support will significantly improve the user experience for non-English speaking freelancers, reducing barriers and enhancing their onboarding and engagement experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer initiates a live chat support session in their preferred language during onboarding.

Given that the freelancer has selected their preferred language in the settings, When they access the live chat support, Then the chat interface should display in the selected language and connect them to a support representative fluent in that language.

Freelancer searches for help articles in their preferred language.

Given that the freelancer is on the knowledge base page, When they filter or select their preferred language, Then the help articles displayed should only be in the selected language and accurately translated.

The live chat support representative communicates effectively in the freelancer’s chosen language.

Given that the freelancer is in a live chat session with a support representative, When the freelancer sends a message in their selected language, Then the representative should respond in the same language and convey information accurately.

Freelancer receives notifications about support hours and availability in their preferred language.

Given that the freelancer has selected their preferred language, When they view notifications related to support hours and availability, Then the notifications should be displayed in the selected language with accurate timing information.

Freelancer provides feedback on their support experience in their preferred language.

Given that the freelancer completes a chat session, When they are prompted to rate their experience, Then they should be able to provide feedback in their selected language, and the feedback should be recorded accurately.

The system stores freelancer preferences for language settings.

Given that a freelancer selects a preferred language during onboarding, When they log back into the system, Then their language preference should be retained and automatically applied across the platform.

Mobile Optimization for Support Features

"As a freelancer using my mobile device, I want the live chat and knowledge base features to be optimized for mobile so that I can easily get support while on the go."

Description

This requirement focuses on ensuring that the live chat and knowledge base features are fully optimized for mobile devices. Given the nature of gig work, freelancers often operate on-the-go and need access to support features from their smartphones or tablets. This optimization should ensure that all functionalities are user-friendly and accessible on smaller screens, with responsive design elements that provide a seamless mobile experience. By enhancing mobile accessibility, ShiftSync will be able to serve freelancers better, allowing them to resolve issues and access information wherever they are, thus improving overall user satisfaction and engagement.

Acceptance Criteria

Mobile users accessing the live chat feature while onboarding to get real-time assistance on the platform.

Given a freelancer is using a mobile device, when they tap on the live chat icon, then the chat window should open and be fully functional without any display issues.

Freelancers search for FAQs in the knowledge base while using their smartphones.

Given a freelancer is using a mobile device, when they enter a query in the knowledge base search bar, then the results should display relevant articles without cropping or layout issues on the mobile screen.

Freelancers need to send feedback through the live chat feature after receiving assistance.

Given a freelancer has completed a chat session on a mobile device, when they click on the feedback option, then the feedback form should open properly and allow submission without errors.

A freelancer attempts to access support features while in an outdoor setting with limited connectivity.

Given a freelancer is on a mobile device in an area with limited network coverage, when they enter the live chat feature, then the feature should remain accessible, providing clear prompts for potential connectivity issues.

Freelancers navigate between different support features on their mobile devices.

Given a freelancer is on the support interface, when they switch between the live chat and knowledge base, then the transition should occur smoothly without lag or loading issues.

A freelancer joins a live chat session after clicking a support link on their mobile device.

Given a freelancer clicks a support link, when they are redirected, then the live chat session should load within 5 seconds or less on mobile devices.

Freelancers use the mobile app to receive notifications from the support chat.

Given a freelancer has the mobile app installed, when a new message is received in the live chat, then a push notification should appear on their mobile device's home screen.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

A visual dashboard that showcases the new freelancer's learning progress and milestones achieved during the onboarding process. By providing tangible feedback and celebrating accomplishments, this feature enhances engagement and motivation, leading to a more positive onboarding experience.

Requirements

Progress Metrics Visualization

"As a new freelancer, I want to see my onboarding progress represented visually so that I can understand my achievements and areas that need improvement."

Description

The Progress Metrics Visualization requirement entails developing a dynamic dashboard that displays key performance indicators related to a freelancer's onboarding process. This includes metrics such as task completion rate, time spent on training modules, and milestones achieved, presented through intuitive graphs and charts. This feature plays a crucial role in enabling freelancers to visualize their progression over time, thus fostering a sense of achievement. By integrating this functionality within the existing ShiftSync platform, users can access real-time feedback on their onboarding journey, enhancing engagement and motivation. Furthermore, this feature supports managers in understanding team development and identifying areas where additional support may be needed, ensuring a smoother onboarding experience.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Onboarding Progress for New Freelancers

Given that a new freelancer logs into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a graphical representation of their onboarding progress, including task completion rate and milestones achieved.

Integrating Time-Tracking Metrics

Given that a freelancer has completed training modules, when they view their Progress Metrics Visualization, then they should see metrics reflecting the time spent on each module displayed as part of the dashboard.

Real-Time Feedback on Progress

Given that a freelancer has completed a task, when they refresh the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should automatically update to reflect the new task completion rate.

Milestone Celebration Notification

Given that a freelancer achieves a new milestone, when they log into the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should receive a celebratory notification acknowledging their achievement.

Manager Insights on Team Development

Given that a manager accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they view the metrics of their team members, then they should be able to filter data to identify freelancers needing additional support based on their onboarding progress.

User-friendly Graphical Interface

Given that any freelancer accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they interact with the visual graphs and charts, then they should find the interface intuitive and easy to navigate, with clear labels for each metric.

Historical Progress Tracking

Given that a freelancer has completed the onboarding process, when they view their historical data on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be able to see a timeline of their progress over the course of their onboarding experience.

Milestone Notifications

"As a new freelancer, I want to receive notifications when I achieve onboarding milestones so that I feel motivated to continue my progress throughout the onboarding process."

Description

The Milestone Notifications requirement involves implementing a notification system that alerts freelancers upon reaching specific onboarding milestones. This feature will automatically send congratulatory messages and updates via email and within the application, celebrating achievements and encouraging further progress. This capability enhances user engagement by recognizing user efforts and promoting accountability, as freelancers will be more likely to connect their progress to meaningful actions. Integration with the existing communication tools within ShiftSync is essential, ensuring that notifications are timely and relevant, which fosters an environment of continuous feedback and improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer receives a notification upon completing initial onboarding tasks.

Given a freelancer has completed the initial onboarding tasks, when the tasks are marked as completed, then a congratulatory notification is sent via email and in-app.

Freelancer is notified after reaching the halfway milestone in the onboarding process.

Given a freelancer reaches the halfway point in their onboarding progress, when the milestone is achieved, then an automated notification is triggered both in-app and via email to encourage continued progress.

Notification customization options available for freelancers to adjust settings based on their preferences.

Given a freelancer accesses the notification settings, when they adjust their notification preferences for onboarding milestones, then these changes are saved and reflected in future notifications.

Confirmation that notifications are integrated with existing communication tools within ShiftSync.

Given the milestone notifications feature is implemented, when notifications are sent to freelancers, then they must be delivered without errors through the existing ShiftSync communication tools (email and in-app).

Tracking the effectiveness of milestone notifications on user engagement during onboarding.

Given milestone notifications are sent to freelancers, when user engagement metrics (login frequency, task completion rates) are analyzed, then a 20% increase in engagement should be observed within one month of implementation.

Ensuring timely delivery of milestone notifications to freelancers.

Given a freelancer achieves an onboarding milestone, when the notification is triggered, then it must be delivered within 5 minutes of the milestone achievement.

Recognition of user achievements through repeated notifications for continued milestones.

Given the notification system sends repeated alerts for additional milestones achieved, when a freelancer completes successive milestones, then they should receive a unique congratulatory message for each milestone to promote ongoing motivation.

Onboarding Feedback Loop

"As a new freelancer, I want to provide feedback on my onboarding experience so that ShiftSync can improve the process for future users."

Description

The Onboarding Feedback Loop requirement focuses on creating a mechanism for collecting feedback from freelancers regarding their onboarding experience. This feature will include periodic surveys that ask questions about the onboarding process, the resources provided, and areas for improvement. This information will be compiled and analyzed to make data-driven adjustments to the onboarding experience, directly integrating user insights into the platform’s development. By prioritizing user feedback, this requirement enhances ShiftSync’s adaptability, ensuring that the onboarding process evolves based on real user experiences and expectations, thereby maximizing effectiveness and satisfaction for future users.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer completes onboarding and receives a feedback survey.

Given a freelancer has completed the onboarding process, when they log into their account, then they should receive a feedback survey within 24 hours of completion.

Freelancer provides feedback through the survey.

Given the feedback survey is accessible, when the freelancer submits their feedback, then the system should confirm receipt of the feedback and store it in the database.

Admin reviews collected feedback from multiple freelancers.

Given multiple freelancers have submitted their feedback, when the admin accesses the feedback report, then they should see a compiled summary of all responses, categorized by feedback type.

Survey questions are updated based on previous feedback.

Given previous feedback responses indicate a need for improvement, when the admin updates the survey questions, then the new questions should reflect the suggested changes and be implemented for future surveys.

Feedback data is analyzed for trends.

Given enough feedback has been collected, when the admin analyzes the feedback data, then they should see actionable insights and trends that suggest specific areas for improvement in the onboarding process.

System notifies freelancers about changes made based on feedback.

Given that the onboarding process has been adjusted due to collected feedback, when changes are made, then all freelancers should receive an email notification detailing these changes and the reasoning behind them.

Feedback loop is reviewed for effectiveness after implementation.

Given the feedback loop has been in use for a period of time, when the admin reviews the overall satisfaction ratings and improvement suggestions, then they should assess whether the onboarding experience has improved as a result of the feedback loop.

Feedback-Based Enhancements

A feature that collects feedback from users about their onboarding experience to continuously improve the personalization process. By integrating user insights, the onboarding assistant can adapt in real-time, refining the content and recommendations to better meet the evolving needs of new freelancers.

Requirements

User Feedback Collection

"As a new freelancer, I want to provide feedback about my onboarding experience so that the platform can adapt to my needs and improve my user experience."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a mechanism within the ShiftSync onboarding process to gather qualitative and quantitative feedback from users. The feedback will focus on the onboarding experience, including aspects of usability, content relevancy, and user satisfaction. The system will include surveys, ratings, and open-ended questions that will be presented to users at various stages of their onboarding journey. The collected data will be analyzed to identify trends, areas for improvement, and user preferences. By integrating this feedback loop, ShiftSync can continuously refine the onboarding process, tailoring it to enhance user engagement, retention, and satisfaction, ultimately driving better outcomes for freelancers and businesses alike.

Acceptance Criteria

Onboarding User Feedback Submission

Given a user is completing their onboarding process, When they reach the end of the onboarding session, Then they should be prompted to fill out a feedback survey that includes a satisfaction rating and an open-ended question.

Feedback Data Analysis and Reporting

Given collected user feedback has been submitted, When the data is analyzed, Then a report should be generated summarizing the key trends, areas for improvement, and user satisfaction ratings.

Real-Time Feedback Integration for Onboarding Adjustments

Given that continuous feedback is being collected, When a notable trend is identified in the feedback, Then the onboarding content should be updated in real-time to address the feedback provided.

User Response Rate Tracking for Surveys

Given the feedback survey is deployed at the end of the onboarding process, When the survey is active for one month, Then the response rate should be tracked and should meet or exceed 70% of new users.

Usability Testing of the Feedback Mechanism

Given the feedback submission feature is developed, When usability testing is conducted with a group of new users, Then at least 80% of the users should find the feedback mechanism user-friendly and easy to navigate.

Notification System for Feedback Submission Acknowledgment

Given a user provides feedback, When the feedback submission is confirmed, Then the user should receive a notification acknowledging their input and thanking them for their contribution.

Real-Time Personalization Engine

"As a new user, I want the onboarding content to adapt to my feedback in real-time so that I can receive the most relevant information and support."

Description

The real-time personalization engine requirement focuses on creating an adaptive system that modifies the onboarding content and recommendations based on collected user feedback. Once feedback is received, the system will utilize algorithms to analyze user responses and alter the onboarding journey dynamically. This will allow the onboarding assistant to present more relevant information and resources tailored to the individual’s specific needs, preferences, and feedback in real-time. The goal is to ensure that every new freelancer receives a customized experience that evolves as they interact more with the platform, leading to improved understanding and satisfaction with ShiftSync’s offerings.

Acceptance Criteria

New freelancer completes the onboarding process, providing feedback on their personalized experience after the first session.

Given a new freelancer completes the onboarding process, when they provide feedback about the personalization, then the feedback is analyzed within 10 minutes, and the onboarding content is updated in real-time to reflect their responses.

A freelancer revisits the onboarding process after providing feedback, assessing the changes made based on their previous input.

Given a freelancer has previously provided feedback, when they return to the onboarding process, then they should see updated content and recommendations tailored to their feedback, indicating successful personalization.

System administrators monitor the feedback collection for the personalization engine’s effectiveness over a week.

Given that feedback is continuously collected from freelancers, when the data is reviewed after one week, then 80% of feedback entries should show an improvement in perceived relevance of onboarding content compared to the previous week.

A freelancer encounters an issue during the onboarding process and submits specific feedback calling for changes in their experience.

Given a freelancer submits an issue with their onboarding experience, when their feedback is processed, then a support ticket is generated, and the personalization engine adjusts the onboarding content to prevent similar issues for future users.

The personalization engine receives diverse feedback from a group of freelancers after one month of usage.

Given a group of freelancers provides feedback over a month, when the feedback is analyzed, then at least 75% of the responses should lead to successful adjustments in the onboarding materials and recommendations offered by the personalization engine.

Feedback Reporting Dashboard

"As an administrator, I want to view and analyze user feedback through a reporting dashboard so that I can identify areas for improvement and track progress over time."

Description

This requirement includes the development of a reporting dashboard for administrators to visualize and analyze the feedback collected from users. It will provide insights into user satisfaction, common pain points, and trends over time, categorized by various segments such as type of freelancer, industry, or experience level. The dashboard will enable stakeholders to generate reports, filter data, and track changes in feedback metrics post-implementation of enhancements. By offering a clear view of user experiences and the effectiveness of iterative onboarding improvements, the dashboard will serve as a critical tool for ongoing development and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrator views the feedback reporting dashboard after implementation to analyze user feedback

Given the administrator has access to the dashboard, when they log in, then they can see an overview of user satisfaction metrics, categorized by type of freelancer, industry, or experience level, with the data updated in real-time.

Administrator generates a report based on specific feedback metrics over a defined time period

Given the administrator selects a date range and filters for specific types of freelancers, when they click 'Generate Report', then a downloadable report is created that accurately reflects the selected data and time frame.

Administrator filters feedback data based on user demographics

Given the administrator is viewing the dashboard, when they apply demographic filters (such as age, location, or experience level), then only the relevant feedback data should be displayed without delay.

Administrator analyzes trends in user feedback over time

Given the dashboard displays historical feedback data, when the administrator selects a trend analysis option, then a visual representation (like a graph) of feedback trends across chosen categories is shown clearly and accurately.

Stakeholders review the effectiveness of onboarding enhancements based on user feedback

Given the feedback dashboard includes historical and current feedback data, when stakeholders compare pre- and post-enhancement metrics, they should see a visible positive change in user satisfaction ratings.

Administrator identifies common pain points from feedback data

Given the feedback data is segmented by user demographics, when the administrator reviews common pain points, then they should be clearly highlighted for the different freelancer categories, allowing for targeted improvements.

Administrator assesses the usability of the dashboard interface

Given the administrator accesses the dashboard, when they navigate through different sections and filters, then the interface should be intuitive and should not exceed three clicks to reach any key insights or reports.

Dynamic Performance Charts

Interactive charts that visualize key performance metrics over time, allowing managers to track trends in freelancer productivity, project completion rates, and feedback scores. This feature helps users quickly identify patterns, such as peak performance periods or areas needing improvement, enabling proactive management and strategic planning.

Requirements

Interactive Trend Analysis

"As a project manager, I want to view dynamic performance charts so that I can quickly identify trends in freelancer productivity and project outcomes, enabling me to make informed decisions about task allocations and improvements."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing an interactive dashboard that visualizes key performance metrics in real-time. Users should be able to filter data based on various parameters such as time range, project type, and freelancer profiles. The dashboard will provide visual representations like graphs and charts that highlight productivity trends, project completion rates, and feedback scores over time. This feature is essential for enhancing user decision-making by offering insights into performance patterns, enabling managers to quickly identify high and low performance periods, and ultimately facilitate proactive management and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

Dashboard Filters for Performance Metrics Overview

Given that the manager accesses the interactive dashboard, when they apply filters for specific time ranges and project types, then the displayed charts should update dynamically to reflect the filtered data accurately.

Real-time Data Visualization

Given that the performance metrics dashboard is open, when new data becomes available (i.e., completed tasks, new feedback), then the charts should refresh to display the most current data within 5 seconds.

Feedback Score Trends

Given that the dashboard displays feedback metrics, when a manager selects a specific freelancer's profile, then the feedback score trend chart should only display data relevant to that freelancer for the selected time range.

Interactive Graph Functionality

Given that a manager is viewing the performance charts, when they hover over any data point in the charts, then a tooltip should appear showing the exact metric values and dates corresponding to that data point.

Peak Performance Period Identification

Given that the trend analysis dashboard is accessed, when a manager reviews productivity over the last quarter, then they should be able to visually identify peak performance periods within the chart, easily distinguished by color or labeling.

Exporting Performance Data

Given that the performance metrics dashboard is displayed, when the manager clicks the export button, then a CSV file containing the current view's data should be downloaded successfully without errors.

Customizable Performance Metrics

"As a team leader, I want to customize the performance metrics that are displayed in the charts so that I can focus on the specific data points relevant to my team's performance and make better management decisions."

Description

This requirement entails the ability for users to customize the performance metrics displayed on the dynamic performance charts. Users should have the flexibility to choose which metrics are most important to them, such as hours worked, average feedback score, or number of tasks completed. This customization will allow users to tailor their analytical experience to their specific needs and business goals, thereby enhancing the relevance and usefulness of the data presented. The implementation of this feature will not only empower users but also improve user engagement with the performance analytics tools.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizes performance metrics to display hours worked, average feedback score, and number of tasks completed in their performance charts.

Given a user is on the customizable performance metrics page, when they select the desired metrics from the available options and click 'Apply', then the dynamic performance charts should update to reflect the selected metrics immediately without error.

User attempts to add performance metrics not available in the predefined list.

Given a user is viewing the available performance metrics, when they try to add a metric that is not in the predefined list, then they should receive a notification indicating that the metric cannot be added.

User removes a previously selected performance metric from their charts.

Given a user has previously added metrics to the performance charts, when they deselect a metric and click 'Apply', then the dynamic performance charts should refresh and no longer display the deselected metric.

User views saved customizable performance metrics settings after logging out and back in.

Given a user has customized performance metrics and logged out, when they log back in, then the performance charts should retain the user's last selected metrics without requiring reconfiguration.

User seeks help with customizing performance metrics and accesses the help documentation.

Given a user is on the customizable performance metrics page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to a comprehensive guide that explains how to customize the performance metrics in detail.

User receives visual feedback on the chart when metrics are updated.

Given a user has applied new metric selections to the performance charts, when the chart updates, then the user should see a smooth transition effect indicating that the charts are refreshing with new data.

Exportable Reports

"As a business owner, I want to export performance reports from the dynamic charts so that I can share insights with stakeholders and use the data for strategic planning purposes."

Description

This requirement encompasses the functionality to generate and export performance reports based on the data visualized in the dynamic charts. Users should be able to select date ranges, specific freelancers, or projects to include in the reports. The ability to export data in various formats (e.g., PDF, Excel) will greatly enhance the usability of the performance insights gathered, facilitating further analysis or presentations to stakeholders. This feature is crucial for users who need to share performance insights with stakeholders or incorporate them into their operational reviews.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a specific date range to generate a performance report.

Given the user is on the reports page, when they select a date range and click export, then a report is generated that includes all performance metrics for that range.

User chooses specific freelancers to include in the performance report.

Given the user is on the reports page, when they select specific freelancers and click export, then the report includes only the selected freelancers’ performance metrics.

User opts to export the performance report in PDF format.

Given the user has configured the report parameters, when they select PDF from the export options, then the system generates and downloads a PDF report with the selected data.

User opts to export the performance report in Excel format.

Given the user has configured the report parameters, when they select Excel from the export options, then the system generates and downloads an Excel report with the selected data.

User successfully generates a report for a specific project.

Given the user is on the reports page, when they select a specific project and click export, then the report contains performance metrics related to that project only.

User verifies the accuracy of the reported metrics against raw data.

Given the report is generated, when the user compares the report metrics with raw data, then all reported metrics must match the underlying data sources.

User tries to generate a report without selecting any parameters.

Given the user is on the reports page, when they click export without any selections, then an error message is displayed indicating that parameters must be selected before generating a report.

Real-Time Notifications

"As a project manager, I want to receive real-time notifications about performance changes so that I can take immediate action and address any issues before they escalate."

Description

The real-time notifications requirement aims to alert users when significant trends or changes in performance metrics occur. For example, if a freelancer's productivity drops below a certain threshold or if project completion rates fall unexpectedly, users should receive immediate notifications. This feature enhances management's responsiveness to performance issues, enabling timely interventions. Additionally, configurable notification settings will allow users to set their preferences for the types of alerts they wish to receive, ensuring they only get relevant updates.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up a real-time notification for declining freelancer productivity during a project.

Given the user has access to the notification settings, When a freelancer's productivity falls below the threshold of 70%, Then the user receives an immediate notification via email and in-app alert.

User receives a notification when project completion rates drop unexpectedly.

Given the user is monitoring project completion metrics, When the project completion rate falls below 80% within a week, Then the user is alerted with a pop-up notification and an option to review the project's status.

User configures notification preferences to receive alerts only for specific freelancers.

Given the user is in the notification settings, When the user selects specific freelancers and saves their preferences, Then only notifications related to those freelancers are triggered based on performance metrics.

Admin reviews the historical notifications to evaluate responsiveness to performance issues.

Given the admin accesses the notifications history, When they filter by date and performance type, Then they can view all triggered notifications and assess the management's response times to each.

User disables a specific notification for increasing feedback scores.

Given the user is in the notification settings, When the user toggles the feedback score notification off, Then no notifications for increasing feedback scores are triggered for that user.

User tests the notification system for clarity and effectiveness.

Given the user initiates a test notification, When they confirm the test is successful, Then the user receives a notification clearly stating 'Test Notification Successful' in both email and in-app alerts.

Comparative Performance Analysis

"As a team manager, I want to compare individual freelancer performance against team averages so that I can identify top performers and provide support to those who are struggling."

Description

This requirement involves integrating a comparative analysis feature that allows users to benchmark individual freelancer performance against team averages or project standards. By visualizing how a freelancer's metrics stack up against the collective performance, managers can identify top performers and those needing support or development. This feature is vital for fostering a culture of accountability and continuous improvement within teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Comparative Performance Analysis for Freelancers working on a Project

Given a user selects a project, when they access the Comparative Performance Analysis feature, then they should see a visual representation of each freelancer’s performance metrics compared to team averages.

Display Historical Performance Trends

Given a freelancer has completed multiple tasks, when the user views their performance over time in the Comparative Performance Analysis, then the system should show a historical trend chart of the freelancer's performance metrics.

Identify Top Performers and Areas for Improvement

Given a user is viewing the Comparative Performance Analysis, when they filter the data, then the system should highlight the top 20% of performers and flag those below the team's average metrics for review.

Exporting Performance Data for Reporting

Given a user is on the Comparative Performance Analysis page, when they choose to export the data, then the system should provide a downloadable report in CSV format containing the comparative metrics for all freelancers.

User Feedback on Performance Metrics

Given a user is reviewing the performance metrics of freelancers, when they click on a specific freelancer's name, then they should be able to submit feedback or request a performance review directly linked to the metrics displayed.

Real-time Data Updating in Charts

Given new performance metrics are entered, when the user refreshes the Comparative Performance Analysis page, then the charts should automatically update to reflect the most current data without needing a manual refresh.

Setting Benchmark Criteria for Comparative Analysis

Given an administrator user accesses the settings, when they define benchmark criteria for project standards, then that criteria should be applied to the Comparative Performance Analysis, allowing users to see how freelancers measure up against these benchmarks.

Customizable KPI Alerts

Set personalized alerts for specific Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) such as deadlines approaching, project milestones achieved, or dips in freelancer performance. This feature keeps managers informed in real-time, allowing them to address issues quickly and maintain project momentum.

Requirements

Real-time KPI Monitoring

"As a project manager, I want to monitor KPIs in real-time so that I can quickly address performance issues and maintain project momentum."

Description

This requirement involves providing managers with the capability to monitor KPIs in real time through a dedicated dashboard. The real-time tracking functionality will allow for instant visibility into key metrics such as project timelines, freelancer productivity, and budget adherence. This feature is intended to facilitate timely decision-making, enable immediate responses to any performance dips, and support proactive management of project resources. Integration with existing analytics tools and seamless data visualization will help enhance the user experience and improve overall project management efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager reviewing the dashboard on a typical workday, I need to monitor KPIs in real-time to ensure that freelancers are meeting their deadlines and project milestones.

Given I am logged into the ShiftSync dashboard, when I access the KPI monitoring section, then I should see real-time updates on project timelines, freelancer productivity, and budget adherence.

During a team meeting, as the manager discusses project progress, I want to quickly reference KPI alerts for any performance dips that might require immediate attention.

Given I have set personalized KPI alerts, when a KPI threshold is breached, then I should receive an immediate notification indicating the specific KPI and its current status.

While managing multiple projects, I want to easily navigate the dashboard to compare KPIs across different projects to identify overall performance trends.

Given I am on the KPI dashboard, when I select multiple projects for comparison, then I should see a visual representation comparing key metrics like deadlines, productivity, and budget adherence side by side.

As a manager responding to a freelancer's declining performance, I want to access detailed analytics that explain the KPI trends over the past month.

Given I click on a freelancer's profile from the KPI dashboard, when I view the historical performance data, then I should see a clear visual representation of the freelancer's KPI trends over the last 30 days.

In order to streamline data analysis, I want to integrate third-party analytics tools with ShiftSync to enhance my KPI monitoring capabilities.

Given I have access to settings in the dashboard, when I navigate to integration options, then I should be able to successfully connect and sync data with supported third-party analytics tools.

As a project manager, I want to customize the visualizations on the KPI dashboard to suit my team's specific needs and preferences for better insight.

Given I am in the dashboard settings, when I adjust the visualization options for KPIs, then my customized settings should be saved and maintained each time I log in.

Threshold-based Notifications

"As a project manager, I want to receive alerts when KPIs hit certain thresholds so that I can take action before issues escalate."

Description

This requirement looks to implement an alerting system that sends notifications to managers when specific KPIs reach predefined thresholds. Managers can set custom limits for various performance indicators, such as when a project deadline is approaching or when a freelancer's productivity drops below a certain percentage. This feature aims to keep the team informed and engaged, ensuring timely actions can be taken to rectify any potential issues before they escalate. Integration with push notifications and email alerts will provide flexibility in how managers receive these updates.

Acceptance Criteria

Manager sets a custom threshold for project deadline alerts.

Given a manager accesses the KPI alerts settings, When they input a deadline of 3 days into the threshold for project completion, Then the system should send an email and push notification alert when the project is within 3 days of the deadline.

Manager receives notifications for drops in freelancer productivity.

Given a manager has set a productivity threshold of 70%, When a freelancer's performance drops to 65%, Then the system should immediately send an alert notification to the manager via email and app notifications.

Notification settings can be customized for different KPIs.

Given a manager is on the KPI alert settings page, When they select different KPIs (e.g., deadlines, performance), Then the manager should be able to set individual thresholds and toggle notifications for each KPI independently.

System integration for real-time notifications during a project.

Given a project is actively being worked on, When any of the defined KPI thresholds are reached, Then real-time push notifications must be sent to the manager’s mobile app and desktop.

Manager can view historical notifications and alerts.

Given a manager navigates to the notification history section, When they look for previous alerts triggered by KPIs, Then the system should display a comprehensive log of alerts including timestamps and details of each notification.

Notifications can be muted or adjusted based on user preference.

Given a manager wants to adjust notification frequency, When they navigate to notification settings, Then they should be able to mute alerts or change the frequency of alerts for specific KPIs.

System stability and performance under heavy usage.

Given 1000 active users setting thresholds and receiving notifications simultaneously, When performance is measured, Then the system should maintain a response time of less than 2 seconds for sending alerts without errors.

Customizable Alert Preferences

"As a project manager, I want to customize my alert preferences for KPI notifications so that I only receive the information that is most relevant to me."

Description

This requirement focuses on allowing users to customize their alert preferences for KPI notifications. Managers will have the ability to decide which KPIs they want to be alerted about, the method of notification (email, mobile app alert, etc.), and the frequency of these alerts. This flexibility will ensure that managers receive relevant information in a manner that suits their workflow, ultimately reducing notification fatigue and enhancing focus. The implementation will need to include a straightforward user interface for setting and managing preferences, which integrates seamlessly into the existing platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Managers set their preferred KPIs for notifications based on project needs.

Given a manager is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the alert preferences section, then they can select multiple KPIs to be notified about, and the selections are saved successfully.

Managers specify the method of notification for their selected KPIs.

Given a manager has selected their KPIs, when they choose a notification method (email, mobile app alert, etc.), then the system should store their preference and confirm it through a notification summary.

Managers set the frequency of alerts for selected KPIs.

Given a manager is configuring alert preferences, when they select a frequency (immediate, daily, weekly), then the system should allow them to save this setting and reflect it in their alert summary.

Managers receive alerts according to their specified preferences.

Given a KPI has met its alert condition, when the alert is triggered, then the manager should receive the notification through their specified method (email, mobile alert) according to the set frequency.

Managers modify their alert preferences at any time.

Given a manager wants to change their alert settings, when they re-enter the alert preferences section, then they should be able to update their KPI selections, notification methods, and frequencies, and save the updated preferences successfully.

The user interface for setting and managing alerts is intuitive and user-friendly.

Given a new user accesses the alert preferences section, when they interact with the alert settings interface, then they should be able to navigate seamlessly and understand the configuration options without assistance.

The alert preferences integrate seamlessly into the existing platform.

Given a manager has set their alert preferences, when they use other functions of ShiftSync, then there should be no system malfunctions or conflicts arising from the alerts setup, ensuring a smooth user experience.

KPI Performance Trend Analysis

"As a project manager, I want to analyze trends in KPI performance over time so that I can make informed decisions regarding project management."

Description

This requirement aims to provide a feature for analyzing trends in KPI performance over time. Users will be able to generate reports showing historical performance data for selected KPIs, giving insight into when and why certain trends arise. This analysis will help managers make better-informed decisions regarding resource allocation, workload adjustments, and project planning. The integration with existing reporting tools will be essential for creating a user-friendly experience that allows managers to quickly visualize and interpret KPI trends.

Acceptance Criteria

Manager analyzes historical KPI performance data to identify trends affecting project deadlines during a quarterly review.

Given the manager accesses the KPI Performance Trend Analysis feature, when they select KPIs from a drop-down menu and specify a date range, then they should receive a visual report showing historical performance trends over the selected period, clearly indicating any correlations with project deadlines.

A project manager wants to understand the impact of resource allocation on freelancer performance over the last month.

Given the project manager has entered the desired KPIs and selected the last month as the time frame, when they generate the report, then it must display the performance trends with accurate metrics and charts that show resource allocation against freelancer productivity levels.

Team leads need to quickly access KPI trends for urgent project adjustments during a team meeting.

Given the team lead has opened the KPI Performance Trend Analysis dashboard, when they request the latest performance trends for the current week, then the system should display real-time data that is up-to-date within the last hour, allowing for quick decision-making during the meeting.

A user wants to export historical KPI data trends for a stakeholder presentation.

Given the user has selected specific KPIs and a desired time range, when they click on the export button, then the system must generate a downloadable report in PDF format with all selected KPI data, visualizations, and trends clearly represented.

A manager examines trends to identify performance dips in freelancers.

Given the manager selects KPIs reflecting freelancer performance, when they view the generated report, then the system must highlight any KPIs that show a performance dip compared to previous periods, allowing for immediate corrective action.

User wants to filter KPI trends based on project type to gain insights on performance across different types of gigs.

Given the user is on the KPI Performance Trend Analysis interface, when they apply a project type filter to the KPI report, then the displayed trends must refresh to show only data relevant to the selected project type, ensuring accuracy in performance analysis.

KPI Collaboration Tool Integration

"As a team member, I want KPI updates to be shared through our collaboration tools so that we can respond collectively and maintain accountability on our performance."

Description

This requirement focuses on integrating existing collaboration tools (such as Slack or Microsoft Teams) with the KPI alert system. This integration will allow real-time KPI updates to be shared across the team seamlessly, promoting transparency and collaboration. Team members can quickly react to notifications about performance changes, fostering a culture of accountability and collective problem-solving. This feature will not only enhance communication but also ensure everyone is aligned with project objectives across different platforms.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Slack with KPI Collaboration Tool for Real-Time Updates

Given that the Slack integration is enabled, When a KPI alert is triggered, Then the alert should be sent as a direct message to the relevant Slack channel.

Integration of Microsoft Teams with KPI Collaboration Tool for Performance Notifications

Given that the Microsoft Teams integration is enabled, When a user's performance dips below a predefined threshold, Then a notification must be posted in the designated Teams channel.

User Customization of KPI Alert Preferences

Given that a manager accesses the KPI alert settings, When they customize their alert preferences, Then those preferences should be saved and applied to future notifications as per the chosen settings.

Real-Time KPI Updates Across Multiple Collaboration Tools

Given that both Slack and Microsoft Teams integrations are active, When a KPI alert is triggered, Then the alert should be sent to both platforms simultaneously without delays.

Accountability Through Alert History Tracking

Given that the KPI alert system records notifications, When a user requests the alert history, Then they must receive an accurate log showing all alerts triggered in the past 30 days.

Team Member Reaction to KPI Alerts

Given that a KPI alert has been triggered, When team members react to the alert in their respective platforms, Then their responses must be documented and reflected in the collaboration tool's interface.

Descriptive KPI Alerts with Actionable Insights

Given that a KPI alert is triggered, When the alert is received in Slack or Teams, Then it must include a descriptive message that connects the KPI with potential actions the team can take to address any issues.

Peer Benchmarking Tool

A feature that allows managers to compare freelancer performance against industry standards or internal benchmarks. By providing insights into how each freelancer's output stacks up against peers, this tool enables targeted performance discussions and encourages healthy competition among freelancers.

Requirements

Freelancer Performance Metrics

"As a project manager, I want to evaluate each freelancer's performance against industry benchmarks so that I can identify areas for improvement and recognize top performers effectively."

Description

The Freelancer Performance Metrics requirement involves creating a statistical engine that tracks and analyzes individual freelancer performance based on predefined metrics such as task completion rate, quality of work, and speed of delivery. This functionality will allow managers to gain insights into each freelancer’s contributions compared to both industry standards and internal benchmarks. Additionally, it will automate the compilation of performance reports, making it simpler for managers to conduct performance reviews and provide actionable feedback to freelancers. Integrating this with ShiftSync’s existing task allocation and time-tracking modules ensures a holistic view of freelancer contributions, enhancing overall productivity and allowing managers to identify high-performing freelancers for future projects.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer Task Performance Comparison against Internal Benchmarks

Given that a manager accesses the Peer Benchmarking Tool, when they select a specific freelancer and view their performance metrics, then the system displays a comparison of that freelancer's performance against the internal benchmarks for task completion rate, quality of work, and speed of delivery.

Freelancer Performance Reports Generation for Reviews

Given that a manager wants to review freelancer performance, when they request a performance report for a selected time frame, then the system generates a comprehensive report that includes metrics such as task completion rate, quality of work, and averages compared to industry standards.

Real-time Performance Monitoring of Freelancers

Given that a manager is monitoring freelancer activity in real-time, when they utilize the Peer Benchmarking Tool during an ongoing project, then the manager is able to see live updates of the freelancer's performance metrics against peers performing the same tasks.

Automated Alerts for Underperforming Freelancers

Given that a manager wants to ensure performance standards are met, when a freelancer's performance metrics fall below the predefined thresholds, then the system automatically sends an alert to the manager for necessary follow-up actions.

Visual Representation of Performance Metrics

Given that a manager is reviewing freelancer performance, when they open the Peer Benchmarking Tool, then they should see an intuitive dashboard that visually represents the comparison of individual freelancers' performance against benchmarks using charts and graphs.

Feedback Mechanism for Freelancers based on Performance Data

Given that a manager has reviewed the performance metrics, when they decide to provide feedback through the system, then the feedback tool allows the manager to create and send specific performance-related feedback to the freelancer based on their metric analysis.

Access Rights for Performance Data

Given that multiple stakeholders utilize the Peer Benchmarking Tool, when a manager accesses freelancer performance metrics, then the system ensures that only authorized users have access to the performance data, maintaining data privacy and security levels.

Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard

"As a project manager, I want to have a visual dashboard that shows how freelancer performance compares to benchmarks so that I can have data-driven discussions during performance reviews."

Description

The Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard requirement entails developing an intuitive visual interface where managers can view and compare freelancer performance metrics side by side against established benchmarks. This dashboard will display key performance indicators (KPIs) in real-time, using visual aids such as graphs and charts to facilitate easier interpretation of data. The tool should allow administrators to customize the benchmarks based on sector-specific standards or internal historical data, promoting flexibility in performance evaluation. By integrating detailed reporting features and trend analysis, managers can foster informed discussions about performance, enhancing the dialogue between freelancers and management.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing the Dashboard as a Manager

Given a logged-in manager, when they navigate to the Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard, then they should see a clear display of freelancer performance metrics against established benchmarks in real-time, including charts and graphs.

Customizing Benchmarks

Given a manager is on the Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard, when they select the customization option, then they should be able to set both sector-specific standards and internal historical data benchmarks without errors.

Interpreting Visual Aids

Given a manager is viewing the Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard, when they hover over a graph or chart, then a tooltip should appear displaying detailed metrics related to the data point, facilitating easier interpretation.

Generating Performance Reports

Given a manager on the Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard, when they click the 'Generate Report' button, then the system should produce a downloadable report that includes all displayed metrics and insights.

Trend Analysis Over Time

Given a manager is analyzing freelancer performance data on the Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard, when they select a time range for analysis, then the trend lines should accurately reflect performance variations over the selected period.

Conducting Performance Discussions

Given a manager has reviewed the performance metrics on the Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard, when they initiate a performance discussion with a freelancer, then they should have the relevant metrics readily accessible for reference during the discussion.

Checking System Responsiveness

Given any user accesses the Benchmarking Comparison Dashboard, when they interact with the dashboard elements, then all interactions should respond within 2 seconds to ensure a smooth user experience.

Automated Feedback System

"As a freelancer, I want to receive automated feedback based on my performance data so that I can understand my strengths and identify areas for improvement in real-time."

Description

The Automated Feedback System requirement focuses on implementing a mechanism whereby performance data collected through the Peer Benchmarking Tool can automatically trigger feedback notifications to freelancers. This system will send tailored performance insights and suggestions for improvement based on the analysis of their work relative to benchmarks. By automating this process, it ensures timely feedback is given without overwhelming managers, thereby enhancing freelancer engagement and promoting a culture of continuous improvement. The feedback system will be intuitive and user-friendly, fitting seamlessly into freelancers' workflows, and will encourage proactive adjustments to their performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Feedback Notification Triggering Based on Performance Data

Given a freelancer has completed tasks that are evaluated against benchmarks, when performance data is analyzed, then a feedback notification should be automatically generated and sent to the freelancer.

Tailored Performance Insights Delivery

Given that a feedback notification is triggered, when the notification is sent to the freelancer, then it should contain tailored insights specific to their performance metrics compared to the benchmarks.

User-Friendliness of Feedback Notifications

Given the feedback notification is generated, when a freelancer receives it, then the notification should be clear, concise, and easy to understand, ensuring it fits seamlessly into their workflow.

Feedback Notification Delivery Timing

Given a freelancer's performance data has been analyzed, when feedback is ready to be sent, then notifications should be dispatched within 24 hours of performance evaluation to ensure timeliness.

Engagement Metrics for Feedback System

Given that the Automated Feedback System is operational, when freelancers receive feedback notifications, then their engagement level should increase, as measured by feedback acknowledgment rates and follow-up actions.

Manager Oversight of Feedback System

Given the Automated Feedback System is used to send notifications, when a manager looks at the system, then they should have access to logs of sent feedback notifications for monitoring effectiveness and improvements.

Peer Comparison Report Generation

"As a project manager, I want to generate comparison reports to analyze how freelancers stack up against each other in performance so that I can make informed decisions about future assignments and training needs."

Description

The Peer Comparison Report Generation requirement involves creating a feature that allows managers to generate detailed reports comparing multiple freelancers’ performances against each other and against overall benchmarks. This capability will enable managers to identify trends and correlations in performance, thereby informing their recruitment and task allocation strategies. The reports will include charts, graphs, and written analysis to support the managers’ discussions with freelancers. This functionality not only empowers managers with actionable data but also encourages healthy competition among freelancers to enhance their output and quality of work.

Acceptance Criteria

Generating a Peer Comparison Report for a monthly performance review meeting.

Given the manager has selected multiple freelancers and the date range for the report, when the manager clicks the 'Generate Report' button, then a detailed report comparing the selected freelancers’ performances against each other and overall benchmarks is created and displayed.

Reviewing the Peer Comparison Report output format during a test run before deployment.

Given the report has been generated, when the manager views the report, then the report must include charts, graphs, and a written analysis of the freelancers' performances meeting predefined formatting standards (e.g., font size, color scheme).

Analyzing freelancer performance trends over the last quarter using the Peer Comparison Report.

Given the manager selects the last quarter as the date range, when the manager generates the report, then it must show trends and correlations in performance, highlighting top-performing freelancers as well as those needing improvement.

Comparing the performance of a newly hired freelancer against experienced freelancers in the system.

Given the new freelancer's data is available in the system, when the manager generates the Peer Comparison Report, then it must include comparison metrics for the new freelancer against seasoned freelancers to identify their performance level.

Discussing report findings with freelancers during a scheduled performance feedback session.

Given that the Peer Comparison Report has been generated, when the manager shares findings in a feedback session, then the report must facilitate constructive discussions, addressing both strengths and areas for improvement based on the report's analysis.

Updating the benchmarking standards used for generating the Peer Comparison Report.

Given that industry standards change, when a manager requests an update to the benchmark data, then the system must reflect the new benchmarks in the next report generated and notify the manager of the changes.

Integration with Payment System

"As a freelancer, I want my performance metrics to be directly tied to my compensation so that I am motivated to improve my productivity and quality of work."

Description

The Integration with Payment System requirement aims to connect the performance benchmarking tool with ShiftSync’s existing payment processing system. This integration will allow for performance-based pay adjustments and bonuses based on the peer benchmarking outcomes. By automating this link between performance metrics and compensation, it enhances the motivation for freelancers to improve their performance. The system will ensure that all metrics considered for payment adjustments are transparent and agreed upon in advance by both managers and freelancers, fostering trust and accountability within the work environment.

Acceptance Criteria

Performance-based Pay Adjustment Triggering based on Benchmarking Results

Given a freelancer's performance metrics are compared to set benchmarks, when performance data indicates a level above the benchmark, then the system should automatically calculate and propose a pay adjustment based on predefined bonus rules.

Transparency of Metrics Used for Pay Adjustments

Given that pay adjustments are based on performance metrics, when a manager accesses the performance benchmarking tool, then all metrics considered for pay adjustments should be clearly displayed and explained to both managers and freelancers.

Automatic Notification of Pay Adjustment Proposals

Given that a performance-based pay adjustment is calculated, when the system finalizes the adjustment details, then an automated notification should be sent to both the freelancer and the manager detailing the proposed pay change and the metrics that triggered it.

Feedback Loop on Performance and Pay Adjustment

Given the integration of performance metrics and pay adjustments, when a freelancer receives their pay adjustment proposal, then they should have the option to provide feedback or dispute the proposal through the platform.

Historical Performance Records Access

Given the importance of transparency, when a freelancer accesses their profile in the ShiftSync platform, then they should be able to view their past performance metrics and corresponding pay adjustments to understand their growth trajectory.

Integration Test for Payment Processing

Given the new integration with the payment system is developed, when a sample performance benchmarking case is executed, then the adjustment in payment should reflect correctly in the payment processing system without errors.

Manager Training on Using the Benchmarking Tool

Given that the benchmarking tool is newly integrated, when the training session is conducted for managers, then they should demonstrate an understanding of how to use the tool effectively to monitor freelancer performance and make informed pay adjustment decisions.

Collaborative Feedback Loop

Integrate client feedback and manager insights directly into the performance metrics on the dashboard. This feature creates a holistic view of freelancer performance, allowing for more meaningful evaluations and development discussions centered around real user experiences.

Requirements

Feedback Integration System

"As a project manager, I want to integrate client feedback and manager insights into freelancer performance metrics, so that I can evaluate freelancers more effectively and have meaningful development discussions based on real experiences."

Description

The Feedback Integration System collects client feedback and manager insights and automatically integrates this data into freelancer performance metrics displayed on the dashboard. This requirement aims to enhance the evaluative processes by providing a comprehensive view of freelancer performance based on real user experiences. It enables managers to gather and access valuable insights directly related to the work and behavior of freelancers, fostering a culture of continuous improvement and development discussions. Moreover, it enhances transparency as freelancers can see direct correlations between their work performance, client feedback, and management's observations, leading to better accountability and motivation for improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of Client Feedback into Freelancer Performance Metrics

Given a client submits feedback on a freelancer's completed task, when the feedback is entered into the system, then it should automatically update the freelancer's performance metrics on the dashboard within 5 minutes.

Manager Insights Reflection on Dashboard

Given a manager inputs insights about freelancer performance, when the insights are recorded in the system, then they should be reflected in the freelancer's performance metrics on the dashboard immediately after save action.

Freelancer Visibility of Performance Metrics

Given a freelancer accesses their dashboard, when they view their performance metrics, then they should see the most recent client feedback and manager insights incorporated into their scores clearly and accurately displayed.

Comprehensive Performance Reports Generation

Given a specified time period, when a manager generates a performance report for a freelancer, then the report should include aggregated client feedback and manager insights over that period as part of the freelancer's performance analysis.

Notification System for New Feedback

Given a client submits feedback or a manager adds insights, when the action is completed, then both the client and freelancer should receive a notification alerting them of the new feedback or insight within 10 minutes.

User Training on Feedback Integration Usage

Given the implementation of the Feedback Integration System, when freelancers and managers attend the training session, then at least 90% of attendees should demonstrate understanding and competence in using the feedback integration features during practical assessments.

Accuracy Check of Feedback Data Integration

Given feedback data is collected from multiple clients, when the data is integrated into the dashboard, then the performance metrics should reflect an accuracy rating of at least 95%, confirmed by manual verification against client submissions.

Performance Metrics Dashboard

"As a freelancer, I want to view my performance metrics on a dashboard, so that I can understand how I am being evaluated and improve my work accordingly based on feedback received."

Description

The Performance Metrics Dashboard is designed to visually represent freelancer performance data, including integrated feedback from clients and insights from managers. This dashboard allows users to track the progress and evaluations of freelancers holistically. It aims to provide an intuitive interface where performance metrics are easily accessible and understandable, facilitating discussions around performance reviews and encouraging informed decision-making. This dashboard is vital for streamlining communication between freelancers and managers, ensuring that all parties have a clear understanding of performance expectations and results based on actual feedback.

Acceptance Criteria

Displaying Freelance Performance Over Time

Given the user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they select a specific freelancer from the list, then the dashboard should display a visual graph of the freelancer's performance metrics over the last month, including client feedback and manager insights.

Integrating Client Feedback

Given the user is viewing the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when a client submits feedback on a freelancer's performance, then this feedback should automatically update the corresponding performance metric in real-time without needing a page refresh.

Filtering Performance Metrics

Given the user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they apply filters by date range and client type, then the displayed performance metrics should accurately reflect the data for the selected filters.

Exporting Performance Data

Given the user is viewing the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they click the 'Export' button, then the performance metrics should be downloaded in a CSV format containing all displayed metrics and feedback.

User Role-Based Access to Metrics

Given the user is logged in as either a manager or freelancer, when they access the Performance Metrics Dashboard, then the displayed information must vary based on their role; managers see all metrics, while freelancers only see their own metrics.

Real-Time Update of Performance Insights

Given the user is on the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when either a client or a manager submits new insights about a freelancer, then the dashboard should reflect these updates within 5 seconds of submission.

User Experience With Dashboard Navigation

Given the user is navigating through the Performance Metrics Dashboard, when they hover over performance metrics or feedback, then tooltips should provide additional context or explanations for each metric without cluttering the interface.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

"As a freelancer, I want to receive real-time notifications about client feedback and performance evaluations, so that I can respond quickly to any concerns and improve my work promptly."

Description

Real-time Feedback Notifications ensure that freelancers receive immediate updates regarding client feedback and performance insights. This requirement includes setting up a notification system that alerts freelancers about new feedback and evaluations as they happen. It promotes quick action and responsiveness, allowing freelancers to engage with feedback proactively. Real-time notifications foster an open dialogue between freelancers and managers, ensuring that any issues can be addressed promptly and work can be adjusted in a timely manner, thus enhancing overall productivity.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer receives client feedback during a project execution phase, prompting them to make necessary adjustments based on suggestions provided.

Given that a freelancer is working on a task, when a client submits feedback, then the freelancer receives a push notification within 2 minutes of the feedback submission.

A freelancer logs into ShiftSync after receiving feedback notifications to review the client insights and performance evaluations.

Given that the freelancer opens the notification within 24 hours, when they access the feedback section, then they should see all feedback submitted sorted by most recent first.

Managers provide feedback during weekly check-ins and expect freelancers to respond or take action based on the insights given.

Given that a manager submits feedback during a check-in, when the feedback is submitted, then the freelancer should receive a notification alerting them to the new feedback within 5 minutes of submission.

Freelancer wants to ensure they are not missing any critical feedback while busy with other tasks in ShiftSync.

Given that feedback notifications are enabled, when the user is logged into ShiftSync but not viewing the feedback section, then they should receive a badge notification on the dashboard indicating new unread feedback.

Freelancer reviews past feedback to track changes in performance and address any recurring issues highlighted by clients.

Given that the freelancer clicks on the feedback history section, when it loads, then it should display a complete list of all feedback received over the past month with timestamps and client names.

A client submits urgent feedback requiring immediate attention from the freelancer using the feedback submission feature in ShiftSync.

Given that a client submits urgent feedback, when the submission is complete, then the freelancer should receive a high-priority notification marked as urgent within 1 minute.

Freelancers need to be reminded of high-stakes client feedback during busy periods to ensure timely responses and improvements.

Given that high-stakes feedback is tagged by clients, when the feedback is submitted, then the freelancer should receive a daily summary notification highlighting these urgent feedback items until they are acknowledged.

Feedback Categorization Tags

"As a manager, I want to categorize feedback into specific tags, so that I can provide freelancers with clearer insights about their performance areas and focus discussions on specific improvement targets."

Description

The Feedback Categorization Tags enable the grouping and classification of feedback and insights based on specific categories such as 'Communication,' 'Quality of Work,' and 'Timeliness.' This tagging system is essential for helping freelancers receive detailed context about the feedback they receive. By categorizing insights, both managers and freelancers can better understand specific areas of strength and improvement. This system can enhance the tracking of trends over time, allowing for deeper analyses of performance metrics and feedback effectiveness over extended periods. Moreover, it helps facilitate targeted conversations around development and progress targeting specific improvement areas.

Acceptance Criteria

Client provides feedback using the platform, categorizing it with tags that include 'Communication' and 'Quality of Work' during a performance review.

Given a feedback form with categorization options, when the client submits feedback, then the feedback should be categorized correctly according to selected tags and visible on the freelancer's performance dashboard.

Freelancers want to review their performance over time by analyzing categorized feedback to identify trends and areas for improvement.

Given a performance metrics dashboard, when a freelancer filters feedback by specific tags, then the dashboard should display the categorized feedback accurately along with historical data for comparative analysis.

Managers need to initiate a targeted development conversation with freelancers based on the categorized feedback they have received.

Given a feedback report displaying categorized insights, when the manager reviews this report, then they should be able to discuss specific tags such as 'Timeliness' and 'Quality of Work' and how to improve in these areas.

The system must allow for additional tags to be created as new categories arise based on evolving feedback needs.

Given an admin interface, when a new feedback category is created and saved, then the new tag should appear in the feedback categorization options for all future feedback submissions.

Freelancers receive notifications when new feedback is tagged and added to their performance metrics.

Given a feedback submission with categorized tags, when the feedback is saved, then the freelancer should receive a notification indicating the feedback has been categorized and is available for review.

Performance metrics report generation should include categorized feedback for comprehensive evaluation.

Given the performance metrics report generation feature, when a report is created, then it should include visual representations of categorized feedback trends, summarizing performance insights accurately.

Feedback Analysis Report Generation

"As a project manager, I want to generate reports on client feedback and performance metrics, so that I can analyze trends and make informed decisions about freelancer development and support."

Description

The Feedback Analysis Report Generation feature produces periodic reports that analyze trends in client feedback and performance metrics over time. This requirement focuses on developing robust reporting capabilities that aggregate feedback data into actionable insights. Reports can be generated monthly or quarterly, showcasing patterns in freelancer performance, identifying recurring issues, and highlighting areas of excellence. This functionality is crucial for managers aiming to make data-driven decisions regarding training, support, and recognition for freelancers. By having consolidated feedback reports, the organization can create well-informed strategies for enhancing overall freelancer performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Monthly Feedback Analysis Report Generation for Client Review

Given the system is set to generate monthly feedback reports, when the reporting tool is run, then the system must create a report containing at least three months of aggregated data, highlighting trends in client feedback and performance metrics.

Quarterly Performance Review using Feedback Reports

Given that quarterly feedback reports are generated, when a manager accesses the report, then they should see visual representations (graphs/charts) of performance trends and recurring issues that can be filtered by freelancer.

Analyzing Feedback Trends for Training Needs

Given the feedback analysis report has been generated, when a manager reviews the document, then they must identify at least three actionable insights regarding training needs based on feedback and performance metrics.

User Access Control for Report Generation

Given the report generation feature, when a user without appropriate permissions attempts to generate a report, then the system must display an error message indicating insufficient access rights.

Email Notification for Report Availability

Given a report has been generated, when the report is ready, then the system must automatically send an email notification to all subscribed managers and provide a download link.

Customization Options for Feedback Reports

Given the report generation settings, when a manager configures the report parameters, then the system must allow the selection of specific feedback categories and performance metrics to be included in the report.

Validating Data Accuracy in Feedback Reports

Given a report has been generated, when a manager reviews the report data, then they must be able to cross-check at least 95% of the metrics against source feedback for accuracy.

Drill-Down Analysis

Empower managers to click into specific metrics for deeper insights into freelancer performance. By analyzing the factors behind productivity shifts or project delays, managers can identify root causes and implement tailored strategies to enhance overall performance.

Requirements

Interactive Metric Visualization

"As a manager, I want to see interactive visualizations of freelancer performance metrics so that I can quickly identify trends and make informed decisions to improve productivity."

Description

This requirement entails the development of a dashboard feature that presents various freelancer performance metrics through interactive visualizations. Managers will be able to view real-time data such as task completion rates, time spent on projects, and variance in productivity. The integration of dynamic charts and graphs will allow managers to easily comprehend trends, facilitating quicker decision-making. This feature aims to enhance visibility into workforce performance, enabling managers to identify key areas for improvement and better allocate resources based on data-driven insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Manager views productivity metrics for a freelancer to assess ongoing performance during a project.

Given a manager accesses the dashboard, when they select a freelancer's profile, then the dashboard displays interactive charts showing task completion rates, time spent on projects, and productivity variance.

Manager analyzes trends in productivity over a specified period to identify any decreasing performance.

Given a manager selects the 'trends' option on the dashboard, when they set a date range for analysis, then the dashboard updates to display graphical representations of productivity trends within the selected time frame.

Manager uses the dashboard to compare performance metrics of multiple freelancers to allocate resources effectively.

Given multiple freelancer profiles are available, when the manager selects two or more freelancers for comparison, then the dashboard presents a side-by-side analysis of key performance metrics, enabling effective resource allocation decisions.

Manager identifies the root cause of project delays through an analysis of time tracking data.

Given the manager selects the 'project delays' filter on the dashboard, when they click on a specific delay incident, then the system provides detailed insights including time tracking data and relevant contextual information.

Manager observes the impact of new strategies implemented to improve freelancer performance.

Given the manager implements a new strategy, when they review the performance metrics on the dashboard one month later, then they should observe improved task completion rates and decreased variance in productivity.

Manager generates a report based on the interactive visualizations for team review meetings.

Given the manager is viewing the dashboard, when they click on 'export report' then the system generates a comprehensive report including all current metrics visualized in the dashboard that can be shared with the team.

Manager customizes the dashboard to prioritize certain metrics based on business goals.

Given the manager has access to dashboard settings, when they select which metrics to display prominently, then the dashboard reconfigures to highlight those chosen metrics for quicker access and visibility.

Root Cause Analysis Tool

"As a manager, I want a root cause analysis tool to investigate the reasons behind productivity shifts so that I can develop strategies to prevent future delays."

Description

This requirement involves creating a tool that allows managers to perform root cause analysis on identified productivity shifts and project delays. By integrating advanced analytics algorithms, the tool will provide insights into various influencing factors such as workload, deadlines, and communication effectiveness. This feature will include capabilities for documenting findings and proposed action plans to improve processes and address performance issues, thereby fostering a continuous improvement culture within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Managers need to analyze productivity shifts over the last quarter to identify underlying factors affecting performance.

Given the manager accesses the root cause analysis tool, when they select the 'Productivity Shift' report for the last quarter, then the tool displays a breakdown of productivity metrics over that period, including workload, deadlines, and communication effectiveness.

A manager identifies a project delay and wants to document the findings and proposed actions to mitigate future delays.

Given the manager completes the root cause analysis for the identified delay, when they input the documentation of findings and proposed action plans, then the system saves the information and allows for future reference and modification.

The team wants to understand the impact of communication effectiveness on project delays to improve their processes.

Given a manager uses the root cause analysis tool, when they filter results based on 'Communication Effectiveness', then the tool presents analytics on project delays and correlates them to specific communication issues identified.

A manager needs to track the implementation of action plans derived from root cause analyses.

Given a manager has documented action plans from the root cause analysis, when they access the progress tracker, then they can see the status of each action plan, including completion rates and impact assessments.

Senior management reviews the effectiveness of the root cause analysis tool in improving overall freelancer performance.

Given senior management has access to performance metrics, when they generate a report of freelancer performance before and after the implementation of the root cause analysis tool, then the report indicates a measurable improvement in performance metrics.

A manager wants to receive alerts for productivity dips that need immediate analysis.

Given a manager configures alert settings in the root cause analysis tool, when there is a significant dip in productivity that meets the defined threshold, then the tool sends an automatic alert to the manager for immediate review.

The operations team wants to ensure that the root cause analysis tool integrates seamlessly with existing systems for data accuracy.

Given the integration requirements are established, when the root cause analysis tool is connected to the existing project management software, then it successfully retrieves data without errors and maintains data integrity across the platforms.

Performance Comparison Reports

"As a manager, I want to generate performance comparison reports to assess freelancer capabilities and identify areas for training so that I can improve overall team performance."

Description

This requirement focuses on generating comprehensive performance comparison reports that enable managers to evaluate individual freelancers against their peers based on a variety of metrics. The reports will highlight strengths and weaknesses, providing a detailed analysis of factors influencing performance. The feature will facilitate benchmarking, allowing managers to identify top performers and those who may need additional support or training, thus enhancing overall team performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Performance Comparison Report Generation for Freelancer Evaluation

Given a manager who has selected multiple freelancers for comparison, when they initiate the performance comparison report, then the system should generate a report that includes key metrics such as task completion rate, average invoicing time, and client feedback scores for each freelancer.

Highlighting Strengths and Weaknesses in Performance Reports

Given a generated performance comparison report, when a manager reviews the report, then it should visually highlight the top three strengths and bottom three weaknesses for each freelancer based on selected performance metrics.

User-Friendly Interface for Report Access

Given a manager logged into the ShiftSync platform, when they navigate to the reporting section, then they should be able to access the performance comparison reports without any technical issues or navigational confusion.

Customization of Performance Metrics for Reports

Given a manager preparing to generate a performance comparison report, when they select the metrics to include in the report, then they should be able to choose from a predefined list of metrics such as productivity levels, project completion rates, and user satisfaction ratings.

Exporting Performance Comparison Reports as PDFs

Given a completed performance comparison report, when a manager chooses to export it, then the system should successfully create and download a PDF version of the report with all selected metrics and graphical representations intact.

Notification System for Report Availability

Given that a performance comparison report has been generated, when the report is ready for viewing, then the system should send an automatic notification to the relevant manager via email or in-app notification.

Feedback Loop Integration

"As a freelancer, I want to receive feedback on my performance so that I can understand areas for improvement and enhance my productivity."

Description

This requirement involves the integration of a feedback loop mechanism where freelancers can receive performance insights and managers can provide constructive feedback based on the analysis conducted through the drill-down feature. This feature will ensure continuous communication regarding performance expectations, allowing freelancers to understand areas of improvement and managers to monitor progress over time. This feature aims to foster a culture of open communication and continuous development within the team.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer submits project and receives performance feedback via the drill-down analysis feature.

Given a freelancer has completed a project, when they access the feedback section, then they should see performance insights and constructive feedback from their manager.

Manager utilizes drill-down analysis to provide targeted feedback on a freelancer's performance.

Given the manager is reviewing a freelancer's performance metrics, when they select a specific metric for analysis, then they should be able to input and save targeted feedback for that freelancer.

Freelancer reviews historical performance feedback to identify improvement areas.

Given a freelancer has access to their performance feedback history, when they navigate to the feedback archive, then they should see a chronological list of all feedback provided by managers along with corresponding performance metrics.

Manager monitors improvements in freelancer performance over time after feedback has been provided.

Given a manager has provided feedback to a freelancer, when they revisit the drill-down analysis after a defined period, then they should see improvements in the relevant performance metrics compared to previous data.

Freelancer receives notifications about new feedback from their manager.

Given a manager has submitted new feedback for a freelancer, when the freelancer logs into the platform, then they should receive a notification regarding the new feedback available for review.

Feedback loop is established for continuous interaction between freelancers and managers.

Given that a feedback loop is active, when a freelancer submits feedback about the feedback they received, then this feedback should be logged and available for the manager to review in the drill-down analysis.

System tracks the frequency of feedback interactions between freelancers and managers.

Given the feedback loop is integrated, when a manager queries the system, then they should be able to generate a report showing the number of feedback interactions per freelancer over a defined time period.

Custom Alert Notifications

"As a manager, I want to receive custom alert notifications for key metric changes so that I can address performance issues promptly before they impact project outcomes."

Description

This requirement focuses on the implementation of custom alert notifications that inform managers of significant changes in freelancer performance metrics. Managers can set thresholds for alerts based on various metrics, such as declining productivity or missed deadlines. This proactive feature will enable early intervention, allowing managers to address issues before they escalate, thus maintaining optimal performance levels within the team.

Acceptance Criteria

Manager configures a custom alert for declining productivity metrics.

Given the manager is logged into ShiftSync, when they access the custom alert settings, then they should be able to set a threshold for productivity metrics that triggers an alert, and receive the alert via email when the threshold is breached.

Manager receives notifications for missed deadlines through custom alerts.

Given the custom alerts for missed deadlines are enabled, when a freelancer misses a deadline, then the manager should receive an immediate notification through the ShiftSync platform and via SMS if opted in.

Manager reviews alert history to track previous notifications.

Given the manager has accessed the alert history section, when they view the history, then they should see a record of all alerts triggered, including the metric that breached the threshold and the time of the alert.

Manager customizes alert frequency for better management.

Given the manager is in the alert settings, when they select a frequency option for receiving alerts, then they should be able to choose between immediate, daily, or weekly summary alerts, and the system should save their preference.

Manager tests custom alerts before finalizing settings.

Given the manager has configured their alert settings, when they initiate a test alert, then they should receive a confirmation message and a test notification at the specified contact method.

Manager disables unnecessary alerts to reduce notification overload.

Given the manager is in the settings for custom alerts, when they choose to disable specific alerts, then those alerts should no longer trigger notifications and a confirmation should be displayed.

System ensures alerts are secure and sent only to authorized personnel.

Given the customization of alerts, when a manager sets up an alert, then the alert notifications should only be sent to the authorized manager's email and phone number associated with the account, without exposure to unauthorized users.

Visual Performance Summaries

Generate visually engaging summary reports that encapsulate key metrics, trends, and insights in an easily digestible format. These summaries can be generated on-demand or scheduled periodically, facilitating more effective communication of performance insights with stakeholders and team members.

Requirements

Dynamic Report Generation

"As a project manager, I want to dynamically generate performance reports so that I can provide tailored insights to my team and stakeholders and improve our project outcomes."

Description

The Dynamic Report Generation requirement enables users to create customized visual performance summaries based on selected key metrics and data trends. The feature should allow users to select specific time frames, metrics, and data visualizations (e.g., charts, graphs) to be included in the report. It enhances the ShiftSync platform by providing users with tailored insights that reflect their particular performance needs, making it easier to spot trends and take necessary actions. By embedding this capability, ShiftSync promotes data-driven decision making among users, facilitating improved understanding and communication of performance metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a weekly performance summary report using selected time frame and metrics.

Given the user selects 'Weekly' as the time frame and chooses key metrics such as 'Total Hours Worked' and 'Revenue Generated', When the user clicks 'Generate Report', Then a visually engaging summary report is created that includes selected metrics displayed in charts and graphs.

User schedules a monthly performance summary report to be automatically generated and emailed to stakeholders.

Given the user selects 'Monthly' as the frequency and enters stakeholder email addresses in the scheduling settings, When the user activates the schedule, Then the system sends an automated email with the generated report to the specified stakeholders at the start of each month.

User customizes a report by adding or removing specific metrics before generating it.

Given the user accesses the reporting tool and has a list of available metrics, When the user selects 'Add' for 'Client Satisfaction Score' and 'Remove' for 'Total Tasks Completed', Then the generated report reflects these changes and displays the updated summaries.

User generates a report and downloads it in multiple formats for further analysis.

Given the user has completed the report generation process, When the user selects the download option, Then the report is available for download in at least three formats: PDF, Excel, and CSV.

User reviews the generated report for accuracy against the raw data and identifies any discrepancies.

Given the generated report is displayed, When the user compares the report metrics with the corresponding raw data entries, Then any discrepancies must not exceed 5% to be considered accurate and valid for decision-making.

Automated Scheduling of Reports

"As a team leader, I want to schedule automated report deliveries so that my team receives timely performance insights without having to create reports manually each time."

Description

The Automated Scheduling of Reports requirement allows users to set up periodic report generation at defined intervals (e.g., daily, weekly, monthly). This feature should provide options for scheduling, enabling users to automate the creation and delivery of visual performance summaries via email or notifications. Automating this process will save users time and ensure that stakeholders receive consistent performance updates without manual intervention, thus enhancing operational efficiency and communication. This integration fosters a proactive approach to performance management and keeps all stakeholders aligned on progress and goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can successfully set up a report to be automatically generated and sent via email weekly.

Given that a user is logged in to ShiftSync, when they navigate to the automated scheduling feature and select 'weekly' for the report frequency, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that the weekly report has been successfully scheduled.

Users receive their scheduled visual performance summary reports via email on the designated days.

Given that a user has scheduled a report to be sent every Monday, when Monday arrives, then the user should receive the visual performance summary report in their email inbox without any delay.

Users can customize the recipients for each scheduled report generation.

Given that a user is setting up a report, when they enter email addresses in the 'recipient' field and save the settings, then those email addresses should be included in the email distribution list for that report.

Users can modify existing scheduled reports in the system.

Given that a user has an existing scheduled report, when they navigate to the report settings and change the frequency from 'weekly' to 'monthly', then the system should update the schedule and confirm the change to the user.

Users can view a log of sent reports to verify that their scheduled reports were sent successfully.

Given that a user has scheduled reports in the system, when they access the report log, then they should see a record of all sent reports, including dates and recipients, confirming successful delivery.

Users can cancel a scheduled report before its next delivery date.

Given that a user has a scheduled report, when they choose to cancel the report, then the system should successfully remove the report from the scheduled list and confirm the cancellation to the user.

System notifications are sent to users when a scheduled report has been generated and sent successfully.

Given that a report has been sent to the recipients, when the report generation process is completed, then all designated recipients should receive a notification indicating the report has been successfully sent.

Interactive Dashboard Integration

"As a business owner, I want an interactive dashboard to visualize my performance metrics so that I can make quick, informed decisions based on real-time data."

Description

The Interactive Dashboard Integration requirement focuses on embedding an interactive dashboard within the ShiftSync platform that visualizes key performance indicators in real-time. Users should be able to engage with the data through filters, drill-down options, and real-time updates, allowing for a comprehensive view of performance metrics. This integration will enhance user engagement and understanding by providing immediate access to relevant data points. By facilitating a visual interface for performance monitoring, ShiftSync enables users to make informed decisions based on current data trends rather than relying solely on static reports, thus increasing responsiveness and adaptive strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

The user interacts with the Interactive Dashboard to customize their view of key performance indicators during a team meeting.

Given the user is logged into their ShiftSync account, when they open the Interactive Dashboard, then they should see a default view of KPIs that can be customized based on user preferences.

A manager schedules a weekly report generation using the Interactive Dashboard that highlights team performance metrics.

Given the manager has selected the desired metrics from the Interactive Dashboard, when they schedule the report for generation, then the system should successfully queue the report to be generated and sent via email at the designated time.

A user filters the data on the Interactive Dashboard to view performance metrics for only certain time periods and specific team members.

Given the user has applied filters for specific team members and a time range, when they refresh the dashboard, then the displayed metrics should reflect only the filtered data accurately.

The user drills down into a specific KPI on the Interactive Dashboard to view detailed performance insights for a selected time period.

Given the user clicks on a specific KPI, when the detailed view opens, then the user should see a breakdown of that KPI data with trends and comparisons for the selected time period.

The user receives real-time updates on their Interactive Dashboard for any significant changes in team performance metrics.

Given the user has the Interactive Dashboard open, when a significant change occurs in any of the monitored KPIs, then the system should notify the user with a visual alert on the dashboard.

Customizable Report Templates

"As a data analyst, I want to create customizable report templates so that I can maintain consistency in my performance summaries across different projects and teams."

Description

The Customizable Report Templates requirement allows users to create and save personalized report templates for their visual performance summaries. Users can define the layout, selected metrics, and visualization types to fit their reporting style or organizational standards. This feature enhances user experience by enabling consistency in report appearance and the ability to reuse formats for ongoing reporting needs. Providing customizable templates streamlines the reporting process and caters to varying user preferences, ultimately fostering a more tailored and satisfying experience in performance management.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating a New Custom Report Template

Given a user is logged into ShiftSync, When the user navigates to the report templates section and selects 'Create New Template', Then the user should be able to choose layout options, select metrics, and define visualization types for their custom template, saving all settings successfully.

Saving an Edited Custom Report Template

Given a user has modified an existing custom report template, When the user clicks 'Save', Then the changes should be retained, and the user should see a confirmation message indicating the template has been saved successfully.

Using a Custom Report Template for Performance Summary

Given a user has created and saved custom report templates, When the user selects a template to generate a visual performance summary, Then the summary should reflect the metrics and layout specified in the selected template accurately.

Deleting a Custom Report Template

Given a user has existing custom report templates, When the user selects a template and chooses the 'Delete' option, Then the template should be removed from the list of templates, and a confirmation of deletion should be displayed to the user.

Previewing a Custom Report Template before Use

Given a user is editing a custom report template, When the user selects the 'Preview' option, Then a modal displaying the template's layout, selected metrics, and visualizations should be displayed for review before saving changes.

Accessing Predefined Templates for Custom Reports

Given a user is in the report templates section, When the user selects 'Create New Template', Then pre-defined templates should be visible for selection, allowing the user to customize them further as needed.

Export Options for Reports

"As a freelancer, I want to export my performance reports in multiple formats so that I can easily share them with clients in the format they prefer."

Description

The Export Options for Reports requirement enables users to export visual performance summaries in various formats, including PDF, Excel, and CSV. This capability is intended to facilitate easier sharing and presentation of reports to stakeholders who may prefer specific formats. By including flexible export options, ShiftSync enhances usability and accessibility of performance insights, ensuring that data analytics can be communicated effectively across platforms and audiences. This functionality streamlines collaboration by allowing users to share insights directly within their work environments or during meetings, promoting a clear understanding of performance metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

Exporting visual performance summaries to various formats by users during a weekly team meeting to present performance metrics to stakeholders.

Given a user is viewing the performance summary report, when they select the 'Export' option and choose 'PDF', then the report should successfully download as a PDF file, maintaining the original visual formatting and metrics.

Automatically exporting scheduled visual performance summaries at the end of each week for review by team leaders.

Given the user has scheduled weekly performance summaries for export, when the scheduled time is reached, then the system should automatically generate and export the performance summary in Excel format without user intervention.

Sharing visual performance summaries through email after exporting them in CSV format.

Given a user has exported a performance summary in CSV format, when they attach the CSV file to an email and send it, then the recipient should be able to open and view the CSV file without errors or data loss.

Importing data from Excel files to update performance metrics in ShiftSync dashboards.

Given the user has exported performance metrics in Excel format, when they upload the Excel file back into the system, then the metrics should successfully update in the dashboard, reflecting the data accurately.

Generating a visual performance summary for a specific date range and exporting it in the desired format before a stakeholder meeting.

Given a user selects a specific date range for the performance summary report, when they choose to export it as a CSV file, then the exported data should accurately reflect only the metrics from the selected date range.

Ensuring compatibility of exported performance summaries across different operating systems by users sharing reports with clients.

Given a user exports a performance summary in PDF format, when the file is opened on a different operating system (Windows, Mac, Linux), then the report should display correctly without formatting issues or data loss.

Goal Setting and Tracking Module

Provide a feature that allows freelancers to set personal performance goals aligned with project expectations. This module includes tracking tools for both freelancers and managers to monitor progress towards these goals, fostering accountability and encouraging continued professional development.

Requirements

Goal Creation Interface

"As a freelancer, I want to create personalized performance goals so that I can track my progress and align my efforts with project expectations."

Description

The Goal Creation Interface allows freelancers to define their personal performance goals within the ShiftSync platform. Users can specify various types of goals such as project-related objectives, skill development targets, and time management outcomes. This feature will include templates and guidance to help users set SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-bound) goals. Integration with the project's timelines and milestones ensures that the set goals align with project expectations. This feature will enhance user engagement, promote meaningful performance measurement, and encourage users to take ownership of their development journey.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer creates a performance goal using the Goal Creation Interface.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync and has access to the Goal Creation Interface, when they select a goal type, fill out the SMART goal template, and submit the goal, then the goal should be saved successfully and visible in their personal goal dashboard.

Freelancer edits an existing performance goal to reflect project changes.

Given a freelancer has a saved performance goal in the Goal Creation Interface, when they choose to edit the goal and submit the changes, then the updated goal should reflect the new criteria in the personal goal dashboard without any errors or data loss.

Manager reviews freelancer goals during a project meeting.

Given a manager accesses the Goal Tracking Module for a specific freelancer, when they navigate to the goal section, then the manager should see all current, active goals set by the freelancer, along with their progress percentage and deadlines, ensuring alignment with project expectations.

Freelancer receives notification about nearing deadlines for their performance goals.

Given a freelancer has set performance goals with deadlines in the Goal Creation Interface, when the deadline approaches, then they should receive an automated notification via email or in-app alert prompting them to review their progress.

Freelancer deletes a completed performance goal through the Goal Creation Interface.

Given a freelancer has a completed goal in the Goal Tracking Module, when they select the delete option for that goal, then the goal should be removed from their dashboard and no longer appear in their goal history.

Freelancer sets a new goal without meeting the SMART criteria.

Given a freelancer attempts to create a goal in the Goal Creation Interface that does not meet the SMART criteria, when they attempt to save the goal, then the system should display an error message indicating that the goal must be specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound before submission.

Freelancer accesses guidance resources for setting SMART goals.

Given a freelancer is on the Goal Creation Interface, when they click on the help icon next to the goal type selection, then they should see a pop-up window containing resources and examples for setting SMART goals.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

"As a manager, I want to see a dashboard of my team's progress on their goals so that I can provide real-time feedback and support."

Description

The Progress Tracking Dashboard provides a visual representation of the freelancers' and managers' goals and current progress towards them. This dashboard will include graphical displays such as charts and progress bars that highlight the status of each goal. Users can view their completed tasks, ongoing efforts, and any setbacks in a user-friendly format. The dashboard will also allow managers to provide feedback directly on the goals, fostering a collaborative atmosphere. By making progress visible, this feature enhances accountability and facilitates discussions about performance enhancement, ensuring that both freelancers and managers stay aligned with expectations.

Acceptance Criteria

User Views Progress Tracking Dashboard

Given the user is logged in and has access to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they navigate to the dashboard page, then they should see a graphical representation of all their performance goals, including completed tasks, ongoing efforts, and any setbacks, in a user-friendly format.

Manager Provides Feedback on Goals

Given a manager is viewing a freelancer's progress on the dashboard, when they click on a specific goal, then they should be able to provide feedback and comments that are visible to the freelancer in real-time.

Dashboard Reflects Real-Time Updates

Given any changes to goals or task statuses, when a user refreshes the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see the most current data reflecting those changes, such as updates on completed tasks or newly set goals.

User Filters Goals by Status

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select a filter to view goals by status (e.g., Completed, Ongoing, Setbacks), then the dashboard should update to only display the goals that match the selected filter criteria.

User Downloads Progress Report

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to download a progress report, then they should receive a downloadable file that includes all performance goals, statuses, and feedback provided by the manager.

Dashboard Displays Notifications for Setbacks

Given the user is on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when there are any setbacks reported on their goals, then they should see notifications highlighting these setbacks in a prominent manner on the dashboard.

Goal Notifications and Reminders

"As a freelancer, I want to receive reminders about my goal deadlines so that I can stay on track and meet my targets."

Description

The Goal Notifications and Reminders feature sends automated alerts to freelancers and managers regarding approaching deadlines for goal-related tasks. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to set preferences for frequency and timing, ensuring that reminders are timely and relevant. This functionality ensures that users stay on track with their goals and do not miss critical deadlines. By integrating this feature, ShiftSync will minimize the risk of goal neglect and encourage proactive engagement in the goal-setting process.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer sets a personal performance goal within the Goal Setting and Tracking Module.

Given a freelancer is logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the Goal Setting section and input a specific goal with a deadline, then the system should save the goal and display it in the user's goals list with a status of 'Active'.

Manager reviews the performance goals of their team members.

Given a manager has access to the team goals dashboard, when they select a freelancer's goals, then the system should display all active goals, their deadlines, and the current progress towards each goal for that freelancer.

Notification customization preferences are configured by the user.

Given a user is in the notification settings page, when they choose their preferred notification frequency and time for reminders, then the system should save these preferences and apply them to the reminder alerts sent for upcoming deadlines.

Automated reminders are sent to freelancers before their goal deadlines.

Given a freelancer has an active goal with a deadline approaching, when the reminder is triggered based on the configured preferences, then the system should send an automated notification via the selected method (email/app notification) at the specified time.

Users receive reminders that are relevant to their goals.

Given a freelancer has multiple goals with different deadlines, when a reminder is sent out, then the system should only include notifications for goals that are due within the next specified timeframe, based on user preferences.

Users acknowledge and respond to goal notifications.

Given a user receives a goal reminder notification, when they click on the notification, then the system should redirect them to the corresponding goal details page for easy access and management of the task.

The system logs the history of sent notifications for audit purposes.

Given automated notifications are sent out to users, when a notification is dispatched, then the system should log the timestamp, notification type, and associated goal details in the notification history for future reference.

Review and Reflection Feature

"As a freelancer, I want to reflect on my past performance so that I can learn from my experiences and improve my future goal-setting."

Description

The Review and Reflection Feature allows freelancers and managers to conduct periodic evaluations of goal progress and outcomes. This feature includes a structured format for reviewing accomplishments, challenges faced, and lessons learned. Users can document reflections and generate insights that help guide future goal setting and adjustments. This iterative process promotes continuous learning, builds accountability, and supports professional development through meaningful feedback. Integration with the existing performance management systems will enhance the overall effectiveness of reviewing goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer submits a review of their performance goals at the end of a project.

Given a freelancer has completed a project, when they navigate to the Review and Reflection Feature, then they must be able to submit a structured review that includes accomplishments, challenges faced, and lessons learned.

Manager reviews the freelancer's performance evaluation and provides feedback.

Given a manager has access to a freelancer's review, when they view the submitted review, then they must be able to provide structured feedback that can be saved and accessed later by the freelancer.

A freelancer reflects on their performance and documents their insights after a quarterly review.

Given a freelancer is in the Review and Reflection Feature, when they document their insights, then they must be able to save their reflections and have the option to reference previous reviews for comparison.

Integration of the Review and Reflection Feature with existing performance management systems.

Given the Review and Reflection Feature is integrated, when a manager or freelancer accesses their performance management dashboard, then they must see a summary of insights generated from the reviews and reflections conducted in the app.

Track progress on goals set by freelancers in the context of previous reviews.

Given that freelancers have documented their goals, when they access the Review and Reflection Feature, then they must be presented with a summary of their progress towards these goals reflective of their past reviews.

Customizable Goal Categories

"As a freelancer, I want to categorize my goals so that I can manage them more effectively and prioritize my focus areas."

Description

The Customizable Goal Categories feature allows freelancers to organize their goals into different categories based on their preferences or areas of focus, such as skill development, project completion, or client satisfaction. This categorization will enable users to prioritize certain goals while providing a holistic view of their overall progress. Managers can also utilize this feature to categorize team goals, allowing for effective comparisons and evaluations of productivity within teams. This organizational feature enhances goal clarity and facilitates better tracking and analysis of performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer customizes their goal categories to focus on skill development and client satisfaction for an upcoming project.

Given a freelancer is logged in, when they access the goal-setting module, then they should be able to create, edit, and delete goal categories, and assign goals to these categories with a success message displayed.

Manager reviews the categorized goals of a freelancer during a project evaluation meeting.

Given a manager accesses a freelancer's profile, when they view the goal tracking section, then they should see all categorized goals clearly listed, along with progress indicators for each category, ensuring they can effectively evaluate performance.

Freelancer categorizes a new goal for completion of a specific project within the ShiftSync platform.

Given a freelancer is on the goal-setting page, when they create a new goal and select a category from a dropdown menu, then the goal should be saved under the selected category and displayed correctly in the goal tracking dashboard.

Freelancer tracks their progress on goals categorized as 'Skill Development' over a month.

Given the freelancer has set multiple goals under 'Skill Development', when they log into ShiftSync, then they should see a progress tracker showing percentage completion for each goal and an overall completion percentage for the category.

Manager assigns a new team goal that needs to be categorized for better evaluation of team productivity.

Given the manager is in the goals management section, when they create a team goal, then they should be able to categorize the goal and set deadlines, all while receiving confirmation that the goal has been successfully categorized.

Freelancer receives notifications for deadlines approaching for their goals categorized as 'Client Satisfaction'.

Given the freelancer has goals with set deadlines under 'Client Satisfaction', when the deadlines approach, then they should receive email notifications reminding them of upcoming deadlines with specific details about each goal.

Manager analyzes performance trends based on categorized goals across the team.

Given the manager wants to understand team performance, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to filter and view goal completion rates by category, and generate a report for a specified time frame.

Goal Linking to Projects

"As a manager, I want to link my team's goals to specific projects so that I can ensure alignment and monitor their contribution to project success."

Description

The Goal Linking to Projects feature allows freelancers to connect their personal goals directly to specific projects they are working on in ShiftSync. This integration will enable users to visualize how their individual goals contribute to broader project objectives, enhancing motivation and accountability. Managers will be able to see the relationship between freelancer goals and project outcomes, facilitating better project management and resource allocation. This feature is essential for aligning personal development with organizational goals to maximize performance across projects.

Acceptance Criteria

Freelancer links a personal performance goal to an active project for the first time in ShiftSync.

Given a freelancer has logged into ShiftSync, when they navigate to the Goal Setting module and select an active project, then they should be able to create and link their personal performance goal to that project successfully, with confirmation displayed on the screen.

Manager reviews linked goals for their team members on a specific project.

Given a project manager is viewing the details of an active project, when they access the Goals Overview section, then they should see a list of all linked personal goals for freelancers working on that project, including performance status indicators (e.g., on track, behind schedule).

Freelancer updates their linked goal after receiving feedback from the manager.

Given a freelancer has a personal goal linked to a project, when they receive feedback from their manager and decide to update their goal, then the freelancer should be able to edit the goal details and save the changes, with the update reflected in the system immediately.

Performance report is generated based on linked goals in a project.

Given a project manager requests a performance report, when they select the option to include goal tracking details for all freelancers, then the report should include a summary of each freelancer's linked goals, their current progress, and contributions to project objectives.

Freelancer receives notifications for goal progress deadlines related to an active project.

Given a freelancer has linked a personal goal to a project with set deadlines, when the deadline approaches, then the freelancer should receive an automatic notification reminder at least one week prior to the deadline, prompting them to review their progress.

Dashboard displays overall alignment of personal goals with organizational objectives.

Given a project manager accesses the dashboard for their team's projects, when they view the alignment metrics, then they should see a visual representation indicating how individual freelancer goals align with overall project and organizational objectives.

Freelancer provides feedback on the goal linking feature.

Given a freelancer has used the goal linking feature for at least one project, when they complete a feedback form about their experience, then they should be able to submit their responses successfully and view a confirmation message after submission.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Remote Resource Reformer

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Freelance Financial Guru

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Creative Project Weaver

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Auto-Invoice Generation

Requirements

Auto-Invoice Trigger

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Customizable Invoice Templates

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Invoice Payment Tracking

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Currency Billing

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Recurring Invoice Setup

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Instant Payment Release

Requirements

Smart Contract Integration

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Approval Workflow

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Payment Status Updates

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Payment Processing

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Payment Dispute Resolution

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Comprehensive Reporting Dashboard

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Transaction Transparency

Requirements

Decentralized Ledger Access

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Transaction Verification Alerts

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Dispute Resolution Workflow

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Comprehensive Transaction History Reports

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User-Friendly Help Center for Transactions